GCB's WWE - Page 5 - Wrestling Forum : WWE, TNA, Debate League, Wrestling Videos, Women of Wrestling Forums
Reply
 
LinkBack Thread Tools
post #41 of 133 (permalink) Old 06-05-2011, 09:09 AM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE


SURVIVOR SERIES
(Wachovia Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
THEME SONG:
'Runaway' by Hide The Villain

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

An eerie shot of a dark, thunderous sky, clouds rolling across, distant flashes of thunder and lightning ...

NARRATOR: To survive ...

The sound of heavy rain fades in, louder and louder, with further crashes of thunder ...

NARRATOR: To remain alive ...

Forks of lightning appear in the stormy skies, the crackle of lightning heard over the heavy rain ...

NARRATOR: To continue to exist ...

The sounds fade out as the dark skies continue to roll across the screen ...

NARRATOR: To survive ...

The screen goes fades to black for a moment before a slow-motion image of Randy Orton appears lifting the WWE Championship high ...

NARRATOR: To overcome the hurdles you face ...

An image of Wade Barrett backed up by the Nexus appears with Barrett saying ‘You think you can stop the Nexus?’ in the background ...

NARRATOR: To continue on your path ...

John Cena appears on screen saluting the crowd from the ramp ...

NARRATOR: When everything seems against you ...

Another shot of the gloomy sky and a fork of lightning appears on screen before a shot of Team RAW being led by Edge appears ...

NARRATOR: To put aside your differences ...

A shot of Edge interfering in John Morrison’s match with Justin Gabriel three weeks ago ...

NARRATOR: To unite ...

A shot of Team SMACKDOWN together in the ring followed by a celebrating Big Show and Kofi Kingston from last Friday’s SMACKDOWN ...

NARRATOR: To secure the prize ...

Another shot of the lightning filled grey sky appears before we see footage of Triple H being hit in the back of the head by Sheamus back in April ...

NARRATOR: To keep coming back ...

A shot from Cyber Sunday of Triple H being slammed down on top of an ambulance by Sheamus ...

NARRATOR: To never stop fighting ...

Another shot from Cyber Sunday, this time of Hornswoggle’s steel pipe shot to Triple H that cost him the Ambulance Match ...

NARRATOR: To enter hell ...

Quick shots of past ‘3 Stages of Hell’ matches involving Triple H ...

NARRATOR: To live to tell the tale ...

Clip of Triple H’s hand being raised at No Way Out 2001 after a ‘3 Stages of Hell’ match with Stone Cold Steve Austin ...

NARRATOR: To stand tall ...

Sheamus is shown with his hand raised after his victory over Triple H at Cyber Sunday ...

NARRATOR: To defy logic ...

Another shot of the sky and lightning followed by Matt Hardy hitting a Twist of Fate from a ladder ...

NARRATOR: To give everything you have ...

Shot of Christian stretching and climbing a ladder ...

NARRATOR: To be the man ...

Kane raises the World Championship high whilst standing over Matt Hardy and Christian on SMACKDOWN last Friday ...

NARRATOR: To achieve your dreams ...

Shots of Christian and Matt Hardy are shown with the World Heavyweight Championship belt in the background ...

NARRATOR: Tonight is about survival ...

Quick shots of each of the men featured in the video hitting various big moves ...

NARRATOR: Who ...

Another shot of Nexus, this time stood together over the battered bodies of John Cena and Randy Orton ...

NARRATOR: Will ...

Another shot of Triple H having his hand raised after a bruising match ...

NARRATOR: Survive?

The video ends with Randy Orton holding the WWE Championship high before fading to black ...

...

...

...

*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


The cameras quickly pan around the Wachovia Center as the WWE Universe in attendance go wild for the latest WWE pay-per-view offering, Survivor Series 2010! The cameras show several fans with signs featuring Nexus logos, ‘Matt Hardy will not die’ messages and insulting Sheamus slogans. The camera focuses in on the WWE announce table which features Jim Ross, Jerry “The King” Lawler and Michael Cole ...

JIM ROSS: We welcome you all to the Wachovia Center in Philadelphia for the 24th annual Survivor Series! I’m Jim Ross, with Hall of Famer Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and from SMACKDOWN, Michael Cole.

MICHAEL COLE: And what a night it is going to be, guys, with five championships on the line, a ‘3 Stages of Hell’ grudge match and a monster SMACKDOWN vs. RAW battle that will lead to the lives of one WWE superstar being changed significantly!

JERRY LAWLER: I can’t wait for it to get started!

The bell rings and the camera focuses on Justin Roberts in the ring with a microphone ready to introduce the first match of the evening ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is a SMACKDOWN vs. RAW Traditional Survivor Series Elimination Match. The winning brand’s General Manager will get to draft any superstar from the losing brand’s roster!

*** METALINGUS ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Introducing first, the captain of Team RAW, from Toronto, Ontario, Canada ... the Rated R Superstar ... EDGE!

Edge heads out into the arena, in a blaze of pyrotechnics, wearing a red RAW t-shirt and looking determined and confident. He gets into the ring and taunts the crowd for a few moments before demanding a microphone from the time keeper. He stands central in the ring as his music fades out ...

EDGE: Over the past few weeks, you may have noticed that Team RAW has not been ... united. We’ve not been getting along too well. And last Friday on SMACKDOWN ... we were humiliated. We lost 3-0 and everybody is saying that we are finished here tonight.

Edge looks round with a concerned look in his eyes before moving on ...

EDGE: So, I got to thinking. What is the main problem about Team RAW? And the answer was ... well, obvious.

Many of the WWE Universe are pointing at Edge, some are saying ‘You!’ to answer the question posed by Edge.

EDGE: We have a great deal of talent on Team RAW ... We have the greatest captain that any team could have ...

Loud jeers and boos greet this statement but Edge shakes them off with a shrug.

EDGE: Which leaves just one option. We must have a weak link. A link that is causing the rest of Team RAW to not believe in ourselves ... And I have identified that link.

Edge walks around looking thoughtful as the crowd wait to hear which member of Team RAW it is that Edge is not happy with ...

EDGE: Daniel Bryan! He is the problem with Team RAW. I watched his match with Jack Swagger on Friday night, it was pathetic. Team RAW does not need a short, lightweight nerd who doesn’t eat meat. No way, we need him off the team, I thought ... and that is exactly what I have done. I called Daniel Bryan earlier tonight and ordered him to stay away tonight!

The crowd react angrily to the news that Daniel Bryan will not be representing Team RAW tonight and start a ‘You Suck!’ chant at Edge who just smiles back at them regardless.

EDGE: And as the RAW captain, it was my job to replace him. I looked at the RAW roster and one name jumped out at me. So, ladies and gentlemen, please welcome the fifth member of Team RAW ...

The crowd turn towards the titantron with baited breath waiting ...

...

...

...

...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing RAW, from Cleveland, Ohio ... THE MIZ!

The current ‘Money in the Bank’ contract holder, the one and only Miz is heading out to the ring carrying his briefcase and accompanied by his sidekick, Alex Riley. Miz is smiling as he heads to the ring to replace the man who he has had a heated rivalry with over the previous months. As Miz enters the ring, also wearing a RAW shirt, Edge greets him with a high-five and the pair prepare for the arrival of the SMACKDOWN captain ...

*** CRANK IT UP ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Introducing the captain of SMACKDOWN, from Tampa, Florida ... THE BIG SHOW!

Big Show strides out in a blue SMACKDOWN shirt looking amused at the sudden change to RAW’s plans as he heads for the ring. He steps over the top rope and waves at Miz as he passes – Show and Miz were Tag Team Champions not so long ago – before picking up a microphone of his own.

BIG SHOW: Well done, Edge, you are making SMACKDOWN’s job so easy, my friend. RAW is in disarray, you can’t get along, you’re making last minute replacements! Tonight, my SMACKDOWN team will prove that the blue brand is the better brand!

Edge looks at Big Show in disgust and talks trash to him off the microphone. Show just laughs it off though and carries on ...

BIG SHOW: Last Friday, SMACKDOWN destroyed RAW winning all three matches. And here is the man that sealed the third of those wins ... my man, Kofi Kingston!

*** SOS ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing SMACKDOWN, from Ghana, West Africa ... KOFI KINGSTON!

The always excitable Kofi Kingston bounds down the ramp with his pyro exploding in the background. He enters the ring in a blue SMACKDOWN shirt and slaps hands with Big Show before performing his ‘Boom!’ pose in the corner of the ring.

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing RAW, from West Palm Beach, Florida ... TED DiBIASE!

DiBiase saunters to the ring with the beautiful Maryse on his arm and the Million Dollar Championship over his shoulder. He stops halfway down the ramp and hands the diamond encrusted belt to Maryse and sends her back before heading for the ring to join Miz and Edge in preparation for the first match ...

*** CHAVITO ARDIENTE ***


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing SMACKDOWN, from El Paso, Texas ... CHAVO GUERRERO!

The Mexican Warrior heads out to a good reception from the WWE Universe and Chavo acknowledges this as he heads for the ring. He takes off his poncho before leaping over the ropes and heading towards his SMACKDOWN team-mates and greeting them with a slap of the hands ...

*** WHAT’S UP? ***


Out comes R-Truth with his microphone and dancing around as he raps his way to the ring. Skipping and jumping, he encourages the crowd to join in before he slides into the ring and continues to sing. The music fades and Truth looks around the arena and then towards Edge, Miz and DiBiase in the corner in their red RAW shirts. Truth shakes his head with a small grimace and then launches into his trademark phrases ...

R-TRUTH: Philadelphia ... WHATSSSSSUP?

The crowd in the Wachovia Center chant back at R-Truth before cheering. Truth however has something more to say ...

R-TRUTH: I’ll tell you what’s up, Edge, taking out Daniel Bryan without telling nobody? Adding the Miz without telling nobody? You have got to be the worst choice as captain ever ...

The crowd cheer along with Truth’s comments ...

R-TRUTH: ... And that’s the truth!

Edge stares through R-Truth with a knowing look in his eyes. Both men talk at each other off the microphone and Truth laughs off Edge’s comments whilst Big Show laughs from the other side of the ring. He is clearly loving the state of the RAW team right now!

*** GET DOWN ON YOUR KNEES ***


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing SMACKDOWN, from Perry, Oklahoma ... the All-American American ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger heads out with his arms spread wide as he starts to make his way towards the ring. Halfway down the aisle, Swagger falls down and does three quick press-ups before jumping to his feet with an explosion of pyro behind him. Swagger uses the steel steps and ducks through the ropes and joins his SMACKDOWN team-mates in their corner of the ring.

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing RAW, from Los Angeles, California ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison enters to his usual slow-motion effect as he heads towards the ring to complete the five man RAW team that seems to be in complete disarray. Over the previous weeks, Morrison and Edge have had a rivalry that saw Edge defeat Morrison controversially to save his career back at Cyber Sunday last time out on pay-per-view.

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Representing SMACKDOWN, from Chicago, Illinois ... C. M. PUNK!

The final man of the match is CM Punk and he kneels at the top of the ramp before heading down to the ring shouting out ‘It’s my time!’ and rotating his hands around to show that he remains drug free. The second city saint gets into the ring and joins the SMACKDOWN team where there is a slight frostiness between him and the captain, Big Show. However, this pales into contrast when compared to the RAW team who are arguing between themselves on the opposite side of the ring with Truth and Morrison arguing with Miz and Edge, pushing and pointing and needing the referee just to keep order on the team ...

MICHAEL COLE: I’m not sure about your team’s chances here, guys, your boys do not seem to be able to pull together. This should be a walk in the park for SMACKDOWN!

JERRY LAWLER: I fear you might be right, Cole, I thought they’d pull together by now for the good of RAW!

JIM ROSS: They seem to be falling out about who is starting the match, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: It’s starting to get a little embarrassing, JR ...

MICHAEL COLE: Whereas Team SMACKDOWN are ready and raring to go, CM Punk is starting out for the blue brand!

EDGE (C), TED DiBIASE, THE MIZ, JOHN MORRISON & R-TRUTH vs. BIG SHOW (C), CHAVO GUERRERO, KOFI KINGSTON, CM PUNK & JACK SWAGGER

The referee begins to order members of Team RAW out of the ring as CM Punk waits patiently on the opposite side of the ring wearing a blue SMACKDOWN t-shirt with his team-mates stood on the ring apron behind him. As Punk jumps from leg to leg, RAW are still arguing over who is starting the match but in the end, the referee gets them all out except for R-Truth who is going start. Truth glares at Edge before turning around and sizing up CM Punk instead as the match gets set to begin.

MICHAEL COLE: And finally, it looks as if Team RAW are ready to go!

JIM ROSS: It’s going to be CM Punk for SMACKDOWN against R-Truth for RAW!

JERRY LAWLER: And take a look, guys ...

The screen splits into dual-screen and shows the two General Managers, Teddy Long of SMACKDOWN and HBK Shawn Michaels of RAW sat together watching on a plasma TV both hoping that their brand can be victorious and win the right to take a superstar from the other’s roster.

JERRY LAWLER: I wonder if HBK is worried about the early arguments on Team RAW?

Punk in a blue SMACKDOWN t-shirt and R-Truth in a red RAW t-shirt lock up and the match begins with both men looking to gain an advantage. Neither man can and Punk goes behind Truth and wraps his arms round his waist but Truth uses his elbow to try and fight out. Punk dodges these elbows and breaks, stepping back, before kicking Truth in the side with a well placed shot. Further strikes, with arms and feet, follow as Punk goes for a Muay Thai like combination that takes Truth down to the mat. Punk goes for a clothesline but Truth ducks under his arm and hits the ropes before Punk hits a snap slam to his opponent on his return. It becomes clear that Edge is jeering his team-mate as Truth reaches over and makes the tag to John Morrison ... obviously, Edge wasn’t impressed by R-Truth’s opening to the match there for RAW, can Morrison do better?

Morrison and Punk tie up and the referee breaks the hold as they roll along the ropes. Punk goes for a cheap shot on the break and staggers Morrison back before Punk whips Morrison into the corner. Punk follows in with a clothesline that Morrison ducks before spinning round and hitting a running knee to the side of Punk’s head that dazes Punk in the corner. Morrison looks to take advantage but is distracted by Edge who is sarcastically clapping Morrison from the RAW corner. What is Edge playing at here? Morrison walks over to Edge and the pair exchange heated words, Morrison clearly saying that he is going to win this match for RAW which makes Edge laugh. Punk takes advantage of the disruption on Team RAW by twisting Morrison’s arm behind his back before hitting a short clothesline – the Pepsi Twist as Punk calls it. With Morrison down, Punk makes the first cover of the night ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Morrison kicks out *


As Morrison gets up and holds himself up with the ropes in a neutral corner, Punk rushes in and hits a high knee to the face of Morrison and follows this up with a bulldog that takes him down face first to the mat. Another cover from the Straight Edge Superstar ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Morrison kicks out again *


Punk makes a tag to Jack Swagger who heads into the ring to double team Morrison here. Punk drags Morrison to his feet and whips him towards the SMACKDOWN corner where Swagger hits a devastating boot to the face. This could be it already for John Morrison as Swagger goes for the cover and Punk exits the ring ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Morrison kicks out *


As Morrison was in the pinning position, Miz was shouting something about ‘Marty Janetty’ and Morrison stares over at him as he gets to his feet. However, he doesn’t make it up as Swagger aims a stiff kick to the back of Morrison’s knee that sends him down to the mat again. Further kicks to the ankle and lower leg follow as Swagger looks to inflict damage on Morrison and set him up perfectly for the Ankle Lock submission later. Swagger drags Morrison up so he is gingerly resting on his leg and then hits an Atomic Bomb that drives Morrison’s injured leg down onto the mat again to make him wince in pain. Swagger follows up with a German Suplex to Morrison that he holds in a pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out again from John Morrison *


John Morrison is kicking out often but he is taking a beating so far and needs to get back in the match by tagging in another one of Team RAW. However, a clothesline from Swagger sends him down again in the corner and Swagger looks to hit a corner slingshot splash. He runs over, leaps Morrison, jumps onto the middle rope and drops down ... but Morrison gets his knees up to the delight of the fans. Morrison gets to his feet hobbling on his bad leg but manages to hit a reverse calf kick to Swagger that allows him to get back on a roll. As Morrison rests on the rope for a moment though, Miz tags himself in and orders Morrison to leave the ring. Miz heads over towards Swagger but Morrison is unhappy and he spins Miz round to argue with him. The former tag team partners argue and begin to push each other in the RAW corner and R-Truth, Ted DiBiase and the captain Edge all begin to get involved in the heated discussion. Miz tells Morrison to get out of the ring so he can show him how to get the job done properly and turns to face Swagger ... however, Swagger has made the tag unbeknownst to the Miz ... BAM! KNOCKOUT PUNCH FROM BIG SHOW! Miz is out cold!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: The Miz has been eliminated!

Big Show stands over the fallen body of the Miz and laughs out loud whilst staring over at Edge and beckoning him to get into the ring. SMACKDOWN have the early advantage here but they still have four more eliminations to go before they can celebrate victory here tonight. Edge refuses to enter the match but officials are having to help Miz out of the ring with Alex Riley fussing around him and carrying the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase. Big Show looks over to Miz and waves cheerily whilst RAW argue again over the inclusion of Miz and his lack of anything in tonight’s match. Show is celebrating with his SMACKDOWN team when Ted DiBiase suddenly gets courageous and heads into the ring. He runs over to Big Show whose back is turned and hits a standing drop kick. Big Show, caught by surprise, stumbles forward and hits his head against the turnbuckle and Kofi Kingston tags himself into the match for the first time tonight.

Kofi and DiBiase lock up and test their strength against each other. Kofi is getting the better of things when DiBiase hits a cheap kick to the gut and reduces Kofi to his knees before grabbing him and hitting a snap DDT to Kingston. DiBiase goes for a cover and hooks Kofi’s leg as he looks to even the teams up at four each ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi kicks out *


DiBiase lifts Kingston up off the mat and hits a gutbuster across his knee leaving Kofi down on the mat holding his ribs. DiBiase heads for the top rope and jumps off and hits a double foot stomp to the chest and stomach of Kingston on the mat. A chant of ‘Kofi! Kofi’ begins but DiBiase retains control and he eyes Kingston up as he gets to his feet slowly. What is on the mind of Ted DiBiase here? Million Dollar Dream! The move made famous by DiBiase’s father, the Million Dollar Man, now being used by Ted DiBiase to try and take out Kofi Kingston here. Kofi is stood up and fighting hard but is struggling to find an escape route against DiBiase who is the stronger, fresher man right now. In the end, Kofi takes a run towards his SMACKDOWN team and drops to send DiBiase shoulder first into the buckles which allows Kofi to make the escape. With Kofi down, DiBiase gets to his feet first but is scared to death as Big Show pulls back his huge right fist and threatens to punch DiBiase right there in the SMACKDOWN corner. DiBiase drops down and rolls out of the ring in fear and gets as far from Big Show as he can. With his attention drawn to the Big Show, DiBiase fails to notice Kofi getting up until he suddenly spots him flying out of the ring, through the ropes to hit a perfect Suicide Dive that has the crowd on their feet.

Kofi drags DiBiase back up and rolls him into the ring before leaping up on the mat. With DiBiase getting up, he leaps onto the top rope and dives up in the air at least ten feet to hit a fantastic crossbody to DiBiase. He holds on and lands in a pinfall attempt ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* DiBiase just manages to escape *


Kofi and DiBiase both get to their feet steadily and DiBiase now manages to make a tag to the RAW team captain, Edge. Edge looks at Kofi struggling and prepares himself before racing over to hit the Spear! Kofi dodges out of the way and Edge has to put the brakes on as he heads towards the corner of the ring. As he turns around, Kofi spins around looking to hit Trouble in Paradise but Edge manages to duck out of the way. Edge realises he needs to hit a move and he catches Kofi coming back and hits a Flapjack to take him down face first. Edge follows up by locking in a half nelson and then lifts Kofi up and drops him down in a facecrusher move from the half nelson. Edge makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out from Kofi *


Kofi looks to respond with a dropkick as they get up but again Edge is a step in front and avoids the impact. As Kofi gets to his feet, Edge is behind him and hits the Edge-o-matic to crash Kofi’s back down onto the mat. He retreats to the RAW corner now and begins to pull at his hair to signal that the Spear is coming again. Edge looks wild in the corner and the SMACKDOWN team are trying to catch Kingston’s attention to stop him walking into it. Big Show is shouting to Kofi and Edge decides that he has to stop this instead and races over to hit a forearm to Big Show and take him down off the mat. Show lands on the floor as Edge regroups ready for the Spear ... but Show looks angry now and he comes into the ring illegally to go after Edge. Edge runs away – tagging R-Truth as he goes – and Big Show chases him up the ramp where Edge waits a good 20 feet away from Big Show.

Kofi Kingston manages to tag in Jack Swagger but all hell is about to break loose. R-Truth and Swagger are stood in the ring, Kofi is down in the SMACKDOWN corner and Edge and Big Show are on the ramp area. As Truth and Swagger look on, Morrison and DiBiase decide that they need to help protect their captain – at last, some team unity – and they attack Big Show. However, they are then provoking the SMACKDOWN team, Chavo Guerrero and CM Punk, who race around to take on DiBiase and Morrison on the outside. The referee is struggling to maintain order and exits the ring to try and restore it. In the chaos, Swagger hits a low blow to the distracted R-Truth that crumples him up in a heap. As the crowd boo Swagger’s actions, the All American American drags Truth up and hits a belly to belly suplex before grabbing his foot and twisting it round to lock in the Ankle Lock. Truth is in real pain as Swagger locks the hold in further and there is no prospect of getting to the ropes here. It looks as if SMACKDOWN is about to eliminate a second RAW superstar. R-Truth has no choice ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


However, the referee is still outside trying to sort out the warring RAW and SMACKDOWN teams. He is beginning to get control but does not see R-Truth tapping out to the Ankle Lock, Swagger holds on patiently waiting for the referee to return to the ring but then Edge appears in the ring. He hits a Big Boot to Swagger to save R-Truth who rolls up in a ball clutching his ankle that Swagger has damaged badly. However, he manages to get to his feet and looks over to see that Swagger is getting up too ... Truth is in pain but he manages to get over and hits the Scissors Kick. R-Truth with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Jack Swagger has been eliminated!

JERRY LAWLER: Finally, Team RAW have arrived! Four on four, Cole, we’re still in this match y’know?

MICHAEL COLE: One elimination, Lawler, the SMACKDOWN team remain united – more than you can say about RAW. We’ll see who laughs last!

With the sides evened up after Swagger’s elimination, Chavo Guerrero enters the ring for SMACKDOWN with Truth still struggling in the corner. Chavo rushes over towards Truth looking to take advantage but the rapper manages to counter with a perfect drop toe hold before a scoop slam to Chavo. Chavo is dragged up by Truth and he hits a powerslam to the Mexican before going for a quick pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Chavo Guerrero kicks out *


Unperturbed, Truth heads for the top rope as Guerrero struggles up. R-Truth launches towards the Mexican Warrior looking to hit a leg drop across the back of his neck but Chavo avoids it and Truth crashes down on the mat. Luckily for Truth, he is within reach of the RAW corner and he makes a timely tag to Ted DiBiase who re-enters and locks up with Chavo in the middle of the ring. Chavo gets the upper hand and hits a kick to the gut of DiBiase before locking him in a headlock to set up a suplex. Chavo lifts DiBiase up and drops him down once before swinging his hips and getting back to his feet to hit a second suplex. He repeats it a third time – the three Amigos to the delight of the crowd at ringside and then shakes his hips as he heads for the corner as a tribute to the late, great Eddie Guerrero. The crowd respond with an ‘Eddie! Eddie!’ chant as Chavo climbs to the top rope ready to go for the Frog Splash. He leaps off the top buckle but DiBiase manages to roll out of the way to the dismay of the WWE Universe at ringside. DiBiase stretches and makes a tag to the RAW captain, Edge ... He waits for a moment as Chavo gets to his feet ... SPEAR! Edge hits a devastating spear to Chavo Guerrero, it must be over for him ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Chavo Guerrero has been eliminated!

It is now four RAW superstars against three SMACKDOWN superstars and RAW seem to have the upper hand for the first time tonight. Edge celebrates on the middle rope with his rock hand salute but the SMACKDOWN captain Big Show enters the ring now looking for a little captain vs. captain action. Edge hears the cheers and turns to face Show with a look of terror on his face. Edge decides to go on the attack and rushes towards Big Show looking for a spear but Show catches him and lifts him up, spins him round and hits a huge Sidewalk Slam to take Edge down. Cover from Big Show ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Edge kicks out *


Big Show grins to the crowd as he drags Edge up and then urges them to be quiet for a moment. The crowd quieten and Big Show holds his huge frying pan hand up and slaps it down across Edge’s chest ... not once, not twice, but three times and Edge is writhing in agony, his chest showing up red raw (no run intended). Big Show is laughing at Edge as he writhes on the floor and pleads with him to leave him alone. Big Show ignores him and drags him up before locking in a Bear Hug to the Rated R Superstar. Can the SMACKDOWN captain make the RAW captain tap out here? Edge is in agony now but he manages to get his feet down and turns his body to allow him to hit some elbows to Big Show that allows him to break out. With Big Show less mobile, Edge quickly hits the ropes to confuse his opponent and then hits a Big Boot to take Show down to the mat impressively. Edge looks to get a pinfall and covers Show ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show throws Edge off him *


Edge quickly climbs to the top turnbuckle though and hits a perfect Missile Drop Kick to take Big Show down again before making a second cover and this time hooking the leg of the behemoth ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show gets a shoulder off the mat *


Frustrated, Edge tags in R-Truth as RAW now appear to be working better as a team. Truth spots Show just getting to his feet and realises that he has a chance here. For the second time tonight, Truth hits the Scissors Kick – is this the end of Big Show? Truth with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show kicks out but only just *


Truth looks over to the RAW team with a look of frustration as they realise it is going to take a lot to eliminate the SMACKDOWN captain. Truth stands over Big Show and the giant manages to push Truth aside to enable him to get to his feet with a wobble. The push from Show sends Truth through the ropes to the outside and allows Show chance to get over the ring to tag in his partner, CM Punk. Punk slowly enters the ring, calculating his next move ... as Truth begins to re-enter the ring, Punk rushes over and hits a dropkick that sends Truth spiralling back down to the floor before following him out. Punk looks round at the rest of the RAW team but the referee orders them to stay where they are ... Punk whips Truth into the barricades around the ring before using his shoulder to drive him into the side of the ring as well. With Truth struggling, Punk completes the job with a Shining Wizard knee to the side of Truth’s head before slithering back into the ring and ordering the referee to count Truth out ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *
* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* Truth slides back into the ring at 7 *


CM Punk shakes his head at R-Truth for having the nerve to get back in the ring and he signals that it is over for him by holding his hands beside his face to show he is going to sleep. Punk lifts Truth onto his shoulders ready for the Go To Sleep finisher but Truth manages to wriggle free ... Truth jumps up, grabs Punk and crashes him back face first into the mat – the Complete Shot. Is that enough to eliminate CM Punk? Truth is slow to react though but he eventually makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* CM Punk kicks out *


After the recent beating, Truth is slow to get to his feet and Punk comfortably has time to make a tag to Kofi Kingston. The Ghanaian leaps over the ropes as Truth staggers back into the corner and Kofi leaps onto his shoulders and starts slamming fists into the face of the rapper in the corner. Kofi lets Truth fall down to the mat and lifts himself up in the corner before hitting a Tornado DDT to Truth that drives his head down into the mat. Kofi is on a roll and he comes off the ropes before jiving around a little and then hitting the Boom Drop to leave Truth down and out. Kofi stands back and starts to clap his hands as Truth slowly gets up ... Trouble in Paradise connects! Kofi Kingston makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: R-Truth has been eliminated!

MICHAEL COLE: Kofi Kingston is on a roll at the moment and he levels up the match for Friday Night SMACKDOWN!

JIM ROSS: This young man is destined for big things here in the WWE, Michael, that is a certainty!

JERRY LAWLER: Three against three, Kofi, Punk and oh my god, Big Show for SMACKDOWN, DiBiase, Edge and Morrison for RAW. I’m worried, JR ...

Ted DiBiase enters the ring and hits a quick clothesline to Kofi Kingston that catches him by surprise. Another clothesline follows, this time from the middle rope before DiBiase whips Kofi into the ropes and hits the Spinebuster as he comes back to him. DiBiase holds the pinfall from the Spinebuster ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out from Kofi *


DiBiase is not to be outdone though and he locks in the Million Dollar Dream for the second time tonight on Kofi Kingston. Yet again, Ted is stronger and holds Kofi in the middle of the ring and the onus is on the Ghanaian to find a way to escape. Kofi begins to weaken and Big Show begins to slam his foot down on the steel steps and starts a ‘Kofi! Kofi!’ chant in the arena. Kofi seems to draw energy from this and begins to fight back, edging towards his corner whilst still in the hold. However, he is close when he begins to weaken again and drops to a knee with DiBiase looking confident now. Kofi is close to being out but he finds one last drop of energy to edge closer to the SMACKDOWN corner ... Tag to Big Show!

Big Show climbs into the ring after the tag as Kofi drops down to the mat as DiBiase lets go of him. Show walks determinedly towards DiBiase and swings his fist at him but DiBiase ducks and then hits a well placed drop kick to Show’s knee. DiBiase is certainly impressing here and he quickly hits a DDT to Big Show while he is on his knees. Weary now, DiBiase tags in John Morrison for the first time in a while and he rushes in towards the corner where Big Show is laid down face up. Morrison looks around and then realises what he has to do. He leaps up onto the ropes in the corner ... STARSHIP PAIN! Morrison has the Big Show down and possibly out ... but he doesn’t go for the pin. He heads over to Edge and tags him in and points to Big Show while shouting to Edge. Edge nods and understands ... He strides to the opposite corner from Big Show and crouches down. Ripping at his hair and slapping his face, Edge prepares as Big Show gets slowly to his feet ... SPEAR! Edge connects with a humongous spear! Edge with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Big Show has been eliminated!

JERRY LAWLER: Yes! Yes! Yes! I can’t believe it! They’ve eliminated the Big Show, Cole!

MICHAEL COLE: Unbelievable ... How ... ?

JIM ROSS: It took one hell of a battering to do it, a DDT from DiBiase, Starship Pain from Morrison and a huge, earth shattering spear from the Rated R Superstar!


Big Show rolls out of the ring as Edge looks around in disbelief that his team have managed to eliminate the Big Show, the SMACKDOWN team captain. Kofi Kingston slides back into the ring and goes after Edge with forearms before a clothesline to take the RAW captain down. Kofi seems determined to eliminate the RAW captain now that the SMACKDOWN captain has gone as he hits a dropkick to Edge after springboarding off the middle rope. Kofi looks to hit his finishing move SOS to eliminate Edge but he fights clear ... Edge goes for another Spear to Kofi but Kofi dodges Edge ... Kofi goes for Trouble in Paradise but Edge ducks out of the way ... Edge ducks behind Kofi, lifts him up on his shoulders and drops him back in the Electric Chair Drop instead. Edge goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi kicks out *


Edge wanders over to the RAW corner where John Morrison is desperate for the tag. Kofi is perfectly positioned for Starship Pain but Edge looks straight at Morrison ... and then tags in DiBiase instead. Morrison is outraged and he stands on the bottom rope to shout at Edge who looks annoyed and fed up of Morrison now. DiBiase turns round and tries to calm the situation down but Morrison and Edge are now both in the ring and trying to square up to each other ... The referee tries to usher them out of the ring but Edge and Morrison are not being moved ... DiBiase looks exasperated as he tries to get Edge out of the ring before turning round and walking straight into Kofi Kingston’s boot! Trouble in Paradise connects! Kofi goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Edge kicks Kofi in the head to break the pinfall *


CM Punk heads into the ring and attacks Edge for denying Kofi the elimination of DiBiase that would have evened the sides back up. Punk manages to clothesline Edge out of the ring before turning to Morrison. Morrison is caught between loyalty to RAW and dislike of Edge and decides to show unity again by defending Edge. Morrison and Punk fight out of the ring to the outside where Edge joins Morrison in attacking CM Punk. The RAW pair work together to fight Punk outside the ring and they slam him into the steel ring post before turning to each other ... Morrison has a few words for Edge but he walks away from him back to the RAW corner of the ring.

Back in the ring, Kofi is slowly getting to his feet after the kick to his head by Edge. DiBiase is still down after Trouble in Paradise and Kofi has a chance to take further advantage. He drags DiBiase to his feet and sets up for SOS ... and hits it perfectly rolling into the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ted DiBiase has been eliminated!

Ted DiBiase is out of the match and it is now a Tag Team match. Edge and John Morrison against Kofi Kingston and CM Punk – who is down on the outside of the ring. Morrison enters the ring to replace DiBiase and he hits Kofi with a clothesline before springboarding off the rope into a Flying Chuck kick. Will that be enough to eliminate Kofi?

JERRY LAWLER: Wait a minute, what is Edge doing?

Edge slides back into the ring and suddenly he hits a devastating spear ... to his team-mate John Morrison. The crowd are in shocked silence as Edge stands over Morrison looking down on him. Edge walks to the ropes and out of the ring before walking away from the ring up the ramp. It becomes clear that the RAW captain is planning to walk out on the match as he turns to look back on the stage. He laughs to himself and then disappears from the match into the backstage area out of view. We’re down to John Morrison for RAW against Kofi Kingston and CM Punk for SMACKDOWN!

Morrison gets slowly to his feet and stares around looking for Edge before realising what has happened. Kofi Kingston sneaks up behind him and rolls him up looking to win the match for SMACKDOWN ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Morrison manages to kick out *


Kofi is moving slowly now and he whips Morrison into the ropes with little velocity. Morrison comes back of the ropes but Kofi somehow finds the energy to leap up and hit a Frankensteiner to Morrison and take him down to the mat hard. Kofi goes for another cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Morrison just kicks out *


Kofi staggers back and claps his hands together preparing for one last (maybe) Trouble in Paradise to end the match. He waits for Morrison to get to his feet and then swivels round and goes for the kick but Morrison ducks and Kofi misses. Off balance, Kofi is pulled down by Morrison into a rolled up pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Kofi Kingston has been eliminated!

MICHAEL COLE: Damn it, Morrison pulls out another great move to eliminate Kingston. We’re down to two men, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: We are, John Morrison is looking good for RAW ...

MICHAEL COLE: But here comes a refreshed CM Punk for SMACKDOWN!

Punk slides into the ring in the corner where he has been resting for the past few minutes since being crashed into the ring post. He sneaks up on John Morrison and lifts him up on his shoulders ... GO TO SLEEP! CM Punk hits the GTS to John Morrison, has he won the match for SMACKDOWN?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Amazing! John Morrison kicks out of the Go To Sleep! *


Punk stares at the fallen Morrison in disbelief as he contemplates how on earth he has managed to kick out of the GTS. A ‘Let’s Go Morrison’ chant starts up but is followed by an equally loud ‘CM Punk!’ chant in the gaps. Punk resolves himself and waits for Morrison to get to his feet. As soon as he is on his feet, Punk kicks him in the gut and lifts him on his shoulders again ... Going for the Go To Sleep for a second time! Morrison wriggles out down Punk’s back though and then catches Punk by surprise with a roundhouse kick. Morrison looks back and jumps onto the rope to springboard and hit a Flying Chuck. This sends Punk down and Morrison waits for him to sit up a little. As soon as Punk is sat up, Morrison hits a Running Knee to the side of Punks jaw and covers for the RAW victory ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* CM Punk kicks out! *


JIM ROSS: What an amazing match this is to kick off Survivor Series, what an effort from these two young men!

Morrison drags Punk over to the corner and it is time now for Starship Pain! Morrison looks around the arena and looks shattered as he prepares for one last jump onto the ropes surely. Morrison leaps up, twists and drops ... right onto the knees of CM Punk! Morrison rolls around in agony and Punk shows some energy as he gets to his feet quickly. Dragging Morrison up, Punk is set for a second attempt ... he lifts up Morrison to his shoulders, Morrison tries desperately to escape but ... GO TO SLEEP! Punk hits it and then stands over Morrison thinking. He drops to his knees but doesn’t make the cover this time ... he twists and turns Morrison around and locks in the Anaconda Vice ...

Morrison is writhing in pain and Punk has the Anaconda Vice well and truly locked in now. Morrison is stretching for the ropes, his body battered and bruised from the match and the beating he has received from Team SMACKDOWN and his Team RAW captain as well. Morrison cannot get near the ropes and Punk is pulling hard ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: CM PUNK (28:36)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your only survivor ... CM PUNK! Therefore, the winners of the match ... TEAM SMACKDOWN!

‘This Fire Burns’ begins to play throughout the arena and CM Punk looks around from a sitting position with John Morrison fallen at the side of him. Punk smirks to himself and pulls his SMACKDOWN t-shirt off and throws it away as he stands up ... he beckons to the crowd that he has not won the match for SMACKDOWN, he has won it for himself. He signals a belt around his waist and it is clear that CM Punk is setting his sights on a World Championship opportunity ...

JIM ROSS: Gentlemen, what an incredible match that was!

MICHAEL COLE: What an effort from CM Punk to win the match! And SMACKDOWN will be taking any RAW superstar that we choose!

JERRY LAWLER: I’m lost for words, JR, what was Edge thinking of? Why did he walk out on Team RAW like that?

JIM ROSS: There has been a serious lack of unity of Team RAW but I never expected someone to walk out on the show. I thought they all wanted to win the match?

JERRY LAWLER: Well, obviously not, JR.

JIM ROSS: But congratulations must go to SMACKDOWN and their General Manager Teddy Long – I wonder who he will choose to take from Monday Night RAW ...

The cameras follow CM Punk as he staggers up the ramp with his arm raised before showing a beaten John Morrison shaking his head in anger in the ring ...

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *



NXT ENDANGERED
“Your time is up ...”


----- STARTS THE WEEK AFTER WWE VENGEANCE -----

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


The cameras focus on an angry RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels, as he storms up the corridor. He stops and peers around a door looking for somebody but the dressing room is empty – there is nobody there. HBK continues with the camera following him and then in the distance, we see Edge carrying his bag towards the exit into the parking lot ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Where do you think you’re going, captain?

Edge turns in shock to see HBK walking towards him. Edge looks down at his feet and then back up with a smirk on his face. He drops his bag and points at HBK.

EDGE: I wouldn’t come after me, right now, Mr. GM. Do you remember the night you announced yourself as the RAW General Manager? You wanted to be the one to kick me out of the WWE. Remember?

SHAWN MICHAELS: Look, Edge, I trusted you to lead RAW. I thought that you would be able to look past our differences and do a job for the team. Tonight, you let every person on Monday Night RAW down ...

EDGE: Hold it, let’s get something straight, Michaels. I don’t care who I let down tonight. I didn’t walk out because of John Morrison ... I walked out because I was planning to do so all along, I was planning to annoy you.

SHAWN MICHAELS: Oh, really? Well, if that is how you wish to play it, Edge, that is how it will be. But I am in charge here on RAW and I have the right to discipline you however I want ...

EDGE: Discipline me? Oh yeah, go for it.

SHAWN MICHAELS: Tonight, Edge, you failed to do your job properly for the brand that you are employed by. Therefore, I am suspending you for four weeks!

The crowd in the arena cheer as Edge’s smile falters and he looks shocked at HBK’s decision ...

EDGE: A suspension? Four weeks?

Edge thinks about it before smirking at HBK again ...

EDGE: I think a four week suspension is worth it to get back at you, Michaels. I’ll see you in four weeks, sir!

Edge picks up his bag and walks out of the door into the parking lot leaving Shawn Michaels looking as angry as he has ever looked ... The camera switches back inside the arena to the ring where Tony Chimel is waiting in the ring to introduce the second match of the evening ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and is for the WWE Tag Team Championships!

*** LA VITTORIA E MIA ***



TONY CHIMEL: Introducing first, the challengers ...weighing at combined weight of 529 pounds ... VLADIMIR KOZLOV and SANTINO MARELLA!

The strange team of Kozlov and Santino head towards the ring without Santino’s girlfriend, Tamina, but they do look confident of victory tonight. Santino is acting his usual jovial self as he enters the ring with his Italian singlet whilst Vladimir Kozlov looks his usual focused and determined self in his red robe. In the ring, Kozlov stands in the corner while Santino waves to the crowd and accepts their ‘Santino!’ chants as they wait for the arrival of the Tag Team Champions ...

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***



TONY CHIMEL: And their opponents, weighing in at a combined total of 479 pounds ... they are the WWE Tag Team Champions ... “DASHING” CODY RHODES and DREW McINTYRE!

The slow, intense walk of Drew McIntyre leads the Tag Team Champions out with the title belt around his waist. Following him is Cody Rhodes checking his hair and making sure everything is in place. They enter the ring and hold their Tag Title belts up high before switching their attention to the challengers in the corner ...

JIM ROSS: The question is, guys, how much focus do Drew and Cody have right now on their challengers? They’ve been preoccupied recently with Mark Henry as they proved on Friday night on SMACKDOWN last week ...

Footage of the Tag Champions brutal beating of Mark Henry is played before the cameras return to the ring to show a smirking Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes ...

MICHAEL COLE: You could argue that, JR, but look at what happened before that. The champions eliminated both Santino and Kozlov in an 8-man Tag Team match. Right now, these two idiots are huge underdogs here tonight!

JERRY LAWLER: Please, please, please Michael Cole, please go and call Vladimir Kozlov an idiot to his face!

WWE TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS: DREW McINTYRE & ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES vs. SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV

The match begins with Santino and Drew McIntyre in the ring sizing each other up and exchanging a few nothing holds as they look to get on top early. A cheap forearm smash allows Drew McIntyre to send Santino spinning into the ropes where Drew has time to calculate and hit a Hip Toss to take Santino down to the mat. Drew locks in a standing Arm Bar to Santino and positions him in the Tag Team Champions corner of the ring whilst Santino struggle to wriggle clear. With Santino locked up, Drew reaches over and makes the tag to his partner, Cody Rhodes. Rhodes quickly climbs the turnbuckles to the top and crashes down with an Axe Handle over the twisted arm of Santino Marella. As the referee ushers Drew out of the ring, Cody pushes Santino down to the mat and then uses the ropes to get leverage for a standing knee drop to the Italian’s face. A second knee drop follows before Cody hooks the leg for the first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino kicks out *


Cody drags Santino to his feet and hits a Russian Leg Sweep before tagging Drew McIntyre back into the match to continue the early beating of Santino Marella. The champions are clearly looking to isolate Santino and – if it went their way – keep Kozlov out of the match full stop. A snap suplex from Drew McIntyre has Santino holding his lower back on the mat before Drew goes for the pinfall again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino kicks out for a second time wincing *


As Santino staggers to a neutral corner, McIntyre follows and smirking pushes him back first into the corner. Drew disrespectfully slaps Santino in the face several times whilst talking down to him about their lack of chance to win the Tag Team Championship tonight. He grabs Santino by the cheeks and pulls his face towards him to talk even more trash but Santino takes his chance and hits a slap back to the Sinister Scotsman. Drew is incensed and he sets about wildly swinging his arms and pummelling the Italian whilst Santino tries to cover up. The referee has to physically order Kozlov back into his corner before breaking the pummelling arms of McIntyre and this causes further damage to the challenger from Calabria, Italy. He slumps in the corner as Drew walks away and plays to the crowd before looking to hit a running clothesline in the corner. However, Santino manages to avoid the contact and Drew hits the buckles chest first. Hurt, Drew immediately goes for a tag to Cody Rhodes but this has given Santino chance to stretch over towards Kozlov for a tag ... Can he make it?

No! Rhodes races across the ring and launches a stiff boot to the head and shoulders of Santino and knocks him through the ropes without making the tag. With the referee still ordering Kozlov to stay where he is, Cody follows Santino and drives him back with his shoulder so that he crashes back into the ring apron. With Santino in pain, Rhodes rolls him back into the ring and slides himself in as well. Pinfall from Cody Rhodes ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino escapes again *


Cody Rhodes drags Santino up to his feet where he stands on jelly legs. Santino swings a punch or two but Rhodes avoids the contact with ease before hitting a stiff kick to the gut of the Italian. With Santino dropping to his knees, Cody hits a DDT and takes Santino down to the mat again. Is this it? Have the champions retained their titles?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino just manages to kick out *


Cody Rhodes looks like he has had enough of this now and he stands between Santino and the corner where Vladimir Kozlov is waiting desperately for the tag. Santino gets to his feet but Rhodes is still there ... Rhodes springboards off the middle rope and goes for the Beautiful Disaster kick to Santino but he does the splits and avoids the contact sending the crowd wild. A superkick from Santino takes down Cody Rhodes and both men are now looking for a tag. To the delight of the crowd, Santino makes it first and tags in Vladimir Kozlov – bad news for the Tag Team Champions. Kozlov reaches Rhodes before he can tag in Drew McIntyre and traps him with his arms before hitting a series of headbutts to poor Cody Rhodes’ chest. Kozlov lets Rhodes go so that he slumps to the ground and then hits a Big Boot to Drew McIntyre as he comes rushing into the ring as well. Drew rolls out of the ring and it looks as if Kozlov has Cody Rhodes where he wants him. He whips Cody into the ropes before lifting him into a Fallaway Slam that crashes Cody down on his back. Kozlov with the pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cody just kicks out to save the titles *


Kozlov is not to be put off though and he scoops Rhodes up onto his shoulder. A huge Powerslam takes Cody Rhodes down to the mat again and Kozlov goes for a second pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Drew McIntyre saves Cody with a kick to Kozlov’s head! *


Vladimir Kozlov gets to his feet and looks intensely at Drew McIntyre who backs away a little at first ... however, Drew suddenly swings at Kozlov who ducks and pushes him away with great force. Kozlov turns away from McIntyre but doesn’t notice Rhodes springboard off the ropes ... BEAUTIFUL DISASTER! Cody Rhodes has taken down Vladimir Kozlov with the Beautiful Disaster kick to the head. Can Cody make the cover? Slowly, he crawls over Kozlov and hooks the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kozlov kicks out *


Rhodes looks in disbelief at the referee before stumbling over and making the tag to Drew McIntyre and letting him go after the Russian. Drew rushes over to take advantage of a still groggy Kozlov and hits a perfect belly to back suplex that crunches Kozlov up on the mat. McIntyre now tries to pin the Moscow Mauler and retain the titles ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Another kick out from Kozlov *


Kozlov and Santino are certainly battling hard to win these championships and they keep fighting hard. Drew hits stiff forearm smashes to the back of Kozlov’s neck and then sets him up for a Powerbomb. Can Drew McIntyre lift Vladimir Kozlov up and hit the Powerbomb? The answer is no, he can’t and Kozlov wriggles free ... As Drew turns to face Kozlov, the Russian uses his head again to strike the Scotsman in the chest over and over and over. With Drew down in the corner, Kozlov – battered in the last few moments – stumbles over to Santino and makes the tag. In comes Santino, ready for action again, he rushes over but McIntyre hits a clothesline to the Italian. Both men are down on the mat as the match starts to edge towards the pivotal moments. Drew goes for a second clothesline in a row but Santino again uses the splits to escape before hitting a low down spinning kick that takes McIntyre down. Spurred on by the cheers of the WWE Universe, Santino hits the ropes before saluting and dropping a diving headbutt to McIntyre ... Cover from Santino ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* McIntyre kicks out *


Drew scrambles to his feet and manages to make a tag to Cody Rhodes who comes rushing in to hit a smash to Santino but yet again the splits provides Santino’s escape route. Another low down spin kick and a diving headbutt give Santino another chance to try and win the titles as he pins Cody Rhodes ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Rhodes kicks out *


Santino gets to his feet first and looks around the ring at the WWE Universe with a knowing look in his eye. The volume in the arena rises as they realise what Santino is planning to go for next ... Is it time for the Cobra? Yes it is! Santino moves and twists him arm ready to hit the ‘ridiculous’ finishing move to Cody Rhodes but the ‘Dashing’ one sees it coming and drops back down in fear and backs away ... all the way out of the ring. Disappointment is etched over Santino’s face but Rhodes has got out of the ring right where Vladimir Kozlov is waiting. He catches Cody with a right hand or three before using the trapping headbutts move again to leave Cody struggling. He rolls Cody back into the ring as the referee admonishes him for his interference on the outside and demands he returns to the corner. Kozlov and the referee argue a little as Santino prepares for another Cobra behind him. However, Drew McIntyre has other ideas as he sneaks into the ring and catches Santino with a huge Big Boot that flattens the Italian behind the ref’s back. The WWE Universe boo and jeer as Cody Rhodes drags Santino to his feet ... we know what is coming now as Cody prepares ... CROSS RHODES! Surely, the match is over now ... Pinfall from Rhodes ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


Loud jeers and boos reign down on Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre as they celebrate their win but the bell doesn’t ring ... The referee has noticed that Santino’s left leg is propped up on the bottom rope and he points this out to the Tag Team Champions. Rhodes and McIntyre tell the referee to ring the bell and raise their hands but the referee refuses and the pair are livid with the decision ...


MICHAEL COLE: Oh, come off it, Cody Rhodes had the match won!

JIM ROSS: But Santino Marella’s foot is on the bottom rope, Michael, surely that means that the pinfall is not legal?

MICHAEL COLE: The referee counted to three, JR, the match is over!

A replay of the Cross Rhodes move and the subsequent pinfall is shown for the TV audience and it clearly shows that Santino raises his foot up and places it on the bottom rope right as the referee counts 3 ...

MICHAEL COLE: No way, Santino was too late!

JERRY LAWLER: Oh shut up, Cole, Santino escaped it, good decision from the referee. The match is continuing ...

Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes are advancing menacingly on the referee in the corner who is defending his decision despite the intimidation. The Tag Team Champions are furious with the decision and Rhodes clearly believes that he won the match there. However, the referee’s decision has been made and Rhodes and McIntyre are giving Santino time to recover. A loud ‘Santino! Santino!’ chant brings the champions to their senses and reminds them to turn around. However, Santino and Kozlov are already charging over at them and clubbing them with forearms. In the melee, the referee gets crushed by Drew McIntyre in the corner and falls to his knees as the madness continues. Drew takes advantage and hits a low blow to Vladimir Kozlov which will go unpunished as the referee has not seen it. McIntyre gets set for the Future Shock DDT which he delivers to Kozlov before rolling him out of the ring. Santino and Cody are still fighting in the corner and Drew goes over and makes it a Handicap situation for Marella as he joins in and Cody re-establishes the upper hand. Drew leaves the ring and Cody hits another Cross Rhodes to Santino. He drags him to the centre of the ring and hooks the legs but the referee is still down and has fallen out of the ring to the dismay of the champions.



Here comes Mark Henry!

The ‘World’s Strongest Man’ has had major problems with the Tag Team Champions recently and he is not out here to help them retain their titles. Rhodes goes on the attack and launches over at Henry as soon as he steps through the ropes but he is caught ... World’s Strongest Slam! McIntyre follows Rhodes and tries to hit a clothesline but he hardly manages to dent the big man who hits clubbing forearms to Drew before lifting him up high into the Military Press ... and then dropping him down to the mat from ten feet in the air. Henry rolls Drew out of the ring and then exits behind the back of the referee who is just about back on his feet in the ring. Santino and Cody Rhodes are the legal men and Santino is up on his feet ... He surveys the scene and smiles as Cody Rhodes slowly gets to his feet after the attack from Mark Henry ... COBRA!

Santino Marella hits the Cobra to Cody Rhodes and covers his opponent ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Santino Marella & Vladimir Kozlov (14:57)


TONY CHIMEL: Here are your winners and the new WWE Tag Team Champions ... SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov embrace in the ring as the referee hands them the Tag Team Championship belts. Santino is delirious and he begins celebrating in the ring with his usual trumpet celebration and urges Kozlov to copy his actions. The big Russian joins in eventually whilst the camera zooms in on the faces of Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes as they back away up the ramp clearly upset with what has gone down tonight ...

MICHAEL COLE: A complete and utter fix, Cody and Drew should still be the Tag Team Champions ... They had Santino pinned and they were attacked by Mark Henry! They didn’t stand a chance!

JERRY LAWLER: You know what they say about payback, Cole, Mark Henry just paid back the FORMER Tag Team Champions right there!

The camera switches backstage where Josh Matthews is stood with a microphone ready for an exclusive interview ...

JOSH MATTHEWS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!



Cheers from outside as Orton appears beside Josh with the WWE Championship over his shoulder. Orton nods his head to Matthews waiting for his questions ...

JOSH MATTHEWS: Randy, thank you for joining me ahead of your big match later on ... tonight, you team up with the Hart Dynasty, Ezekiel Jackson and John Cena to take on the Nexus in a 10-man Tag Team match. How do you combat the threat that the Nexus could pin any of the four men on your team and win your WWE Championship for Wade Barrett?

RANDY ORTON: Josh, I’m not going to stand here and tell you that I’m not worried ... because that would be a lie. I know that none of the Nexus can defeat me to win the title ... but how sure am I that they can’t beat the rest of my team? I’m not sure. I guess I only have one option and that is to trust them.

JOSH MATTHEWS: Can you trust them? Can you trust John Cena after the long and storied rivalry you have had in your careers?

RANDY ORTON: Hey, it’s no secret that Cena and I are never going to be the best of friends. Do I like John Cena? No. Do I respect John Cena? Yes I do. John Cena is one of the greatest WWE Superstars there is today, that there has ever been ... Can I trust him? Hustle. Loyalty. Respect. That’s the code by which Cena lives his life, the message he preaches to all the Ce-Nation? I have no choice but to trust John Cena ... and if I can’t trust him? If he doesn’t give everything he has to ensure that Randy Orton retains the WWE Championship tonight? Not only will his words be hollow ... but, Josh ... I’ll make him regret the day he ever walked into the WWE and spoke them.

An intense Randy Orton steps out of the interview area with a thoughtful look on his face and heads away to prepare for the match later tonight ... The camera switches back to the announce table where Jim Ross, Jerry Lawler and Michael Cole are all looking gripped by the words that Orton just spoke.

JIM ROSS: What a night it is going to be, gentlemen, I can’t wait for that match right there!

JERRY LAWLER: I’m sure that Orton has nothing to worry about, JR, Cena will do everything in his power to stop the Nexus and Wade Barrett getting their hands on the WWE Championship here tonight!

JIM ROSS: I hope you’re right, King, Cena has thousands ...

MICHAEL COLE: Who cares about John Cena and Randy Orton, King? Who gives a damn about it, JR? We’ve had a wonderful night already, SMACKDOWN won the huge Survivor Series Elimination Match earlier on and now Teddy Long has to choose which RAW superstar he wants to take from SMACKDOWN. And we just saw Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov become the new Tag Team Champions ... although it was completely unfair!

JIM ROSS: Well, Michael, you’re entitled to your opinion ...

JERRY LAWLER: Just like I’m entitled to shut your mouth whenever I want to![/SIZE]

*** CLAVICLE ***



The crowd react positively as Evan ‘Air’ Bourne heads out onto the stage and salutes the WWE Universe before hurtling down the ramp and jumping under the bottom rope to enter the ring ... He looks pumped up and ready for his opportunity tonight ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and it is for the Intercontinental Championship. In the ring, from St. Louis, Missouri ... EVAN BOURNE!

The cameras focus on the Spanish ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, stood in the corner with a microphone. He steps forwards as he is introduced to the crowd amidst jeers and heat ...

TONY CHIMEL: Ladies and Gentlemen, allow me to introduce Alberto Del Rio’s personal ring announcer ... RICARDO RODRIGUEZ!

*** REALEZA ***



The sounds of a car horn can be heard and from the side of the stage comes an Audi R8 worth $140,000 with the Intercontinental Champion, Alberto Del Rio, in the driver seat. He gets out of the car with the Intercontinental Title around his waist and his white scarf round his neck and he heads for the ramp as gold sparks shower down behind him ...

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ: Las damas y caballeros, es mi gran honor de introducir a usted aquí, un hombre de gran realeza, un hombre con una inteligencia superior, él es el Campeón Intercontinental, él es ... ALBERTO DEL RRRRRRRIIIIIIOOOOOO!

Del Rio continues to strut down to the ring taunting the crowd at the aisle side and fingering the edges of his Intercontinental Championship as he does so. He gets into the ring and demands a microphone insisting that Evan Bourne can wait a minute ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: My name ... My name is Alberto ... Del RRRRiiiiiooooo!

Loud boos and intense heat for the cocky Mexican ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: But you ... you already knew that. You also know that last month at Cyber Sunday, I achieved the first part of my destiny. I became the Intercontinental Champion of the WWE. El Campeón Intercontinental ... The man with the gold. I can spend my money, my wealth, my gold on whatever I want ... Personal ring announcers ... Fancy cars ... But I will never give away this, my most precious gold. I am going to be the greatest Intercontinental Champion of all time. And then I am going to achieve what no other Mexican ever has ... especially not that little Chihuahua, Rey Mysterio ... I am going to win the World Heavyweight Championship as well and have both of the golds at the same time.

A loud ‘You Suck!’ chant begins and Alberto Del Rio takes it all in his stride, ignoring the crowd and turning to his opponent and challenger, Evan Bourne ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: Which brings me to you, Evan ... You are another little man. You do not have the style, the class, the honour of a man like me. You will not beat me for this gold. I have a destiny to fulfil here ...

Del Rio throws down the microphone and hands the title over to the referee before handing his scarf to Ricardo Rodriguez and turning to face Bourne ...

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP: ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. EVAN BOURNE

The cocky Del Rio moves in to lock up with Evan Bourne on several occasions at first before retreating with a laugh and pointing to the smaller challenger with a mocking smile. Eventually, the pair lock up and Del Rio spins them round and tosses Evan Bourne through the ropes to the outside with a huge grin on his face ... He mocks Bourne from inside the ring and Bourne looks determined and slides back into the ring to try again. However, as soon as they lock up, Del Rio spins him round and this time tosses him up and over the top rope instead so that Bourne lands with a thud on the floor. Again, Del Rio mocks him and shows off to the WWE Universe sat around ringside clearly believing that he has this match in control. This time, Bourne looks unhappy with the way that Del Rio is disrespecting him and he points at the Mexican before getting back into the ring and threatening to kick him.

Del Rio though convinces Bourne to tie up once again and they lock up for a third time. Again, Del Rio looks to throw Bourne out of the ring but this time Evan Bourne is ready for it and he reverses the spin and tosses Alberto Del Rio through the ropes so that he lands on the floor in front of the announce table where Cole, JR and King are sat. Quick as a flash, Ricardo Rodriguez dashes out to Del Rio’s assistance but the Mexican looks all angry and upset at the treatment he has received. However, Bourne is in the ring taunting him to get back in and wrestle like a man now. Suddenly, Del Rio cracks and heads back into the ring after Bourne who stands up to him. Del Rio pushes the little challenger hard in the chest but Bourne responds by pushing him forcefully back as well. Evan Bourne is not going to stand down and the WWE Universe love it! Del Rio pushes Bourne once more and then before Bourne can respond, Del Rio goes for an Inzuguri but Bourne is too quick and he ducks so that Del Rio crashes down on the mat causing the crowd to laugh loud. Bourne grins as he stands looking at Del Rio with a mocking face ... payback!

Irate now, Del Rio goes after Bourne and manages to get his arms around his waist. Del Rio is in a good position for a German Suplex but as he goes for it, Bourne manages to block and reverses into a small package ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Del Rio escapes *


As Del Rio gets back up, Bourne connects with a running high knee to his jaw and sends him crashing down again. Bourne moves to the corner, jumps up onto the middle rope and waits before hitting a drop kick to Del Rio’s chest and making another cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Del Rio kicks out *


Del Rio attempts to put space between himself and Bourne but the challenger has other ideas and he pulls Del Rio back at the ropes. Bourne hits a perfect Inzuguri – showing Alberto Del Rio exactly how it should be done! Del Rio drops down and out of the ring clutching his head and staring at Bourne in the ring with a look of absolute fury on his face ... Del Rio is getting embarrassed here as Bourne looks to take the Intercontinental Championship in the Mexican’s first defence! The referee is counting as Del Rio wanders around on the outside putting off his return by arguing with some fans and then talking things over with Ricardo Rodriguez. Eventually, with the count at 8, Del Rio climbs back into the ring through the ropes and swings at Bourne with a clothesline. Bourne ducks and hits the ropes before jumping at Del Rio and taking him down again with a Hurricanrana to the delight of the crowd here in Philadelphia ... Bourne climbs to the top rope with the champion down on the mat, could he possibly manage to hit Air Bourne here? Del Rio is in perfect position and the crowd rise to their feet in expectation as Bourne gets to the top rope. However, Ricardo Rodriguez grabs hold of Bourne’s foot and distracts the challenger by wobbling him a little. Bourne looks annoyed and kicks out at Rodriguez who the referee is now ordering to get down off the ring apron. The distraction has worked though and Del Rio has moved out of danger while Bourne has been forced to sit down on the top rope. Suddenly, Del Rio moves across the ring, steps up off the middle rope and hits an Inzuguri of his own which topples Bourne from the ropes and down to the mat with a crash. Finally, Del Rio has managed to get some offence in ...

Del Rio’s cocky smile now returns and he goes after Bourne with a look of evil in his eye. He lifts Bourne up easily and hits a back suplex to slam Bourne down on his back before standing over him and talking trash. Del Rio is clearly upset that his challenger embarrassed him earlier and he is now set to make him pay. Del Rio drags Bourne up and hits a scoop slam before making his first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Bourne manages to kick out *


As Bourne gets to his knees, we see the first stages of Del Rio’s game plan for setting up the submission move, the Cross Arm Breaker. He hits three roundhouse kicks in a row to the upper arm of Evan and then stomps down on the arm and elbow several times as well. Bourne clutches his arm and Del Rio smiles before dragging it over the middle rope as he goes out of the ring. Del Rio jumps down to the floor and snaps Bourne’s arm down over the rope which makes Bourne cry out in pain. Del Rio is quickly back into the ring and he follows his work on the arm with a German suplex holding on for the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Bourne kicks out but he is holding his sore arm now *


However, Bourne is first to his feet – complacency again from Del Rio? – and he hits a standing kick to the champion before following it with high knees to the jaw and chest. Bourne whips Del Rio to the corner – pausing to shake his arm afterwards – before rushing over and hitting a dropkick in the corner. Del Rio drops down to the mat and Bourne goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Del Rio kicks out and leaves the ring again *


Del Rio leaves the ring to compose himself but Bourne has had enough of waiting now and he follows him out. Bourne springboards off the middle rope and sails over with a beautiful moonsault to Del Rio... unfortunately for Bourne, Del Rio catches him in mid-air and he has Bourne upside down in his arms. Del Rio calculates and then rams Bourne’s back and shoulder into the steel ring post to the annoyance of the referee. Del Rio repeats this a second time and the referee warns him to let go but is ignored. Del Rio drives Bourne into the post a third time before hitting a shoulderbreaker across his knee that leaves Bourne a crumpled mess on the outside. The champion returns to the ring and the referee argues with him but Del Rio escapes a disqualification – Evan Bourne wouldn’t want that when he is going for the Intercontinental Title ... The referee begins to count out Bourne though and it isn’t looking good ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *
* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* Bourne slides back into the ring at 8 *


As Bourne struggles to his feet, Alberto hits a double knee arm breaker that leaves Evan wincing in pain as he rolls around on the mat. It looks like Del Rio has him exactly where he wants him here and he drags him up to his feet again. Bourne is sent hurtling into the ropes and as he rebounds back, Del Rio hits a huge spinebuster that looks like it could be the end ... Del Rio holds the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Bourne somehow manages to kick out *


The WWE Universe are urging Evan Bourne to hang in there and to keep fighting but Del Rio is in complete control. However, again he shows complacency, allowing Bourne to hit a quick drop kick to his knee that leaves Del Rio on his knees. Roundhouse kicks to the side of Del Rio’s head follow and he falls to the mat ... This could be Evan Bourne’s chance! He slowly climbs the turnbuckles with the crowd cheering him on ... Can Evan Bourne do it? He sets himself and then leaps off looking for Air Bourne ... Del Rio gets the knees up!

The crowd groan in despair as Del Rio leaps up and it is obvious what is coming now. He drags Bourne to his feet and then rolls him around to lock in the Cross Arm Breaker. The deadly submission move that injured Rey Mysterio and Christian and now Evan Bourne is locked in and is in real danger here ... Bourne tries to reach for the ropes but his sore arm is locked in the move and he is left with only one choice ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (11:42)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner and still the Intercontinental Champion ... ALBERTO DEL RIO!

The referee hands Del Rio the Intercontinental Championship as he stands over Evan Bourne looking down on him and standing tall. Bourne put up a brave effort but when Del Rio locked in the Cross Arm Breaker, there was nothing he could do ... Alberto Del Rio retains the title in his first defence ...

MICHAEL COLE: This man has a huge future here on SMACKDOWN, what a fantastic performance that was!

JIM ROSS: That may be so, Michael, but I was impressed with the fight and attitude of Evan Bourne as well. He may not be too far away from gold in the future either ... great effort!

MICHAEL COLE: At the end of the night, all the record books will show is that Alberto Del Rio won the match and retained the title. There’ll be nothing about Bourne’s fight and attitude, JR, just the result.

JERRY LAWLER: Don’t waste your time trying to educate him, JR, he is past our help ...

The cameras switch to the interview area where Wade Barrett and the Nexus are now stood with Matt Striker. Barrett looks confident and is backed up by a group who seem to be hell bent on winning the gold for him tonight ...

MATT STRIKER: Wade Barrett, you heard Randy Orton’s comments earlier tonight, how do you respond?

WADE BARRETT: Randy Orton needs to remember one thing, Striker. Tonight isn’t about trust. It isn’t about John Cena. It isn’t about about past rivalries. It isn’t about friendships. Tonight, all that matters is survival. Tonight, I go into the WWE Championship tag team match with four men who are determined to win gold for the Nexus. And all we need is one pin fall. One three count ... 1 ... 2 ... 3! Just like that!

MATT STRIKER: Are you concerned about the impact John Cena might have on the match tonight?

WADE BARRETT: Cena knows that if he denies the Nexus tonight, he has another long and torturous ride to go through. Tonight, Cena better think hard and realise that he cannot win this battle. The Nexus will win gold sooner or later, John, you know we will. There is nobody on Randy Orton’s team that we fear. We are the Nexus ... you’re either with us ... or you’re against us.

The Nexus walk away from Striker with a confident look on the face of their leader before the camera returns to the ring where the steel cage is hanging over the ring ominously ...

JIM ROSS: Well, folks, it is time for Triple H and Sheamus to enter hell itself ...

A video plays to hype up the next match. It starts with highlights from Triple H’s glittering career from his early feuds with The Rock for the Intercontinental Championship, his time with Stephanie McMahon and his first WWE Championships, his return at the 2002 Royal Rumble and his elimination of Kurt Angle, his feuds with Shawn Michaels and John Cena and Randy Orton and Batista ... These clips are played with sound bites from JR and Michael Cole describing Triple H in glowing terms ... the ‘Cerebral Assassin’ ... the ‘Game’ ... the ‘13-time World Champion’ ... the ‘King of Kings’ ...

Then the screen goes fuzzy and lightning strikes before we see Sheamus winning the WWE Championship early in his career by slamming John Cena through a table ... we see clips from the build up to Sheamus’ match with Triple H last year ... we hear sound bites that describe Sheamus in a positive light ... the ‘First Ever Irish Born WWE Champion’ ... the ‘most dominant young star in the WWE’ ... the ‘Celtic Warrior’ ...

Triple H’s final Pedigree at WrestleMania 26 is shown and we see his hand being raised in victory. Then, the screen goes wild as we see Sheamus’ attack on Triple H the night after WrestleMania with a steel pipe. We hear Sheamus claiming to have ended the career of Triple H as the clip of the first strike of the steel pipe is played over and over and over ...

The PPV theme song ‘Runaway’ by Hide the Villain plays as we see Sheamus tearing up the WWE and dominating again. We see his second WWE Championship reign before the return of Triple H at No Mercy where Sheamus’ hopes of winning back the WWE Title from Randy Orton were ended. Fast forward to Cyber Sunday and the Ambulance Match that saw Hornswoggle smash Triple H over the head with a steel pipe to hand the victory to the Celtic Warrior ...

As the song continues, we see high impact moves from both men over the length of their feud. We hear Triple H announce that their match at Survivor Series will be a 3 Stages of Hell match and we see clips of Triple H’s past victories over the likes of Stone Cold Steve Austin and Shawn Michaels ... As the video ends, we hear the words 3 STAGES OF HELLLLLLLLLL spoken in a spine chilling voice as we see a final clip of the two staring at each other in the ring ...


JIM ROSS: Wow, what an intense rivalry these two men have, King.

JERRY LAWLER: I’m not sure if Sheamus realises what he has gotten himself into here!

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is the ‘3 Stages of Hell’ match. The first fall of the match will be a straight wrestling match, the second fall will be a Table Match and the third fall, if needed, will be a Cage Match. Introducing first, from Dublin, Ireland ... the Celtic Warrior ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus comes out on stage with a custom made t-shirt and thumps his chest in defiance. He heads to the ring ignoring the jeers and boos as he does and gets into the ring looking determined to beat Triple H again after his Cyber Sunday victory ...

JIM ROSS: Somebody missing, King?

JERRY LAWLER: Yeah, where is that backstabbing little troll, Hornswoggle?

MICHAEL COLE: I don’t think that this is the best place for little Hornswoggle to be tonight!

JERRY LAWLER: Shame, I was looking forward to seeing Triple H get his hands on him!

*** THE GAME ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, from Greenwich, Connecticut ... The Game ... TRIPPPPPLLLLE H!

Out walks Triple H in the spotlight carrying a bottle of water and looking around the arena with a look of revenge in his eyes. He sets off for the ring walking with a purpose and climbs up on the ring apron where he takes a swig of water ... He spits it in the air and then stares into the camera opposite before ducking under the rope to enter the ring ... Suddenly, despite the ring being in darkness still, Sheamus attacks Triple H with a knee to the head as he enters and the lights come back on quickly ... the referee signals for the bell and the match is under way!

‘3 STAGES OF HELL’ MATCH: SHEAMUS vs. TRIPLE H
FALL 1: STRAIGHT WRESTLING


Sheamus’ quick start gives him an early advantage as he pummels Triple H with devastating right hands in the corner. Caught completely by surprise, Hunter can only cover up and try to create some space but the Irish star will not allow this as he beats him down to his knees. The crowd boo and jeer but this matter little to Sheamus and he stands back to admire his work as Triple H is down at his feet in the corner. Sheamus moves in to continue the beating but the Game pushes him aside and looks to fight back ... however, Sheamus is too quick and he hits a foot to the shoulder to knock Hunter back into the corner. Sheamus whips Triple H into the ropes now before lifting him into a Sidewalk Slam that crashes him down on the mat. He drags him to his feet again and looks for a second whip into the ropes. Triple H though manages to reverse this and as Sheamus rebounds off the ropes, Triple H lifts him into a huge spinebuster that makes Sheamus scream in pain and he quickly makes his way under the rope to the outside of the ring. Hunter gets to his feet and stares down at the Celtic Warrior with a look of intense hatred etched onto his face and points at him before demanding he gets back into the ring like a man ...

However, Sheamus is not having any part of Triple H right now and he edges away around the ring taunting Triple H and daring him to follow. Hunter finally loses patience and he goes through the ropes to go after Sheamus ... however, Sheamus wheels around and slides under the ropes back into the ring immediately and stands tall in the ring to the annoyance of the Game. He slides back in after Sheamus but this gives him chance to kick Hunter in the head again as he comes into the ring and Sheamus takes control again. Dragging Triple H up so that he is trapped in between the middle and top ropes, Sheamus thumps away at Triple H’s chest with all his might before letting him drop to his knees on the edge of the apron. Sheamus has made an impressive start here ...


JIM ROSS: What a start from Sheamus, he has gotten under Triple H’s skin like nobody I have ever seen, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: Triple H will make him pay, JR, you watch!

Sheamus drags Triple H back into the ring and he uses a double axe handle to smash Triple H in the side of the face ... once, twice, three times Sheamus hits the move that he calls the War Sword and then he drops down on Triple H and makes the first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Triple H kicks out easily *


As Hunter gets to his feet, Sheamus pulls him in close and hits a short arm clothesline that crashes the Game back down to the mat with a thud. Sheamus has a great advantage early in this match and he taunts the crowd by battering his chest again and telling them that he is the most dominant man in the WWE. However, the time wasting proves not to be a clever move as he turns around and runs at Triple H and is promptly back body dropped over the top rope and down to the floor to the delight of the WWE Universe who are mostly on the side of the Cerebral Assassin here. Hunter stalks after Sheamus and he drags him to the steel steps and crashes his face down into them hard ... the referee recognises that there is a need for a few liberties in this match and allows Triple H to continue. A second shot to Sheamus’ head follows as Triple H drives him into the steel ring post and the referee starts to tell Triple H off ... remember that this is a straight wrestling match and Triple H could be disqualified. Hunter bears this in mind and whips Sheamus hard into the barricades instead and Sheamus groans as he hits his back hard before Triple H clotheslines him over the barricades into the area where the timekeeper sits. Sheamus is down on the floor with the wires and the ring bell and the referee convinces Triple H to return to the ring ... With Sheamus down and out, there is a chance of a countout win here for Triple H ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *
* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* Sheamus crawls back into the ring at 8 *


Triple H stares at Sheamus and points to his own chest declaring that tonight is the night where Sheamus pays for his actions in the past. Sheamus gets to his feet and the two go head to head in the centre of the ring before Sheamus throws a punch. The pair trade huge right hands before Sheamus – realising he won’t win that battle – takes Hunter down with a headlock. He hits punches to Hunter on the mat before leaping up and taking a shot at Hunter’s head with his boot before he steps back. Triple H gets up quickly and Sheamus rushes over and goes for the Brogue Kick but his opponent pulls down the top rope and ducks under his boot so Sheamus ends up straddled over the rope. Triple H launches more right hands to his rival before hitting a neckbreaker that brings Sheamus back into the ring the painful way. An elbow drop to the back of Sheamus follows as does a knee to the back of Sheamus’ head as Triple H takes control to the delight of the fans.

Sheamus is beginning to look the worse for the wear as he gets to his feet with the aid of the ropes in the corner ... Hunter whips him hard into the opposite corner and Sheamus clutches at his back as he drops to his knees. He is dragged back up by Triple H who mounts the middle rope and milks the adulation of the crowd before hitting Sheamus with big right hands in the corner. The crowd chant along with ten punches before Trips lets Sheamus stagger out of reach. A kick to Sheamus’ gut is followed by a DDT and Sheamus is down on the mat again ... Triple H looks to win the first fall here ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Sheamus gets his shoulder up *


Triple H grins as he gets to his feet and looks down on Sheamus on the mat. Hunter drops the elbow twice more to the upper leg of Sheamus as he sets him up for something. Kicks to the leg follow before Hunter looks to lock in the Figure Four Leglock. We’ve seen this recently from Justin Gabriel but Triple H learnt it from the best in Ric Flair ... the crowd ‘Woooooooooo’ as he locks it in to the huge, stocky legs of the Celtic Warrior. As he wrenches back, Sheamus lets out a yell of pain as his ankle and knee crush against each other in a way that they’re not supposed to do! Sheamus tries to punch Triple H to break out but he cannot reach and in the end he realises that he needs to reach the ropes instead. He tries to roll over but he can’t and the ropes are tantalisingly out of his reach at the moment. Sheamus has now been in the hold for 30 seconds and he cannot last much longer as he desperately tries to edge to the ropes. Closer and closer they come as Triple H looks to apply more pressure as he tries to stop Sheamus getting there. Can Sheamus reach the ropes? He looks to be struggling now and the tap-out could be seconds away ... Sheamus makes one last attempt to reach the ropes and ...

... Sheamus gets there! He clutches the bottom rope still locked in the hold and still in agony. Triple H holds on as the referee threatens to disqualify him. The referee begins to count ... 1 ... 2 ... 3 ... 4 ... Triple H releases the hold in the nick of time and the referee is not happy. However, the Cerebral Assassin does not care as he looks at Sheamus who is struggling to stand on his right foot after the damage inflicted there. Sheamus, realising he is in danger of losing the first fall, rolls under the rope and hobbles around outside the ring out of the way for a moment. However, Triple H is soon out there too and stalking him around the outside of the ring with a glint in his eye. Suddenly, Sheamus manages to find a clothesline from somewhere that crashes Triple H down and he hits the back of his head on the barricades surrounding the ring. Sheamus gets back to his feet gingerly and – needing more time to recover – he painfully manages to rush over at Triple H as he gets to his feet ... Brogue Kick! Triple H crashes down to the floor and Sheamus has time to recover after the pain inflicted in the Figure Four. After catching his breath for a moment, Sheamus drags Triple H up and rolls him into the ring. He climbs onto the apron and as Triple H gets up, Sheamus slingshots over the top rope to hit a shoulder block ... Sheamus with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Triple H kicks out *


Sheamus is looking frustrated as he grabs Hunter and lifts him up for a powerslam back down to the mat. With Hunter rolling to his front, Sheamus grabs an exposed arm and pulls it back hard in a horrible looking Arm Bar. With a knee in the back of Triple H, Sheamus pulls back the left arm of Triple H and demands that he gives it up. However, there is no chance of that happening and Triple H, in pain, starts to edge to the ropes instead. As he gets closer, Sheamus breaks the hold himself and hits a stiff kick to the back of Hunter’s head and stands over him with a look of amusement on his face now. He thumps his chest again and stands over the Game looking out to the crowd with a smirk. Yet again though, Sheamus’ time wasting gets him in trouble as he is suddenly hit with a drop toe hold as he moves back in. Triple H jumps on his back and locks in a Cross Face submission hold and Sheamus is in trouble again here! Will he tap out this time?

Sheamus fights desperately to get out of the hold but Triple H has it locked in perfect so Sheamus has no option but to find another way out ... or to tap. Sheamus tries to use his powerful legs to roll himself over and begins to manage it ... suddenly, Triple H’s shoulders are down and the referee goes for the count ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Triple H rolls them back over into the Cross Face again! *


Sheamus needs to find a way out of this and he tries the same trick again. This time, Triple H knows it is coming and he tries to keep Sheamus down on the mat. Sheamus manages to get his knees down on the mat and manages to roll over again ... another pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Triple H kicks out and release the Cross Face *


A quick War Sword shot from Sheamus sends Hunter spinning down to the mat to buy Sheamus more recovery time. As Hunter gets to his feet, Sheamus hits a clothesline that sends him over the top rope to the outside with a crash as he rolls into the announce table. Sheamus follows and he drives Triple H head first into the announce table top before returning the favour from earlier by running Triple H into the steel ring post. The referee remains lenient but stops Sheamus as he goes for a steel chair and threatens a disqualification. Sheamus pushes him away and picks up the steel chair before trying to go after Triple H. The referee waves his hands at Sheamus and repeats his earlier message and Sheamus heeds the warning and throws the chair down in temper. Sheamus argues with the referee and it allows Triple H time to recover as he kicks him in the gut on his turn round. Triple H then positions Sheamus and hits a PEDIGREE! Triple H with the Pedigree on the outside of the ring!

Triple H returns to the ring and the referee follows. The countout begins and this could be the end of Sheamus for the first fall. Hunter rests in the corner as the referee counts Sheamus out ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *
* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* 8 *
* Amazingly, Triple H goes out and rolls Sheamus in at 9 *


MICHAEL COLE: What is he playing at? He had Sheamus beaten there!

JERRY LAWLER: He wants to send a message to the Celtic Warrior, Cole, he wants to pin his shoulders down!

MICHAEL COLE: This could be a big mistake!

Triple H whips a bruised Sheamus into the ropes and hits a reverse elbow that sends Sheamus down to the mat again. Triple H has the first fall virtually won it seems and he hits the ropes again before hitting a stunning knee lift to Sheamus. Triple H looks around the arena and then taunts Sheamus with a DX ‘Suck it!’ taunt as his confidence grows. Triple H locks Sheamus head between his knees again and it is time for another Pedigree. He locks the arms up and prepares to hit the finisher ... Back Body Drop from Sheamus! Where did he find the energy to do that? The crowd are shocked and then Sheamus stands back and waits ... we know what is coming here ... BROGUE KICK! Sheamus with a Brogue Kick to Triple H! He goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Triple H kicks out at the last second! *


The crowd erupt as Sheamus looks devastated in the ring and nearly begins to cry with frustration. He argues with the referee about the count but he won’t signal for the bell and Sheamus gets a determined look in his eyes. He grabs Hunter and lifts him up onto his back for the High Cross ... with Triple H gripped with his arms and resting on Sheamus’ back, the Celtic Warrior is set to drop him down on his back and shoulders. Suddenly, Triple H wriggles out and drops down behind Sheamus ... Kick to the gut from Triple H! Here he goes again ... PEDIGREE! Triple H hits the Pedigree!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER OF FALL 1: Triple H (17:32)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: The winner of the first fall ... TRIPLE H!

In the ring, the referee raises Triple H’s hand to indicate that the Game is now leading by one fall to zero. Triple H retains a focused look on his face as he prepares for the second fall ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: There will now be a 1 minute break before the second fall, a Table Match.

JIM ROSS: What intensity we are seeing from these two men – this is only going to get worse from here on in as well. What a slobberknocker this is turning into!

JERRY LAWLER: How satisfying that must feel to Triple H though to see the referee’s hand count 3 after all the pain that Sheamus has caused him in the past year!

MICHAEL COLE: Can I remind you both that it is only one fall to Triple H? Sheamus was inches away from claiming the first fall and you know what? He has won Table matches in the past – he won his first WWE Championship when he put John Cena through a table. This match is not over!

JIM ROSS: Sure did, Michael, he sure did!

JERRY LAWLER: For once, I agree with you, Cole. Hang on a minute though, what is Hunter doing here?

Triple H has left the ring and is searching around on the floor for the sledgehammer. When he finds it, he lifts it up and heads back into the ring ready to for the second fall ... The camera focuses on the outside of the ring where several tables have appeared propped up against the barricades ready for the second fall of the match.

JERRY LAWLER: Second fall – no disqualification! I don’t like Sheamus’ chances right now![/SIZE]

‘3 STAGES OF HELL’ MATCH: SHEAMUS vs. TRIPLE H
FALL 2: TABLE MATCH


The bell rings and Triple H immediately heads over towards Sheamus who is propping himself up with the top rope after the Pedigree that put him down for the first fall. Both men have taken a beating already but they are now heading to hell as they look to survive the match and have their hand raised in victory. However, it is Sheamus who is suffering most ... and the sight of Triple H stood in front of him with a sledgehammer cannot be helpful. Triple H tells Sheamus clearly that there is now ‘no disqualification’ as he holds the hammer ready to destroy Sheamus. Sheamus holds his hands up and looks to be pleading with Triple H now as he eyes the hammer ... but Triple H is in no mood for forgiveness and he suddenly swings the hammer and drives the heavy, steel head right into the pale gut of Sheamus that reduces him to a whimpering mess in the corner of the ring. Hunter smirks and tosses the hammer out of the ring to the floor before heading out of the ring himself to loud cheers. He grabs one of the tables from ringside and slides it into the ring whilst the WWE Universe cheer him wildly.

Triple H looks round at the WWE Universe as he sets the table up in the centre of the ring. Sheamus is still down in the corner holding his gut and coughing; he looks finished here. Triple H looks like he is about to win the match 2-0 as he locks the table in place and then heads back over towards the Celtic Warrior. Sheamus is dragged to his feet and is on his knees in front of the Cerebral Assassin who tries to lift Sheamus up for a Powerslam through the table. Sheamus comes to his senses a little just in time though and he manages to force Triple H back before wriggling free and the pair begin trading big right hands again with the table behind Sheamus if Hunter can find a way to put him through it. Sheamus cannot hang for long with Triple H after the hammer shot he took recently and Hunter gets on top before whipping him into the ropes. As Sheamus heads off the ropes, Triple H looks to hit a spinebuster through the table but the Irish man fights back with desperate elbows to Triple H’s head and again manages to delay the fall. A drop kick to Triple H’s knee allows Sheamus to toss him through the rope to the outside before he flattens the table again and slides it out of the ring so it lands right in front of the announce table.

With Sheamus recovering, he manages to drag Triple H into a Powerslam when they are both back in the ring. More time for Sheamus to recover and get himself back into this match is earned when the Celtic Warrior hits another Brogue Kick. However, with no pinfalls, Sheamus needs the table if he is to capitalise on Triple H’s weakened state. Sheamus heads out of the ring as if he is going for the table but instead he picks up the chair he wanted to use earlier and heads back into the ring where he glares down at Triple H ready for revenge for the hammer to the stomach. Sheamus looks like a man possessed as he begins to slam the chair down into the back of Triple H over and over and over and over again. The referee tries to intervene but a threat from Sheamus sends the referee scuttling out of the ring and the beating to Hunter continues. Sheamus blasts the knees, the lower back, the shoulders of Triple H before dropping the chair which is now seriously bent out of shape. Sheamus lets out a yell of anguish before grabbing Triple H and tossing him out of the ring again. Hunter is in big trouble now and he lands on the floor hard before Sheamus follows him out. Triple H is driven into the barricades twice head first and there is a glazed look in the eyes of the Cerebral Assassin as he lies on the floor looking battered. Sheamus drags him up to his feet again and then up the rampway where the floor is made of steel. A scoop slam is hit on Triple H and he writhes in agony on the floor after the impact on the steel. Sheamus is going crazy though and he drags Hunter up again before running him hard and head first into the screens displaying the Survivor Series logo at the top of the stage. With Triple H in a crumpled heap, Sheamus heads off to locate a table and despite the jeers and boos, he is smiling for the first time since the early stages of the first fall. Sheamus sets up the table in the space between the stage and the crowd, a good six feet below the stage. The crowd realise what Sheamus is planning and an air of unease flows around the arena. With the table ready, Sheamus heads back to Triple H and lifts him onto his shoulders again setting up the High Cross. Triple H looks helpless as Sheamus focuses on the table six feet below his feet and plans to drop him onto and through the table. However, as Sheamus begins his run up, he stumbles with tiredness and ends up losing his footing. Triple H lands heavily on top of him and the two of them lay on the stage in exhaustion already ... and there are still two falls remaining!


JIM ROSS: By god almighty, Sheamus cannot hold himself up no more. These two men are really struggling here ...

Sheamus gets to his feet first but now Triple H is beginning to stir. He lifts Triple H up for a second time, again looking for the High Cross from the stage to the table below. However, this time, Triple H wriggles free and he pushes Sheamus hard off the edge of the stage. Unfortunately for Triple H, Sheamus manages to avoid the table but he lands hard on the concrete floor and both men are now down and struggling for recovery. In the end, Triple H manages to get to his feet first this time and he stalks after Sheamus with a limp and not moving freely no more. Triple H rams Sheamus’ head into the table and then begins the slow and arduous trek back to the ring. A few punches to the stomach of Sheamus keeps him following and Triple H rolls him into the ring. He sets up the Pedigree and the crowd roar their approval ... Can Triple H hit the Pedigree and seal the win? Yes, he can! Pedigree to Sheamus! The crowd are going mad now and Triple H just needs to find a table and set it up. He knows where there is one as well ... It is right in front of the announcers table. Triple H drops out of the ring to fetch it ... but it has gone!

JERRY LAWLER: Where has the table gone, JR?

JIM ROSS: I’ve no idea, King, it was there a moment ago!

Triple H looks around confused and then asks the referee if he has moved it. The referee shrugs his shoulders and shakes his head and Triple H is forced to head around the ring to locate a second table. However, this wastes time and Sheamus is now stirring in the ring. Noticing this, Triple H reaches into the ring and drags Sheamus out of the ring. He uses his shoulder to drive Sheamus back first into the ring apron and then looks underneath the ring trying to locate the missing table. Not there either. Instead, Hunter decides to use the announce table. He tosses Sheamus over the table as the announcers move out of their seats and take cover ... Triple H climbs up onto the table and drags Sheamus’ body up with him. It becomes clear that Triple H is planning to Pedigree Sheamus through the announce table to seal the victory instead. He sets up the big move ... but Sheamus fights out desperately swinging punches to Triple H’s midriff and legs. He manages to get out of Hunter’s reach and off the table where he reaches down and picks something off the floor. Sheamus swings his arm towards Triple H’s knee and knocks him down onto the top of the table clutching his knee in agony. We see that Sheamus is holding a steel pipe – he just smashed it into the knee of Triple H while he was stood on the announce table.

JERRY LAWLER: Where did the steel pipe appear from? It wasn’t there a second ago!

Sheamus throws the steel pipe under the ring out of the way and drags a table from under the ring. The crowd jeer as he does this – why didn’t Triple H see that table a moment ago? Something fishy is going on for sure! Sheamus sets the table up and then turns his attention to Triple H who is still rolling in pain clutching his knee on the announce table. Sheamus drags him up and onto his shoulders ... High Cross coming! Sheamus has Triple H on his back and he prepares to hit the finishing move ... with the table set up in front of him. The crowd rise to their feet as Sheamus breathes deeply ... Sheamus hits the HIGH CROSS!

***** SHEAMUS HAS PUT TRIPLE H THROUGH A TABLE! *****


WINNER: Sheamus (14:53)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: The winner of the second fall ... SHEAMUS!

Triple H is laid spark out amongst the wreckage of the wooden table that Sheamus has just driven him through. Sheamus gets to his feet slowly and smiles as he realises that he has just levelled the match up at one fall each. He looks up at the Cage and smirks ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: There will now be a 1 minute break before the final fall, a Cage match!

Sheamus calculates and realises that the cage is now being brought down. With just a minute to recover, Sheamus decides that he needs to get Triple H in the ring so the cage can be fixed in place and he can get the third fall. However, Triple H is not moving. Sheamus ignores the protestations of the referee and drags Hunter out of the wooden wreck and rolls him under the bottom rope into the ring before following him. With Triple H inside the ring, Sheamus retreats to the other corner as the cage lowers into place.

JIM ROSS: Triple H is a beaten and battered mess, King, they need to stop this match.

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t know, JR, Triple H has been in matches like this before. But there is something not right about this match. Where did that steel pipe come from? How did that table disappear and then reappear?

MICHAEL COLE: JR, King ... This is what Triple H wanted. He made the match type a ‘3 Stages of Hell’ one. He knew that this could be what happened. There is no way that Sheamus should be denied his rightful victory here!

‘3 STAGES OF HELL’ MATCH: SHEAMUS vs. TRIPLE H
FALL 3: CAGE MATCH (ESCAPE ONLY)


With the table in place, the bell rings and Sheamus springs into action as he goes after Triple H who is still on the mat in pain after the pipe shot to his knee. The referee pleads with Sheamus to leave him for a moment but Sheamus ignores him and drives him head first into the turnbuckle three times. Sheamus looks down and considers the use of the hammer which is still in the ring or the chair which is also still in the ring. But calmly, Sheamus heads over to the opposite side of the ring and begins the slow climb out. Sheamus climbs the buckles and starts the hardest part – getting over the top. Sheamus is now facing a battle with himself and he is struggling to get over the top no matter how hard he tries. The fatigue he is facing must be incredible and it prevents him making the final push. However, one big effort follows and Sheamus manages to swing his leg over the top part and starts to pull himself up. He is looking set for a victory when all of a sudden his foot and lower legs is smashed with a steel chair ... Triple H is back on his feet! Sheamus desperately tries to get out of the cage but Triple H climbs to the middle rope and he grabs Sheamus’ leg and starts to pull him back slowly. Sheamus has to let gravity take control and his leg is dragged back over so he is stood on the top rope in a precarious situation. Triple H picks up the chair again and smashes Sheamus in the back once, twice, three times ... Sheamus can’t stay up and he falls off the top rope and lands with a crash on the ring apron.

Stunned at how he is managing this and wobbling on the knee where Sheamus struck him before, Triple H does the only thing he can do right now. He wearily lifts the chair up and smashes it down over Sheamus; over and over and over he crashes the bent, battered chair down over the Irish star until he collapses with fatigue as well. There are no pinfalls in this Cage Match and Triple H looks up at the steel cage wall with a look of terror. With the door in the corner, Triple H makes the irrational decision to try and climb out of the ring. He begins to slow ascent up the ropes and the cage wall which gives Sheamus time to recover a little and get to his knees. Sheamus looks up at Triple H and then sideways at the door. He beckons to the referee to open the door and he begins to unlock the door. However, Triple H is almost over the top of the cage when the door is being unlocked. Both men panic and head back towards each other and they fail to make it out of the cage this time. As Triple H jumps down from the top rope onto Sheamus, the two of them collapse in the corner. Triple H smashes right hands down on Sheamus but they don’t contain the force they normally do and they fall apart quickly ...

Both men are down for a while, keeping an eye on each other, but staying down and trying to recover themselves for one last, big effort. Triple H gets to his feet and mounts Sheamus in the corner where he pummels the Celtic Warrior again. However, Sheamus manages to lift Triple H up ... Powerbomb! What a huge move to hit right now! Sheamus finds a second wind and he drags his opponent up and rams him into all four sides of the steel cage shoulder first. Sheamus thumps his chest and poses for the crowd for a second before hitting the Irish Curse backbreaker to Triple H and then crawling for the door. That mini-flurry took a lot out of Sheamus too but he looks like he is going to make it as he gets to his feet ready to climb through the ropes as the door opens. But now, Triple H makes a recovery and finds his second wind as he rushes over and hits a forearm to Sheamus’ back. An Irish whip across the ring sends Sheamus hurtling into the turnbuckles and then Triple H heads over for Sheamus once more. He locks in the Figure Four Leg Lock for the second time and gives it everything he can despite the damage done to his knee. Sheamus taps out desperate to be released but there is no submission ... the only way to win is to escape the cage. Pain is etched over both men’s faces – Sheamus’ knee and ankle is under heavy pressure but Triple H’s knee is also bothering him. Sheamus cannot find a way to escape and he looks round in desperation ... then he spots the solution ...

Sheamus reaches out and manages to get his fingertips to the sledge hammer and edge it towards him out of view of Triple H. Concealing it until the last moment, Sheamus suddenly drives the head of the hammer into the chest and ribs of Hunter and manages to break clear of the Figure Four leaving both men down on the mat in pain. The crowd’s excitement lulls a little as both men lay prone and lifeless on the mat ...


JIM ROSS: Which of these men will get to his feet first?

JERRY LAWLER: Whichever one of them makes it, my money is on them to win it now!

Almost two minutes pass by with little sign of either man making it to his feet. However, they then both start to stir at about the same time and both wearily help themselves up using the ropes to keep their balance. Sheamus looks the stronger now but he attempts to rush over at Triple H ... and he is caught in a Facebreaker by the Game and ends up down on the mat again. Hunter looks around and moves the chair with his foot before dragging Sheamus up once more ... He sets up the Pedigree and positions himself and Sheamus over the steel chair on the mat. The crowd are willing Hunter to hit this move as it will mean almost certain victory! Triple H sets himself and then lifts Sheamus up ... Boom! Pedigree! Sheamus’ face is driven down onto the mat and the crowd are now going wild as Triple H slowly turns his attention to the cage door. He slowly crawls over and beckons for the door to be opened whilst there is no reaction at all from Sheamus who is out for the count with his head on the chair where he landed. Hunter pulls himself under the bottom rope and is now about to leave the cage as his head is out of the door. The crowd cheer louder as he heaves his way through and Sheamus is still not moving ... Hunter’s hands are now dragging him further out of the door when suddenly there is a commotion amongst the fans near the door. They are yelling and shouting and pointing when all of a sudden ... Bam! Triple H is smashed in the face again with a steel pipe. With his head exposed, Triple H slumps down on the mat knocked out ... and then we see who did it.

Hornswoggle!

The little Irish troll who turned on DX at Cyber Sunday has crawled from under the ring and has smashed Triple H in the head again. It dawns on the WWE Universe and the announcers where the steel pipe came from earlier and how the table disappeared and then reappeared – Hornswoggle was under the ring through the match. Hornswoggle runs round to the other side of the ring and he rattles the cage and urges Sheamus to make his move. The Celtic Warrior is now stirring and he hears the advice of the little fella and starts to make his move. Pulling himself towards the door, Sheamus clambers over the unconscious Triple H, closer and closer ... and falls out of the door and down to the floor!

***** SHEAMUS HAS ESCAPED THE CAGE! *****


WINNER OF FALL 3: Sheamus (13:05)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: The winner of the third fall and the match ... SHEAMUS!

Boos echo around the arena as Hornswoggle rushes over to congratulate Sheamus on beating Triple H for the second straight time! As ‘Written in my face’ begins again, Sheamus looks amazed at himself for winning the match and he stumbles away to the ramp with Hornswoggle holding him up as best he can. However, Triple H remains lifeless with his head and shoulders slumped over the edge of the ring apron ...

JIM ROSS: Sheamus has won it, goddamnit! For the second month in a row, Sheamus has won thanks to that little troll, Hornswoggle!

MICHAEL COLE: Like I said before, it doesn’t matter how you win, JR, all that matters is that you do win! What a win for Sheamus!

JERRY LAWLER: Cole, all that matters is that you shut your mouth. Sheamus has cheated his way to victory in the last two months and you think that is OK?

EMT’s head out with concern on their faces as they reach the door of the cage where Triple H is still knocked cold. Sheamus is now smirking and Hornswoggle helps him to raise his hand in victory as he sits on the steel ramp watching the EMT’s tend to Triple H. The EMT’s ease Triple H out of the way so that the cage can be raised up and they can reach the Cerebral Assassin ...

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *



WRESTLEMANIA 27
Atlanta, Georgia


----- COMING SOON -----

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


As we return from the WrestleMania 27 advert, Triple H is still being helped out of the ring onto a stretcher after his brutal match with Sheamus. The EMT’s continue to show signs of concern as the camera switches to the announce table where Jim Ross, Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and Michael Cole are sat looking amazed at the match they just witnessed ...

JIM ROSS: WrestleMania 27 is still four months away but this does not look good for Triple H’s participation in that event ... By god, Sheamus should be ashamed of himself!

MICHAEL COLE: Do you think Triple H wouldn’t have done the same thing if he’d had the chance?

JERRY LAWLER: Cole, Triple H didn’t have a troll hidden under the ring from the very start did he? This was a calculated move on the part of Sheamus and I hope he gets what he deserves some time down the road ...

JIM ROSS: And the night is far from over, guys, we’ve still got two more huge championship matches to come from both RAW and SMACKDOWN!

JERRY LAWLER: This Survivor Series is going to go down in history, JR!

The camera switches to the General Manager office where Teddy Long is sat facing Shawn Michaels ... The two General Manager’s are displaying contrasting emotions with Long looking delighted whilst HBK looks incredibly annoyed with the way the evening is going ...

TEDDY LONG: Not having a good night, playa?

SHAWN MICHAELS: Not really, Teddy. First we have Edge turning his back on RAW and now we have Sheamus and that leprechaun thing screwing Hunter ... It’s not a good night so far.

TEDDY LONG: Well, playa, that’s how it goes sometimes. I’ve had my share of bad nights as General Manager, you know what I’m saying?

SHAWN MICHAELS: I guess so. I suppose you’re going to take me up on our bargain and take a RAW superstar away to SMACKDOWN as well?

TEDDY LONG: Playa, we had an agreement and I intend to stick with it ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: I understand, Teddy ... But Edge is going to pay big time when he gets back in four weeks.

Long chuckles as he listens to HBK who is dealing with major problems on his first night as General Manager of RAW in a pay-per-view. He looks thoughtful as he considers his options ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: So who is it going to be? Who is heading for SMACKDOWN?

TEDDY LONG: You know what, playa? I’m going to take a little time to consider that. We agreed that champions should be exempt ... so I’m going to wait and see what happens in the main event tonight.

SHAWN MICHAELS: Which means ... you want Randy Orton?

TEDDY LONG: It means that I want a little time to consider the situation, playa!

An EMT knocks and enters the room hurriedly. Both General Manager’s look up but it is the RAW one who the EMT is looking for here ...

EMT: Can we have a word, Mr. Michaels? It’s about Triple H ...

Michaels leaves the office to speak with the EMT whilst Teddy Long is left in the office musing about the decision he has to make in the near future ...

The cameras return to the ring where Tony Chimel is waiting to announce the next match of the evening ...


TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall ... and it is for the Divas Championship! The diva who loses the match will leave SMACKDOWN to join RAW.

*** YOU’RE NOT ENOUGH FOR ME ***


TONY CHIMEL: Introducing first, the challenger, from Palatka, Florida ... MICHELLE McCOOL!

Michelle McCool struts out in her shiny, sexy outfit and heads for the ring looking confident of defeating her former best friend and taking back the Divas Championship. She swings her long legs up as she enters the ring before turning her attention to the stage as her music continues to play ... Using the same theme song, the champion appears next and heads out into the arena ...

TONY CHIMEL: Her opponent, from Miami, Florida, she is the Divas Champion ... LAYLA!

A determined Layla heads to the ring locking eyes with her opponent as she heads down the ramp. Layla enters the ring and then clambers the ropes to show herself off with her glittering outfit showing her at her best as well. The dark haired beauty holds the Divas Title belt up high and hands it over to the referee before the pair limber up in their corners ready for action.

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP: LAYLA vs. MICHELLE McCOOL
(Loser leaves SMACKDOWN)


The match begins with the two former best friends and Laycool members arguing in the middle of the ring. McCool towers over Layla and points her finger at her, jabbing her in the shoulder as she makes her point. Layla looks angered by this and she squares up to Michelle who pushes Layla down onto her backside. Layla looks a little embarrassed and composes herself before getting to her feet and walking calmly back to Michelle. McCool tells her to bring it on and Layla obliges with a hard slap to the face of her former partner. The crowd respond well to Layla’s slap and cheer her a little but Michelle is looking livid now. The tall blonde bombshell goes to slap Layla back but misses as she ducks and Layla delivers a well placed drop kick to McCool’s lower back that sends her sprawling over the ropes on her knees ... McCool is embarrassed and slides out of the ring whilst Layla waits in the ring, ready to defend her title.

Michelle takes her time before entering the ring again on her terms. She looks more focused now and as the match restarts, McCool hits a boot to the stomach of Layla and takes control. She hits several uppercut forearms to the face and jaw of Layla that stagger the Divas Champion back into the corner. An Irish whip across the ring sends Layla crashing into the turnbuckles before Michelle hits a clothesline to send Layla down to the mat. Michelle goes for the first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Layla kicks out *


Michelle slaps Layla as she gets to her feet and continues to slap her in the back of the head as she continues her rise. Layla looks straight into McCool’s eyes and swings her arm back ready to strike but Michelle is too quick and hits another kick to the gut. She bounces Layla off the ropes and then lifts her high up in the air before letting her drop to the mat from a good eight or nine feet in the air. Layla hits the mat with a crash and McCool goes for another cover, this time hooking the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Another kick out from Layla *


McCool drags Layla up by the hair to the annoyance of the referee and looks in complete control of the match. Layla fights to free herself but Michelle sets her up for a Russian Leg Sweep and falls back to hit Layla down hard on the mat again. Michelle rolls over looking happy and thinking she has the match won ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Layla refuses to stay down *


Michelle wraps her long legs around the hips of Layla and tightens them up to lock in an effective Body Scissors move. Layla is in pain here as McCool uses her legs to her advantage by applying the pressure. Michelle is looking for Layla to tap out but there is no chance of that right now as Layla fights the pain and stretches out for the ropes. It takes a couple of seconds but Layla reaches them and forces the referee to break the hold. McCool looks unworried though and she gets up and hits a Big Boot to a seated Layla at the ropes. Michelle goes for the pinfall again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Layla has her foot on the ropes *


Angered, Michelle McCool drags Layla into the middle of the ring and goes for another pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out from Layla *


McCool is looking a little frustrated now and she positions herself a few steps back ready to attack Layla when she gets up. McCool is ready to unleash her feet on Layla and as the champions gets up, McCool looks to hit a roundhouse kick to send Layla down. However, Layla ducks and surprises Michelle with a roll up pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* McCool reverses into a pin of her own *

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Another reversal from Layla into a pin on Michelle *

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Michelle kicks out *


Michelle is to her feet quickest and kicks out at Layla again on the mat to knock her back down to give Michelle chance to get her breath back. Michelle signals to the crowd that the match is over and she drags Layla up in the centre of the ring and positions her head between her knees. Hooking her arms, Layla is in deep trouble here as McCool is looking for the Wings of Love ... She lifts Layla upside down ready to drop her down on her face and front but as she does, Layla gets her feet down first and counters into a back body drop. Michelle is down on the mat for the first time in the match and Layla looks to respond. She mounts Michelle and slaps her hands wildly into McCool’s face with the WWE Universe getting behind her more and more. Layla steps back and waits for a second before hitting a spear to Michelle McCool that puts her down ... Has Layla got the challenger beat? She makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* McCool kicks out *


A snapmare from Layla keeps Michelle down and Layla hits the ropes for leverage before dropping a leg over her challenger. With Michelle grounded, Layla looks to the top rope and realises that she has a chance to do something to successfully defend her title. Layla climbs the ropes and stands on the top turnbuckle looking down on Michelle McCool. She prepares herself and then launches off the top to drop a leg on Michelle McCool ... unfortunately for Layla, she misses as McCool shifts just in time. Instead, Layla lands on her perfect derriere and McCool looks to take advantage with a roundhouse kick to the fallen champion. Michelle fails to make the cover though and seems to want to end the match now. She picks Layla up and is ready to go for the Faithbreaker as she locks Layla up in the air ... Layla has nowhere to go now and Michelle is going to hit the big move ... Bam! FAITHBREAKER from Michelle McCool ... It’s over! Michelle makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Amazingly, Layla kicks out again! *


The WWE Universe cheer loudly for Layla as McCool looks around in shock and argues with the official over the count. Somehow Layla managed to kick out after getting hit with the Faithbreaker and Michelle McCool cannot believe it! McCool drags Layla up and whips her into the corner again before attempting a handspring back elbow to Layla ... However, Layla gets a boot up and hits Michelle in the back before dragging her back to her feet. Layla perches herself on the middle rope and locks McCool’s face up before somersaulting over and hitting a stunner like move to the challenger – the Face Lift! Layla takes her time to recover but slowly makes the cover to McCool ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Too long Layla, Michelle kicks out this time *


Determined not to be denied, Layla gets to her feet quickly and looks to stomp Michelle in the midriff as she gets up. However, Michelle catches her foot and throws Layla down to the mat. As Layla gets back up, Michelle goes for another Faith Breaker but this time Layla counters and twists McCool round ... LAYOUT! Layla hits her version of the neckbreaker to Michelle McCool and makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Layla (7:21)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner and still Divas Champion ... LAYLA!

Layla celebrates with the Divas Championship belt while Michelle McCool quickly exits the ring looking embarrassed. She looks up at Layla who holds the title high and shakes her head in frustration while Layla tells her from the ring that ‘she proved her wrong’ with a huge smile on her face. McCool turns and storms away up the ramp – heading for RAW now, of course – while Layla laughs in the ring and holds the title up high again ...

JIM ROSS: An impressive win for Layla and we get Michelle McCool heading for Monday Night RAW!

MICHAEL COLE: Fantastic win for Layla, she finally steps out of Michelle’s shadow and proves that she is a worthy Divas Champion!

JIM ROSS: Very worthy champion!

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *



* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


Survivor Series returns with the music of an old favourite making a return to the WWE ...



With ‘Longhorn’ sounding through the arena, we have a second car of the evening making its way to the side of the stage. This time it is the white limo of JBL with the cow horns planted on the bonnet of the car as it slowly heads into the arena. A smart driver gets out and opens the back door of the limo and out steps the suited Texan with a huge smile on his face as he waves his cowboy hat in the air ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN BRADSHAW LAYFIELD!

JBL heads to the ring with a smile on his face shaking hands with the privileged people in the aisle and at ringside before he enters the ring and takes a microphone. He receives boos and jeers from half of the crowd who remember his heel persona from a couple of years ago; however, there is also a positive reaction from many who are glad to see him back and appreciate what he has contributed in the past ...

JIM ROSS: The former World Champion, JBL, is here. I wonder what he wants!

MICHAEL COLE: My former announce colleague, my buddy is back here tonight!

JERRY LAWLER: Whatever he is here for, I can’t help but feel uneasy about it ... One thing is for sure though, he is here to brag about something!

JBL is stood in the middle of the ring and he begins to address the WWE Universe ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: For the first time since WrestleMania 25, you people have an opportunity to witness a living legend, the Wrestling God, the great J ... B ... L ... back here in the WWE ring ...

JBL holds his hands out and waves him cowboy hat in the air again as he receives another mixed reception ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: I am the longest running World Champion in SMACKDOWN history, I held that World Championship for ten months and defended it against all comers. J – B – L is one of the all time greats here in the WWE ... and he is here tonight to bring you an important announcement!

More mixed reception for JBL but he remains oblivious to any boos and jeers he is receiving as he struts around the ring ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: In four weeks time, the WWE presents the next pay-per-view, Vengeance. But the week after, there will be a monumental night in Sports Entertainment history. You people will get to see the great JBL return to the WWE to be a legend mentor for the new series of NXT!

JBL points to the titantron which is now showing an advert for the new series of NXT ... NXT ‘Endangered’ ...



JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: Now, I have been told that there will be two legends mentoring the NXT participants. One of them is the Wrestling God, JBL ...

A ‘You Suck!’ chant is beginning to pick up pace as JBL continues to talk down to the people of Philadelphia ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: ... You know what? I would have thought that you people would be happy to see me here tonight. I am a success, I am a wealthy man, I am what none of you in this city are. I am a success ... unlike the Flyers ...

Heat for JBL ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: ... unlike the Eagles ...

More heat ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: ... and definitely not like the Phillies!

The ‘You Suck!’ chants are louder now and they are echoing around the Wachovia Center here in Philadelphia after JBL’s insults to the local sports teams. JBL continues now that he has gotten that off his chest ...

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: I am a success in everything I do. I was a successful wrestler, in a tag team and in singles competition. I was a successful commentator with my good friend, Michael Cole over there. I am an extremely successful businessman. And now I am going to be a successful NXT legendary mentor in the new series of NXT!

JBL points up at the NXT advert on the tron again before waving and smiling at the people around the ring.

JOHN ‘BRADSHAW’ LAYFIELD: My only worry is that the WWE will not be able to find another legend capable of mentoring the NXT competitors to the same standard as JBL. But, if that is the case, the WWE can rest assured that JBL will mentor them all! I can do this because I am the great JBL and I am a SUCCESS!

’Longhorn’ plays again as JBL takes his leave and exits the ring still smiling and waving as he leaves with the news about the third series of NXT still being digested ...

MICHAEL COLE: From what I understand, there are going to be two teams of four participants ... One of these teams will be mentored by JBL, the other four by another WWE legend. These eight participants will be current WWE superstars looking to save their careers. One thing is for sure, if JBL is involved, it’s going to be great!

JIM ROSS: Ladies and Gentlemen, we’ll be hearing more information in the run up to the start of the new series of NXT which will start the week after WWE Vengeance ... Speaking of Vengeance ...

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *



VENGEANCE 2010
The Final PPV of 2010!


----- 4 WEEKS -----

* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
[/SIZE]

Survivor Series returns from the advert for Vengeance with cameras showing the ladders being set up in preparation for the World Championship Ladder Match that will follow next. A close up of Kane’s World Championship belt is shown as it hangs down from the rafters fifteen foot above the mat.

JIM ROSS: It’s time for the SMACKDOWN main event, Michael ...

MICHAEL COLE: Over the past few weeks, we have seen Matt Hardy and Christian battle their way through a tournament on SMACKDOWN to give someone who has never been the World Champion a shot at the gold. However, the final of this tournament was twice interrupted by Kane on Friday night ...

Highlights of Kane’s interruption and subsequent choke slams to both Matt Hardy and Christian are shown ...

MICHAEL COLE: Losing patience with the Big Red Monster, SMACKDOWN’s General Manager Teddy Long decided that he would defend the title against both Matt Hardy and Christian tonight ... and that he would defend it in a Ladder match, further punishing Kane for his interruptions.

JIM ROSS: Both of the challengers have been fighting for over 15 years here in the WWE, living their dream, trying to earn themselves an opportunity like this one tonight – can either Christian or Matt Hardy finally reach up and grab the brass ring?

JERRY LAWLER: Be careful, guys, be careful, don’t count Kane out. Ladder matches might not suit him but he is evil in the ring and the idea of Kane with a ladder as a weapon scares me!

MICHAEL COLE: And back in the summer of course, Kane managed to climb a ladder and win the SMACKDOWN Money in the Bank contract which he cashed in on Rey Mysterio that very night. And he hasn’t lost the title since that night!

*** LIVE FOR THE MOMENT ***



The crowd react positively as the rejuvenated Matt Hardy – fresh from a few weeks off to enter the tournament – heads to the ring looking ready to realise his dream. He walks under the ladders as he heads to the ring – disregarding the bad luck theories – and salutes the WWE Universe once he is in the ring ...

*** JUST CLOSE YOUR EYES ***



Christian looks around the arena for his Peeps and then heads for the ring looking determined to realise his dream as well. Once in the ring, he jumps onto the middle rope and again looks around the arena for his Peeps before slapping his chest and turning back to the ring. He nods to Matt Hardy – these two have got on well for many years but sentiment is out of the window tonight. For Matt Hardy and Christian, this is all business tonight!

*** MAN ON FIRE ***



The eerie red lights fall over the arena as Kane strides out amongst the flames and burning on the stage without the World Heavyweight Championship around his waist. Having defeated the likes of Undertaker, Kofi Kingston and Rey Mysterio during his title reign, Kane has no reason not to be confident as he heads into this match. In the ring, Kane sets off his exploding pyro in the corners before he looks up to his championship belt hanging high above him. He laughs to himself as he looks into the eyes of his challengers ...

TONY CHIMEL: Ladies and Gentlemen, this is the Ladder Match for the World Heavyweight Championship ... Introducing first, the challengers. First, from Cameron, North Carolina ... MATT HARDY!

Hardy salutes the WWE Universe whilst retaining a focused look ...

TONY CHIMEL: And ... from Toronto, Ontario, Canada ... CHRISTIAN!

Christian also acknowledges the ovation he receives from the WWE Universe with a few claps before the crowd begin to boo for the announcement of the champion ...

TONY CHIMEL: And the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane looks to both Christian and Matt Hardy as the boos and jeers reign down on him and then he looks up to the World Championship again as the officials and Tony Chimel exit the ring ...

JIM ROSS: No disqualifications, no submissions, countouts or pinfall ... the only way to win is to set up the ladder, climb it and retrieve the World Championship from high in the air ...

WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP LADDER MATCH: KANE vs. CHRISTIAN vs. MATT HARDY

The match starts with the three men stood in different parts of the ring looking at their two opponents suspiciously, waiting for someone to make the first move. In the end, Hardy and Christian decide to both go after the Big Red Monster and they begin to work together to try to force Kane back with kicks and punches to the World Champion. Kane attempts to fight back but Hardy and Christian do force him back towards the ropes before a double clothesline sends him up and over to the floor to the cheers of the crowd. Christian immediately climbs the buckles and dives off at Kane to hit a diving plancha that sends him down to the floor again before Hardy pounces as Kane gets to his feet again and hits a Side Effect that crashes Kane down on the floor onto his back and out of the reckoning for a while. Hardy and Christian slap hands before sliding back into the ring and facing up to each other ready to go against each other now that they have quietened Kane down in the early going.

The two challengers for the World Championship lock up and they show how evenly matched they are with neither getting an obvious upper hand. In the end, Hardy shoots Christian to the ropes but he ducks under Matt and shoots him into the ropes instead before hitting a Flapjack to get the advantage. With Hardy face down and clambering towards the ropes, Christian baseball slides out of the ring and hits a hard uppercut to Hardy that sends him back into the centre of the ring. Perfect time for a pinfall but this is a Ladder Match and there are no pinfalls so Christian is forced into trying to further attack his opponent. Matt retaliates with a kick to the gut and then an elbow to the back of Christian’s neck before a neckbreaker takes Christian down to the mat and Hardy gets the cheers of the crowd. Hardy looks pleased with himself but fails to notice that Kane is stepping back into the ring behind him and he looks unhappy after the earlier double team. Kane grabs Hardy by the throat ... Choke Slam! Hardy is sprawled out on the mat after that and Kane turns his attention to the rising Christian ... Choke Slam to Christian now as well! Kane clearly means business tonight as he has choke slammed both his challengers to the mat in the early stages of the match ...


JIM ROSS: Oh my, Kane is looking dominant tonight!

MICHAEL COLE: Even when they’ve teamed up with each other, Hardy and Christian cannot put Kane away!

JERRY LAWLER: Don’t count Matt Hardy and Christian out yet, Kane has still to fetch, set up and climb a ladder ... and that is easier said than done!

Kane stands over the two challengers for a moment, taking in what he has done. He then exits the ring and goes to fetch the ladder for the first time in the match. Kane grabs one from the rampway area and carries it back towards the ring. He places it on the ring apron to slide it under the bottom rope but he is suddenly hit by a double drop kick from Hardy and Christian who hit the ladder and it crashes into the sternum of Kane. Hardy and Christian get to their feet quickly and they begin to trade punches before Hardy whips Christian into the corner. Hardy goes over looking for a clothesline in the corner but Christian counters with a Pendulum Kick before launching right hands at Hardy in the corner. Any friendship between the pair is now disappearing as they focus on the prize hanging above them – the World Heavyweight Championship. Whilst Christian is focused on Matt, Kane is sliding the ladder into the ring and then follows it in. With Christian only just noticing Kane and the ladder, he turns to confront Kane but the Big Red Monster simply throws the ladder at Christian and it smashes him hard in the chest and lands on top of him. Kane then scoops up Matt Hardy and hits a scoop slam onto the ladder which causes the crowd to groan and wince loudly as well as crushing Christian who is still below it. With Hardy and Christian down, Kane sets up the ladder and begins to climb it. Kane looks unsteady and unsure but makes slow progress up each step reaching for the gold belt hanging above him. Christian is alert though and he struggles his way up to the top tope and hits a missile drop kick to the ladder. The ladder wobbles and then crashes down into the ropes causing Kane to fall to the mat with a crash.

Christian straightens the ladder and begins to climb. He is a little quicker than Kane but he has taken some punishment already and he isn’t as quick as he could be. As Christian nears the belt, Matt Hardy appears below him and he grabs his legs and feet. Hardy is on the bottom rung trying to hold Christian back so the charismatic challenger sunset flips and crashes Hardy down on his back and shoulders. However, Christian also lands hard on the mat and takes a moment to recover. He begins to climb the ladder again and gets within stretching distance of the belt when a Big Boot to the ladder from Kane wobbles it violently and Christian loses his balance and lands on the mat. Kane realises that he needs to do more if he is to keep Hardy and Christian down on the mat for long enough to retain the belt and he props the ladder in the corner with a wicked look in his eye. He lifts Christian up onto his shoulder and runs him at the ladder – Christian hits the ladder with his head and collapses to the floor in pain. Kane goes for Hardy next and whips him into the ladder; Matt hits the ladder with his back and then falls through the ropes to the outside. Has Kane now done enough to climb the ladder and retrieve the belt?


JIM ROSS: Yet again, Kane has put the two challengers on their backs with just two moves.

JERRY LAWLER: But can he climb the ladder quick enough, JR? I don’t think he can!

MICHAEL COLE: Christian is moving, can he get there in time?

Kane begins to climb but again he makes slow progress and Christian manages to recover and drags him down by the leg. Kane lands awkward on the mat and Christian looks to hit a Killswitch to the champion but he can’t force Kane down. Kane fights out and then lifts Christian up in the air again ... Choke Slam! The third choke slam of the night and could this one be significant? Kane starts the long climb and is stretching up when Matt Hardy suddenly reappears with a steel chair in his hands. He swings hard and smashes the chair into the back of Kane who is hurt but stays on the ladder. Another chair shot fails to bring Kane off the ladder but Hardy goes for a huge third shot to the back and this time Kane falls off the ladder to the mat. Hardy stands the ladder up in the corner and looks at Kane laid out on the mat. He climbs up right to the top of the ladder using the ropes to help him, makes the Hardy pose whilst calling out ‘Ohhhhhhh!’ and then hits a leg drop from fifteen feet in the air to the World Champion. The crowd are going nuts now as Hardy looks to take advantage but Christian is bringing a second ladder into play from near the announce table. Noticing this, Hardy folds up his ladder and the two run at each other with the ladders ... CRASH! Both men collide and a mix of Matt Hardy, Christian and two ladders end up on the mat along with Kane.

All three men slowly make their way to their feet but the pain is beginning to show now. Hardy and Christian both pick up one end of the same ladder and then they hit Kane with a ladder clothesline to take the monster down again. Christian drops his end of the ladder and Hardy picks up the ladder completely. He moves towards Kane and drives the top of the ladder into the gut of Kane to stagger him further. Christian hooks Kane up for a second time but this time he hits ... KILLSWITCH! Hardy and Christian have taken Kane down again but Hardy fails to react quick enough as Christian springboards off the ropes and catches Matt unaware with a shoulder block. Christian sets up the ladder and begins to climb towards the championship belts glittering in the air. He gets closer and closer and his fingers touch the gold plate on the front of the belt as he gets within inches. Unfortunately for Christian, Kane is back on his feet though and he gets hold of Christian’s feet. He drags him down a couple of steps and then lifts him off the ladder and powerbombs Christian down to the mat with force. Christian is laid out and Kane knows he has a chance now. He starts his climb but he is denied when Hardy sneaks up with the steel chair and hits a low blow to Kane from below. Kane falls off the ladder in slow motion and Hardy shrugs his shoulders ... when you’re desperate to achieve your dream, you do whatever it takes!


JIM ROSS: What a chance this is for Matt Hardy!

MICHAEL COLE: This is a joke, JR, Hardy used the chair with a blatant low blow!

JIM ROSS: No disqualification, the chair shot is legal, Michael.

With Kane down from the low blow, Matt Hardy looks to keep him down. He drags Kane to his feet and sets up ... TWIST OF FATE! The crowd are cheering Hardy on now as he begins to climb the ladder. Like Christian before, Hardy gets a hand on the title belt but needs another step to unhook it. Christian gets up and he simply pushes the ladder over and Matt crashes into the ropes and down to the mat, his dream not coming true yet. Matt rolls under the bottom rope and Christian follows him out of the ring before ramming him head first into the steel ring post and then crashing him into the steel ring steps. With Matt out of it for the time being, Christian turns his attention to Kane. Noticing that Kane is getting up on the outside, Christian sets the ladder up again in the corner and climbs up before going for a diving plancha from the top of the ladder. As he is about to land on Kane though, the champion pulls his arm back and hits a magnificent uppercut that nearly snaps Christian in half as he comes off the ladder. Kane drags one of the ladders out with a look of annoyance now on his face and he props it against the ropes from the outside. Kane first drives Matt into the ladder face first, then Christian gets the same treatment. Kane holds his hand back waiting for someone to get up. Matt is first, Kane grabs him again ... CHOKE SLAM! Christian is also getting up ... CHOKE SLAM! Kane might just have sealed the win with a chokeslam to each challenger outside on the floor.

Kane heads back into the ring and sets up the other ladder. Neither Christian or Matt Hardy are moving outside as Kane begins the ascent to the title belt. He begins to try and unhook the title belt and it looks all over when ...

*** GONG ***


JERRY LAWLER: What the ... ?

MICHAEL COLE: Oh no!

JERRY LAWLER: Could it be ... could it be the Deadman?

Kane looks round is disbelief before the lights in the arena disappear and we are plunged into complete darkness. The crowd go wild as they cheer the sound of the Undertaker who has not been seen for a while ...

*** GONG ***


There is the sound of a whistling wind in the arena but nothing more for now. The lights return and Kane is stood in the ring, down from the ladder but he does not have the title belt. He is looking around fearfully and confused and trying to work out where the Undertaker is ... but there is no sign of the Deadman. Kane begins to climb the ladder again but now Hardy and Christian have had some recovery time and they are back in the ring. Between them, they halt Kane’s progress and they both slam him down to the mat with a double powerbomb from the ladder. Matt has learnt from earlier as well and he reacts quicker this time with a kick into the midriff of Christian before another TWIST OF FATE! The Matt Hardy fans in the arena are going wild now as Matt begins his climb to realise his dream. But it is not to be this time; Kane gets back up and denies him as he is touching the gold again. Kane climbs the opposite side of the ladder and they begin to trade right hands from either side of the ladder balancing precariously on the rungs ...

Suddenly, Christian is up with a drop kick to the ladder from the top rope. Kane and Matt Hardy again tumble down to the mat and the ladder falls over onto the body of Christian as he landed. All three men are down on the mat and struggling to get to their feet. First up, at the same time, are Matt and Christian – their dreams are burning in their eyes. They both grab one of the ladders and set them up side by side and begin to climb on the same side. Both are trying to knock the other one down with punches, pushes and kicks but neither man is ready to give in. Kane though can drag them down and he does so by dragging both men down at the same time with one leg. He drags a leg from each man and traps it in between the rungs so that both men are hanging a little, trapped in between the ladder rungs. Kane starts to climb on the opposite side as Matt and Christian desperately try to find an escape route from their trap. As Kane is reaching for the belt, Hardy and Christian escape and each man lifts the ladder with the bottom rung and tips it up and over ... Kane crashes down off the ladders and down onto his back on the mat.


JIM ROSS: Kane hits the mat, what impact that is!

MICHAEL COLE: This is the chance for Matt Hardy and Christian. If either one of them is going to win the World Title, they have to put the other down now, they have to take their chance!

JERRY LAWLER: Both men know it, Cole, they are fighting hard now!

Hardy and Christian look at each other with a clear look of ‘What do I have to do to win this?’ on their faces. Desperately, the pair trade punches again trying to get on top so that they can find a way to make the break up the ladder to the title. Both men begin to climb the ladder in front of them, still set up below the belt, fighting and clawing their way up rung by rung. The crowd are split, willing both men to reach the top ... suddenly, Hardy manages to knock Christian down with a hard punch that sends him spinning sideways. Christian’s ladder also falls over and Christian looks to get back to Hardy’s ladder ... However, Kane is there! Choke Slam! Christian is sprawled on the mat and Kane looks up at Hardy who is touching the title. The crowd go mad, willing Hardy to unhook the belt ... Can he do it?

No! Kane drags Hardy down a rung and then steps up onto the ladder. Hardy tries to fight but he also looking up at the belt. Big mistake! Kane grabs him by the throat and hits another choke slam ... this time from halfway up the ladder! Kane tosses Christian out of the ring through the ropes before turning to Hardy ... he drags him up and sets him up ... here it comes ... TOMBSTONE PILEDRIVER! Kane uses the move of his brother to finish Hardy off ... here goes Kane ... up he climbs ... rung by rung by rung ... until ...

***** KANE HAS RETRIEVED THE WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP BELT! *****


WINNER: Kane (23:39)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner and still World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane drops down to the mat and makes his way between the ladders and the fallen body of Matt Hardy towards the ropes. He is clutching the World Championship in his hands as he heads out of the ring with a look of relief across his face. Both challengers took him to the limit tonight, no doubt. Kane backs away as ‘Man on Fire’ plays and the eerie red lights appear to signal that Kane has managed to retain the World Championship on this night ...

MICHAEL COLE: A great effort from Hardy and Christian but Kane proves that he is still THE most dominant man on SMACKDOWN!

JERRY LAWLER: How many choke slams did Kane hit? Wow. And you know, he had to do it. He couldn’t put down Hardy and Christian any other way!

JIM ROSS: Kane remains the World Heavyweight Champion ... Can anyone stop him and take that title away from him?

MICHAEL COLE: Kane has destroyed the dreams of Matt Hardy and Christian tonight!

Kane is stood on the stage with the World Championship held high and he laughs out loud while Matt Hardy slowly exits the ring looking up at Kane with a look of despair on his face. In the ring, Christian is shaking his head as he rues a missed opportunity to win the big one ...

The cameras switch backstage where we see Nexus on a security camera huddled together in the locker room. Wade Barrett is clearly giving out the last minute orders to the other four men – Justin Gabriel, Heath Slater, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield – all wearing black Nexus t-shirts. There is no sound but Nexus are clearly on the same page and determined to win gold for the first time tonight ... The camera then switches to another backstage area where Randy Orton is stood with the Hart Dynasty as they prepare to head out for the main event match for the WWE Championship. A red t-shirt appears and John Cena joins the other three ... he looks into the eyes of the WWE Champion Randy Orton and then the two shake hands as they look ready to go ...


MICHAEL COLE: It looks like the Nexus are ready, guys, like them or hate them, they are a very real threat to Randy Orton’s WWE Championship reign tonight.

JERRY LAWLER: That’s true, Cole, but it will be interesting tonight to see them when it is five on five instead of the usual tactics that Nexus employ ...

JIM ROSS: Sorry to interrupt, King, but I’m hearing that there is a problem backstage ... Let’s head over to Josh Matthews ...

The camera switches to Josh Matthews who is stood with a microphone with a worried look on his face ... the camera pans over and we see that there are several medical staff on their knees beside somebody laid face down on the concrete floor ... As the camera edges closer, we see that it is Ezekiel Jackson, the man who is supposed to be joining Orton, Cena and the Hart Dynasty for the main event match ...

JOSH MATTHEWS: Thanks guys, we’ve just found Ezekiel Jackson here backstage, it looks as if he has been attacked by someone. He is knocked out cold and the EMT’s are getting him ready to go to a local medical centre, it doesn’t look as if Ezekiel Jackson is going to be competing in the main event match tonight ...

The camera stays on the medical staff as they lift Big Zeke onto a stretcher and secure his neck. There is no movement from Jackson who has clearly been targeted by somebody ... The camera switches back to the announce table ...

JERRY LAWLER: What was I saying before? No prizes for guessing who has done that!

MICHAEL COLE: Lawler, you can’t go round saying things like that! What proof do you have?

JERRY LAWLER: Oh, shut up Cole, you don’t need any ...

JIM ROSS: Sorry to interrupt again, guys, but I am hearing that Randy Orton has been offered the chance to find another partner but has decided to go into the match in a five-on-four match instead.

JERRY LAWLER: Lots of guts from the WWE Champion there ...

MICHAEL COLE: Yeah, guts ... but no glory![/SIZE]

The bell rings and Justin Roberts is in the ring ready for the final match of the evening.

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Boos and whistles fill the arena as the yellow lights flash around the arena for the arrival of the group that has been terrorising John Cena and – more recently – Randy Orton since the summer. Wade Barrett leads his team out with each man wearing a black t-shirt with the yellow Nexus logo emblazoned on the front and the five of them head for the ring looking ready to add some gold to their collection. Barrett waves his men into the ring and they crowd into the centre with their Nexus armbands around their arms ... They all salute the crowd in the Nexus way before they start encouraging each other ready for the match ... Can Nexus win the match and win the WWE Championship for Wade Barrett tonight?

JIM ROSS: There is no doubt about it, these five men are in with a great chance of taking the WWE Championship away from Randy Orton tonight!

JERRY LAWLER: That’s true, JR, they will not stop at anything to get what they want. Nexus want the WWE Championship and if they win tonight, Wade Barrett will be the WWE Champion!

MICHAEL COLE: And in my opinion, that is exactly what will happen!

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***



The yellow and black lights of Nexus are replaced by the pink and black of the Hart Dynasty – son of WWE legend British Bulldog is David Hart-Smith and the last man to graduate from the fabled Hart wrestling legend, Tyson Kidd. The pair head for the ring without Natalya who remains in the back but they wait outside the ring looking up at the five Nexus members with a look of mis-trust after what has already happened to Ezekiel Jackson tonight ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



The WWE Universe get to their feet for the arrival of the ‘Face of the WWE’ and the former WWE Champion, John Cena. However, tonight Cena is not defending his own title, he is defending it for one of his major rivals of the past few years. Cena salutes from the stage and then heads down the ramp quickly to the Hart Dynasty. He slaps hands with both Hart-Smith and Kidd and then they head into the ring sending Nexus scattering away towards the announce table whilst Cena completes his entrance. Cena throws his hat and his t-shirt out and then it is time for this man ...

*** VOICES ***



The WWE Champion heads out slowly and deliberately with the title belt over his shoulder and a look of focus in his eyes. He slowly heads to the ring as the crowd cheer him, gets into the ring and heads for the far corner. Holding the WWE Title high for the fans, he stares down at Wade Barrett on the outside and gives him a look of disdain ...

JIM ROSS: What do Team Orton need to do to retain the titles tonight, King?

JERRY LAWLER: They need to concentrate, JR, all the time. Nexus are great at finding the loopholes and snatching an advantage. Orton in particular needs to know what it happening at all times!

MICHAEL COLE: But, King, he has to trust his partners as well?

JERRY LAWLER: He does ... but can he? Whatever they say, none of them is as desperate as Orton is to win this match. It’s not their title. Orton has to be aware of what is going on at all times!

Justin Roberts is ready to introduce the participants in the main event as Nexus re-enter the ring opposite the depleted Team Orton ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, this match, set for one fall, is a five on four tag team match for the WWE Championship. If Nexus win the match, Wade Barrett will be the new WWE Champion.

The crowd boo this announcement but Roberts continues ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Introducing first, the challenging team ... HEATH SLATER, DAVID OTUNGA, SKIP SHEFFIELD, JUSTIN GABRIEL and the team captain, WADE BARRETT ... the NEXUS!

More boos and jeers for the Nexus team as they raise their hands ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: From St. Louis, Missouri, the WWE Champion ... RANDY ORTON!

Loud cheers for the WWE Champion ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: And his team tonight ... DAVID HART-SMITH, TYSON KIDD .... THE HART DYNASTY! And ... JOHN CENA!

More cheers from the WWE Universe for the introduction of John Cena on Team Orton ...

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP: TEAM ORTON vs. NEXUS

Randy Orton is ready to start the match for Team Orton, desperate to protect his own title by starting the match. However, he isn’t going to get hold of his challenger in Wade Barrett as Nexus push Skip Sheffield forward to start the match for them. A loud ‘RKO! RKO!’ chant goes up as the WWE Universe get behind Orton and his team ... This is followed by a loud ‘Cena! Cena!’ chant as well and Orton glances at his team-mate before he locks up with the Cornfed Colossus that is Skip Sheffield. Orton gets control when he locks Sheffield into a headlock and then hits an inverted backbreaker to Skip over his own back ... The crowd cheer as Sheffield scrambles over to the Nexus corner and makes the tag to David Otunga instead. The ‘A-List’ enters the ring and rushes over at Orton but he is met with a stiff punch from the WWE Champion who then lifts Otunga up ... OLYMPIC SLAM! Has Orton won it straightaway?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Wade Barrett illegally breaks the pinfall up *


Barrett edges out of the ring with Orton staring a hole right through him, clearly unhappy with the illegal interference. In the meantime, Otunga tags in Heath Slater and he gets his chance to go after Orton. No deal, Heath, Orton sees him coming and hits a standing drop kick to send him straight back to the Nexus corner. Gabriel takes the tag this time and he enters more cautiously than the other three to take his time and find a weakness in Orton. As they circle each other, Barrett threatens to enter again and distracts Orton allowing Gabriel to hit a Spin Kick to the chest of Orton. More kicks follow from the South African before he springboards from the middle rope and hits a well placed crossbody to the champion. First pinfall of the match for Nexus ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Orton has survived the first attempt to take his title there but Gabriel is ready to knock him down again as he gets up with a Discus Elbow smash in the face. Orton though staggers but responds with a knee to the midriff of Gabriel as he comes towards him before hitting a belly to belly suplex to the delight of the crowd who are urging him on to defend his title tonight. Orton drops down to his front and slithers around the ring on his fists, waiting for a chance to hit the RKO ... Barrett is having none of it though and he enters and brawls with Orton towards the Team Orton corner of the ring. Orton is pushed back onto the ropes where Cena tags him on the back and enters the ring. Barrett retreats whilst Orton and Cena look into each other’s eyes. The champion doesn’t look sure and now his title is out of his hands and not under his own control. Cena tells Orton that it will be fine and he heads over towards Gabriel as the referee ushers Orton out of the ring. A shoulder hip toss from Cena takes Gabriel down before the usual shoulder blocks come out from Cena as he sends Gabriel spinning to the mat. A Five Knuckle Shuffle follows with Cena facing Barrett for the ‘You can’t see me!’ comment ...


MICHAEL COLE: Vintage John Cena!

Cena allows Gabriel to scramble to the Nexus corner when Barrett holds his hand out for the tag. Orton looks annoyed as Cena lets Gabriel get to the tag but Cena clearly has a score to settle with Wade Barrett. As Barrett comes in quickly, Cena lifts him up into the Attitude Adjustment immediately ... Panicking, Barrett wriggles clear and hits a forearm smash at Cena before tagging out again and letting Skip Sheffield take over. The crowd boo and jeer at the actions of Wade Barrett but he is not bothered at all ... he is going to do whatever it takes tonight to become the WWE Champion. He distracts Cena who is accusing him of being a coward and this allows Skip Sheffield to catch Cena unaware with a clothesline to the despair of Orton. An overhead belly to belly suplex follows and then a pinfall to Cena ...

JIM ROSS: Orton’s title is on the line here ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena kicks out; Orton breathes easier! *


Skip Sheffield has put Cena down though now and in comes Wade Barrett with a tag. He waits for Cena to get to his feet and then hits a Big Boot to the side of Cena’s head. Another pinfall here for Nexus ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena shoots a shoulder out *


As Barrett drags him up, Cena fires right hands at him and escapes. He hits the ropes and comes flying at Barrett but the challenger for the title catches him and hits a spinning side slam that shakes the ring with impact. Another pin, another threat to Orton’s title reign ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena kicks out again *


The camera focuses on Orton who is looking agitated ...


JERRY LAWLER: What an awful position for Orton to be in tonight!

JIM ROSS: Orton is desperate to get in the ring, hit an RKO and get out of Survivor Series with the WWE Championship still around his waist!

Cena manages to take down Barrett with a drop toe hold and then he crawls to the corner and makes a tag but not to Orton ... Instead, here comes Tyson Kidd after Barrett and he is a ball of fire as he hits a multitude of kicks to the challenger from England. A roundhouse kick to Barrett as he drops to his knees and then a running drop kick off the ropes gives Kidd chance to tag in his partner, David Hart Smith. Hart Dynasty working together well and bringing their tag team specialism to the match now as Hart-Smith lifts Barrett up into a suplex ... he holds him up vertically and lets the blood run to Barrett’s head just as his father, the British Bulldog – ironically the hero of Barrett growing up – used to do. Hart Smith drops Barrett down with the vertical suplex and then covers him for the pin as he tries to defend Orton’s title ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Barrett kicks out to the dismay of Orton *


Otunga stretches out and gets the tag from Barrett now and he comes in after David Hart Smith. Hart-Smith goes for a clothesline but Otunga ducks and hits a neckbreaker counter before whipping him into the corner. A clothesline in the corner from the A-Lister takes the former Tag Champion down before Otunga drags him up and hits another clothesline, this time with a short arm. Otunga covers Hart Smith, can he win the title for Barrett?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out from David Hart Smith *


But it seems as if Nexus have decided who they are going to target as Otunga drags Hart Smith to their corner. A tag to Heath Slater follows and he rolls up the Hart Dynasty member into a schoolboy pin as he crashes down on his back and shoulders ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out again from Hart Smith *


A springboard clothesline from Slater takes him down again and the ‘One Man Rock Band’ now heads for the corner to climb to the top rope. He waits for Hart Smith to get to his feet and then dives off to deliver a missile drop kick to the chest ... Another pin from Heath Slater ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Hart Smith just manages to escape again *


JIM ROSS: How close was that?

MICHAEL COLE: The Hart Dynasty shouldn’t even be in the main event, what have they done to deserve this?

JIM ROSS: Oh come on, Michael, they’ve been chosen by the WWE Champion, surely that counts for something?

MICHAEL COLE: The only reason they’re in this match is because of their friendship with Bret Hart ...

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t know about that, Cole, but David Hart Smith definitely needs a tag right now.

Orton is reaching out desperately trying to get the tag from David Hart Smith. However, Heath Slater has other ideas and he smashes Orton in the face and knocks him down off the apron to prevent it. Slater whips Hart Smith back into the buckle in the Nexus corner but fails to check what Orton is doing. Here comes the WWE Champion into the ring looking furious at Slater ... Otunga urges him to turn round quickly ... RKO! Randy Orton hits the RKO to Heath Slater ... In comes Otunga to attack Orton ... RKO! Orton is determined to protect his WWE Championship and he is pumped up completely. Barrett has some words for Orton over the RKO’s he has just hit ... Skip Sheffield clothesline to Randy Orton! Orton was distracted and Sheffield has pounced. He tosses Orton through the ropes to the floor outside and Orton hits his head on the barricades to slow him down for a moment ... Sheffield returns to the corner with the referee and now Barrett drops down and goes round after Orton unnoticed ... Barrett runs Orton into the steel steps and it is only when John Cena comes round that Barrett backs away. Cena tries to help Orton back to his corner as David Hart Smith finally makes the tag to Tyson Kidd.

Tyson goes after the floored Heath Slater as prevents him making the tag as the referee tries to restore some order. A kick to the chest and then to the back of Slater from Kidd keeps Slater away from the Nexus corner. As Slater gets up, Kidd hits a roundhouse kick before hitting the ropes again to hit a dropkick on the run. As Kidd jumps up though, a groggy Randy Orton tags himself in – Kidd looks annoyed for a second but then seems to understand as Orton goes after Heath Slater ... Slater tries to escape out of the ring but Orton catches him and drags him head first back through the ropes ... DDT! Orton has Slater down and out ... Goes for the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Wade Barrett kicks Randy Orton in the back to break the cover up *


Cue the start of absolute mayhem! Orton and Barrett are brawling and they both fall through the ropes and down to the floor near the announce table. Heath Slater is the legal man for the Nexus but is laid flat out on the floor as the Hart Dynasty and David Otunga and Skip Sheffield fight in the ring around him. Otunga and Sheffield clothesline the two members of the Dynasty over the top rope before following them outside ... The four of them brawl up the ramp leaving just Cena and Gabriel on the apron. Gabriel accepts a tag from Heath Slater before he enters the ring. Cena also enters and they go at it in the centre of the ring with Cena getting the upper hand. On the outside though, Barrett manages to drive Orton back into the steel ring post and takes control of their fight outside. The referee is waving his hands in desperation as he tries to keep control ... the legal men are Randy Orton and Heath Slater so the referee looks to get Orton back into the ring ...


JERRY LAWLER: It’s all kicking off now!

JIM ROSS: The referee needs to get control of this match, it is absolute chaos right now!

MICHAEL COLE: This is more beneficial to Nexus, they have the extra man after the attack on Jackson earlier tonight ...

On the stage, Kidd and Hart Smith are fighting back against the two Nexus team-mates, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield. With Sheffield down, Hart Smith lifts up David Otunga as Tyson Kidd backs away ... HART ATTACK ON THE STEEL STAGE! Otunga crashes down hard on his back knocked cold! However, Skip Sheffield is back up and grabs Tyson Kidd and smashes him hard into the screens where the entrance is. Hart Smith tries to stop him but a forearm smash from Skip staggers him again and allows the Nexus muscle to slam Kidd into the screens twice more before leaving him crumpled beside Otunga. Hart Smith comes at Sheffield again but he over powers him and lifts him up for a scoop slam on the stage ... then Sheffield seems to change his mind and he moves to the edge of the stage. Below him is a wooden table that was set up earlier in the night in the Triple H and Sheamus match! David Hart Smith cannot escape and Skip Sheffield slams him off the stage through the table to the floor! The crowd groan as Sheffield tends to his team mate in David Otunga ...

Back in the ring, things are heating up as Cena gets the better of Justin Gabriel and he lifts him up onto his shoulders. The crowd are cheering as Cena steadies himself before tossing Gabriel over with an Attitude Adjustment! Cena then locks Gabriel into the STF and the South African is in pain ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


The crowd go wild as Gabriel taps out but the referee is waving and refusing to ring the bell. John Cena is not the legal man on Team Orton! Cena keeps the hold locked in and Barrett tries to leave Orton on the outside to rescue the South African ... but Orton grabs hold of him and slams him into the barricade instead. Both Orton and Barrett are down on the outside as Cena continues to pull at Gabriel refusing to let go ...

*** DOMINATION ***



Here comes Ezekiel Jackson! The crowd are going nuts as the Guyanan powerhouse heads to the ring to join his Team Orton mates in the battle against Nexus. Skip Sheffield looks to confront him but he pushes him down on his backside and continues to the ring. He gets into the ring where Gabriel is still tapping with Cena refusing to let go of the hold. Suddenly, Jackson runs over and hits a kick to the side of the head of John Cena ...


JIM ROSS: Wait a minute, what is going on?

JERRY LAWLER: This can’t be happening!

Jackson grabs Cena and scoop slams him down onto the mat with a look of intensity about him as the crowd realise what is happening here and boo the hell out of him. Ezekiel doesn’t care though and he smiles as he scoops up Cena again and hits another slam to the mat. He follows this up by lifting Cena into the Torture Rack submission hold and pulling on his neck and knees to stretch him out ... Cena is in pain as Jackson continues to apply the hold. Orton is back on his feet and realises what is happening and slides into the ring with a look of anger on his face. Jackson drops Cena and faces Orton for a moment ... he then swings a clothesline at Orton who ducks ... RKO! Orton takes down Ezekiel Jackson with an RKO! Orton’s eyes are showing dark desires now though and he strides back into the corner waiting for Big Zeke to get up a little ... the South American is on his knees, head out ... Orton goes for the punt to the skull but then Gabriel stops him and hits a back suplex to the WWE Champion. Gabriel and Orton are the legal men now and Gabriel goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Randy Orton kicks out *


Orton survives another scare to his WWE Championship reign but Gabriel remains in control of the situation as he takes Orton down with a superkick to the chin. Gabriel looks at the top rope and the crowd know what is coming ... Gabriel climbs to the top and prepares himself ... Can he hit the 450 splash to the WWE Champion and win the title for Barrett? He spins round as he dives from the top rope ... but Orton moves and Gabriel crashes into the mat! Gabriel gets up slowly ... RKO! Orton hits the RKO again and goes for the cover ... Orton has defended his title!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Barrett drags Orton off a beaten Justin Gabriel! *


Barrett has caught Orton off guard here and he hits Wastelands to the WWE Champion. Unfortunately for him, he is not the legal man to pin Orton and the legal man is down and out after the recent RKO. The Hart Dynasty are still out in the stage area, Otunga and Sheffield are now back at the ring and waiting for a tag. Heath Slater is also on his feet in the corner and Barrett is joining them to make it four options for Gabriel if he can make it over ... Orton is laid on his back coming round from the Wastelands and a battered and bruised Cena is just about on his feet in the corner. Orton makes the tag to Cena at the same time as Gabriel tags in Skip Sheffield ... However, Orton is now dragged out of the ring by Barrett and slammed into the announce table hard. A clothesline from Skip Sheffield to a groggy John Cena gives him chance to win the title for Barrett here ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena keeps fighting and kicks out *


Sheffield looks over at Barrett who nods his approval and urges him to keep going ... Sheffield lifts Cena up and hits a sidewalk slam to put him down again ... Another cover from Skip Sheffield ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena kicks out again *


As Skip drags him up again, Cena starts to fight back to cheers and screams from the WWE Universe ... He hits shoulder blocks to Sheffield off the ropes and hits the Five Knuckle Shuffle for the second time tonight. The referee is standing guard to stop the Nexus illegally entering now as Cena climbs to the top rope ... he hits a leg drop to the back of the head of Skip Sheffield and then waits for him to get up. As soon as he does, Cena lifts Skip up for the Attitude Adjustment ... Can he hit it? Yes, he can! ATTITUDE ADJUSTMENT. Cena pounces for the STF but the referee doesn’t look to see whether Sheffield is tapping out ... Instead, he indicates that Justin Gabriel has managed to get a blind tag to Sheffield as he landed from the Atttitude Adjustment ... Gabriel catches Cena with a kick to the side of the head before setting up and hitting another superkick, this time to Cena. Gabriel goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena kicks out *


Gabriel looks around at the Nexus team for advice but Barrett has noticed that Orton is getting to his feet again ... Wade drops down to hurt Orton some more but the WWE Champion shows what he is made of and drives Barrett back into the ring apron. Shocked, Barrett walks right into Orton who lifts him up and high ... and drops him down on the announce table. It splinters in two as Barrett drops through it with the crowd going wild now! Otunga and Slater drop off the apron and they go after Orton again but Orton knows they are coming ... RKO to Otunga! RKO to Slater!

Back in the ring though, Justin Gabriel has dragged Cena to the corner and is climbing up for the 450 Splash again. Orton notices this and looks to slide into the ring to stop it ... unfortunately, he passes past Ezekiel Jackson who is back up on his feet and the South American domination machine smashes Orton with a clothesline. Gabriel looks over and sees that the Hart Dynasty are desperately trying to get to the ring to save Cena ... but Jackson meets them with clotheslines as well ... 450 SPLASH FROM JUSTIN GABRIEL! Cena is down and out, Gabriel makes the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Justin Gabriel for the Nexus (22:49)


TONY CHIMEL: Here are your winners ... JUSTIN GABRIEL, HEATH SLATER, DAVID OTUNGA, SKIP SHEFFIELD ... and the new WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

Justin Gabriel stands over a fallen John Cena with a look of shocked amazement on his face as the crowd are stunned and ‘We are One’ plays in the arena. He has managed to pin John Cena cleanly for the first time in his career and he has won the WWE Championship for his Nexus leader, Wade Barrett. He looks over to Barrett who is still laid in the ruins of the announce table and couldn’t look any less like a WWE Champion right now ... but he is. Gabriel then switches his gaze over to the former champion, Randy Orton who is also stood outside the ring with his hands behind his head. Gabriel reacts strangely with a look of regret momentarily passing over his eyes ... Orton looks in shock as he sinks to his knees in disbelief ... Ezekiel Jackson is heading out of the arena up the ramp to a torrent of abuse from the crowd in the aisle but he doesn’t mind. The referee hands the WWE Championship to a semi-conscious Wade Barrett and he is helped to his feet by the other battered members of his team in Skip Sheffield, Heath Slater and David Otunga. They slowly make their way around the opposite side of the ring from Orton and start to head up the ramp ... Barrett regains himself and realises what has happened as Gabriel heads out of the ring towards them. He smirks and then lifts the WWE Championship high above his head for the whole world to see ... Wade Barrett is the WWE Champion!

JERRY LAWLER: I cannot believe what I have just seen! Wade Barrett is the WWE Champion?

JIM ROSS: You’re right, King, he is exactly that. Thanks to Justin Gabriel!

MICHAEL COLE: And a huge assist from Ezekiel Jackson!

JIM ROSS: Just before the match, we saw Ezekiel Jackson knocked out cold and unable to take part in this match ...

JERRY LAWLER: Which was obviously a very clever ruse on the part of Jackson and the Nexus. Why is Ezekiel helping Nexus?

JIM ROSS: No idea, King, but he has helped Wade Barrett become the WWE Champion. There’s going to be hell to pay tomorrow night on RAW!

Back in the ring, the Hart Dynasty are helping Cena to his feet after the 450 splash that put him down for Gabriel to pin. Cena glances over to Randy Orton who has just slid under the rope and into the ring with a real look of confusion in his eyes. Orton stares into Cena’s eyes and the ‘Face of the WWE’ looks back and mouths ‘I’m sorry, Randy’ before bowing his head in shame. Orton twists his head round and looks tormented ... Slowly, Orton slides out of the ring and he starts to head back out of the arena whilst Cena and the Hart Dynasty look towards him ... Orton is clearly upset about the defeat but what will his reaction be tomorrow night on Monday Night RAW?

But further up the ramp on the stage are Nexus ... Wade Barrett is stood with the WWE Championship held high and the other four members of Nexus around him. And in the background, Ezekiel Jackson is stood with a smile on his face ... Survivor Series fades out with a delighted Wade Barrett in focus with the WWE Championship in his hands before a furious looking Orton is shown staring up the ramp ...


********** END OF SHOW **********
GCB is offline  
Sponsored Links
Advertisement
 
post #42 of 133 (permalink) Old 06-05-2011, 11:27 AM
Carrying SCOTT STEINER's bags
 
Shawn Morrison's Avatar
 
Join Date: Jan 2011
Posts: 3,528
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
               
Re: GCB's WWE

Quick Review here:

You did a good job in making Morrison look strong in the 5 on 5 match, props to you for that. Cm Punk winning was the right decision to be honest, but Morrison took him to the limit, great match. Next match, not a fan of Santino and Kzolov, but you made Drew and Cody look strong by not having them lose cleanly, plus i think they are better as single competitors.

Del Rio retaining was needed, not much to say about this match, you made both Bourne and Del Rio look good. Triple-H vs Sheamus, Sheamus winning? Wow you really are high on Sheamus, but i don't mind it at all, although i don't like how he needs ''Hornswoggle'' to always beat HHH. In the next match, i expected Layla to win, great match again, i wonder why you don't get many reviews!

You've really hyped me well for the NXT Endangered, you must have something good planned for it! There was some really good action in the Triple-Threat Ladder Match. Kane retaining was fine with me, stronger reign for him. The Main event was well written, although i didn't get why it wasn't a traditional elimination match, IMO the crowd would have been much more interested for an elimination match here, but as i said, you still made the match look very good and unpredictable. Nexus winning surprised me,Gabriel getting the pin sets up a possible future Gabriel vs Barrett feud? maybe.

Overall a great show, you really seem to know how to write a match, but maybe you need more detail in explaining a move in a match.
Shawn Morrison is offline  
post #43 of 133 (permalink) Old 07-03-2011, 10:06 AM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Baltimore, Maryland



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


JIM ROSS: Just a night removed from Survivor Series, we welcome you live to Baltimore, Maryland and Monday Night Raw!

JERRY LAWLER: What a night it is going to be, JR, all the fallout from Survivor Series – and what a lot of fallout there will be!

JIM ROSS: Sure, King, a controversial night in Philadelphia and several issues to be addressed tonight ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***


JERRY LAWLER: And speaking of fallout ...

Skip Sheffield, Heath Slater and David Otunga head out to the ring with the yellow lights flashing in the arena and to a loud chorus of boos and jeers from the Baltimore crowd. The three men enter the ring and stand together before issuing the Nexus salute. Otunga requests a microphone and he is handed one ...

DAVID OTUNGA: Ladies and Gentlemen, it is time for a very special moment in the history of the WWE ...

Boos echo around the arena as Otunga pauses; they know what is coming ...

DAVID OTUNGA: So the Nexus invites you to get to your feet in respect ... and welcome ...

A loud ‘You Suck!’ chant echoes through the arena as Otunga is forced to stop and wait for the crowd ...

DAVID OTUNGA: Please, show some respect. We’re out here to create history! You should be privileged to be witness to this moment!

Intense heat for Otunga and the Nexus who look dismissive of the reaction they are receiving ...

DAVID OTUNGA: As I was saying, please, get to your feet and welcome ... the new WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



The new WWE Champion saunters out to an arena full of intense hatred after the actions of the Nexus last night in capturing the WWE Title from Randy Orton ... Barrett smirks cockily as he strides down the ramp with the title belt around his waist. The Nexus members in the ring applaud him as he steps through the ropes and heads for the corner of the ring where he unhooks the title and holds it up high for everyone to see ...

DAVID OTUNGA: WWE Universe ... Your new WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

Loud boos accompany further applause from the Nexus team-mates of Wade Barrett as he continues to show off his shiny WWE Championship belt with the words ‘WADE BARRETT’ gleaming on the name plate ... Barrett takes the microphone from Otunga and shakes his hand before greeting Slater and Sheffield as well. Barrett stands in the centre of the ring ready for his first public address as WWE Champion ...

WADE BARRETT: Ladies and Gentlemen, it is ...

A barrage of boos greet his words and Barrett is forced to stop. He looks around with a look of anger in his eyes at the disrespect he is receiving.

WADE BARRETT: I am the WWE Champion, show some respect!

Further boos and jeers from the WWE Universe. Eventually, the boos subside a little to allow Barrett to attempt to address them again ...

WADE BARRETT: It is an honour and a privilege ...

The arena erupts with heat again and Barrett stands in the middle of the ring shaking his head in disappointment ...

WADE BARRETT: Shut ... the ... hell ... up!

A loud ‘RKO!’ chant begins as the crowd show that they want to see the former champion come out here and interrupt Barrett. However, there is no entrance yet from Randy and Barrett continues ... again ...

WADE BARRETT: It is an honour and a privilege to stand here tonight as the new WWE Champion ...

Boos and jeers again but some members of the WWE Universe applaud Barrett’s comments ...

WADE BARRETT: ... to stand here as WWE Champion ... with the other members of the Nexus!

Nexus smile and applaud their leader as the WWE Universe rain down the heat again. The new WWE Champion is not popular but he doesn’t care a bit!

WADE BARRETT: These men stood by me, these men fought with me, these men did me proud, these men helped me to win the WWE Championship. And now, Nexus has the gold and Nexus has the power. We said it all along ... ‘You’re either Nexus ... or you’re against us’ ... we told you ‘The winds of change are blowing here in the WWE’ ... We warned you this day would come ... and now it has. I, Wade Barrett, stand here before you as the new WWE Champion!

The jeers of the crowd are unable to drown out Barrett as he addresses the Nexus and the Baltimore crowd ...

WADE BARRETT: Some people will tell you that I don’t deserve to be the WWE Champion. Some people will tell you that I never pinned Randy Orton at Survivor Series. It doesn’t matter. I pinned Orton several times before and it was me, Wade Barrett, who led the Nexus. It was Wade Barrett who provided the inspiration for the Nexus to get the win last night.

Barrett smirks at the camera as the boos and jeers continue ...

WADE BARRETT: But it is time to welcome the one man who managed to make the winning pinfall on ... John Cena!

Cheers for Cena ...

WADE BARRETT: The man who pinned John Cena, the man who scored the pinfall that won the match for Nexus, the man who I inspired to greatness on NXT, in the Nexus and last night at the Survivor Series ... Please welcome him ... His name is ... JUSTIN GABRIEL!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Justin Gabriel heads for the ring wearing his wrestling attire and a Nexus t-shirt though he doesn’t look as happy as the other members of the Nexus. He slides into the ring and faces Wade Barrett and for a moment there is a little tension in the air ... But then Barrett embraces Gabriel into a hug and the South African raises his Nexus leader’s hand high ....

WADE BARRETT: The Nexus is the single most dominant entity in the history of the WWE! We will change the shape of the WWE forever ... This is only the start!

The Nexus stand together with Barrett in the middle, Gabriel at his side. Barrett lifts the title high and the Nexus salute and the crowd jeer ... Suddenly, the pose is interrupted by the RAW General Manager!

*** SEXY BOY ***



The RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels, strides out onto the stage and stands at the top of the ramp. He holds his hand up to quieten his music and to let the Nexus know that he has something to say ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Congratulations, Wade Barrett. Your first WWE Championship, enjoy it. It is a special moment. I remember when I won my first title at WrestleMania 12 ... I beat Bret ‘The Hitman’ Hart in a 60 minute plus Iron Man Match. I managed to survive being in the Sharpshooter for almost 2 minutes and then still managed to win the match in overtime. However, that shouldn’t detract from the way that you won the title ... You earned it, man.

The crowd laugh as Barrett looks out at HBK with a look of annoyance on his face.

WADE BARRETT: Correct me if I am mistaken, Mr. RAW General Manager, but didn’t you make the stipulation that if Nexus won the match, I would be the WWE Champion?

HBK smiles at Barrett with a knowing look in his eyes.

SHAWN MICHAELS: True, true. I didn’t see any way that a team containing Randy Orton and John Cena could be beaten fairly. But they weren’t beaten fairly, were they, Wade? As usual, the Nexus used underhand and cheating tactics to ensure that they got their way.

WADE BARRETT: The Nexus are a team, we work together to achieve our goals. We are unstoppable. Of course we got our way, we always do and we always will.

More jeers at the new champions words. HBK laughs to himself on the stage.

SHAWN MICHAELS: That’s not quite true, Wade. I don’t think you are unstoppable. And I don’t think that always get your way. Take tonight, for example. Tonight, you will be having a match ...

Barrett looks around at his Nexus team and nods his head confidently ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: ... and Nexus will be banned from ringside ...

Barrett now looks annoyed and so do his Nexus team. They shout abuse out at HBK but he carries on regardless ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: ... It will be the new WWE Champion, Wade Barrett ... against Randy Orton ...

Loud cheers at the mention of Orton getting a match against Barrett tonight ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: ... And it will be for the WWE Championship!

The Baltimore crowd erupt as they hear about the main event, Randy Orton’s rematch for the WWE Championship, tonight ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: And Wade ... In my opinion, you’re going to make WWE history tonight ... with one of the shortest WWE Championship reigns ever!

HBK’s ‘Sexy Boy’ music sounds out again as he waves to the crowd as Nexus and Wade Barrett look on worried in the ring.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with R-Truth rapping his way to the ring ready for the first match of the evening ...

JIM ROSS: R-Truth – one of the men who was on the losing RAW team last night as SMACKDOWN earned the right to poach any RAW superstar they choose to.

JERRY LAWLER: The locker room is buzzing with speculation about who SMACKDOWN may try to steal from RAW after their win last night.

JIM ROSS: It could be anyone, King. According to my sources, Teddy Long is refusing to rule out any of the RAW roster at the moment.

JERRY LAWLER: I hope he doesn’t decide to send Michael Cole back instead!

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***



Ted DiBiase walks out from backstage with the Million Dollar Championship over his shoulder and a microphone in his hand. He holds up his hand and quietens the music before addressing the WWE Universe as he walks ...

TED DiBIASE: Last night, Team RAW lost the elimination match and both R-Truth and myself were on the team. We might have lost the match but anybody with eyes could see that I was the star man on Team RAW.

R-Truth looks out at DiBiase with a look of confusion on his face and then round at the WWE Universe ...

TED DiBIASE: As for my opponent tonight, his performance could be described in the same way as his entire career ... Predictable. Nothing ever changes with you, Truth, does it?

Truth stands at the ropes as DiBiase looks up at him from the bottom of the ramp.

TED DiBIASE: You’re quite content to keep coming out here, doing your silly rap, doing your silly dance and then ending up on your back for 1 ... 2 ... 3. Aren’t you? Whereas I am angry and upset with myself for getting pinned last night. I might have been the standout performer on Team RAW but I was still pinned in the end.

DiBiase gets into the ring and stands across from Truth ...

TED DiBIASE: So, I do what you never do, Truth. I consider where it went wrong. I make the adjustments. Tonight, I will be a better Ted DiBiase, I will begin my rise up the RAW rankings. Tonight, I beat you and then I set my sights on my next goal ... the United States Championship.

Truth laughs at DiBiase as he continues to make bold predictions.

TED DiBIASE: You see, Edge was right last night. He dropped Daniel Bryan from the match and replaced him with a better man in Miz. Maybe he should have found a replacement for you too, Truth?

Truth is beginning to show a little annoyance now at DiBiase’s harsh words ...

TED DiBIASE: But let me prove it. Ring the bell referee and let me show the world why I am going to be the next United States Champion!

R-TRUTH vs. TED DiBIASE

A close match with both men trading the upper hand in an exciting and fast paced match. Truth looks set for victory after he hits the spinning forearm Lie Detector to DiBiase but the son of the Million Dollar Man manages to kick out of the fall. Truth goes to the top rope and looks to hit the leg drop but DiBiase manages to move out of the way and Truth hits the mat hard and both men are down. Truth goes for the Scissors Kick as he gets to his feet slightly ahead of DiBiase but Ted dodges and catches Truth off-balance and locks in the Million Dollar Dream. As Truth looks to get to the ropes, DiBiase positions himself and hits Dreamstreet instead before hooking the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Ted DiBiase (6:52)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... TED DiBIASE!

The bell rings and DiBiase rolls out of the ring with his hand held high after a hard-fought win. He backs away up the ramp whilst R-Truth looks on disappointed with the defeat ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with Ted DiBiase walking down the corridor backstage looking jubilant with himself after his win over R-Truth before the break. As he walks with a smile on his face, he spots Daniel Bryan, the US Champion, and heads over ...

TED DiBIASE: Look who it is ... Daniel Bryan. Did you enjoy your night off last night?

Bryan smirks and shakes his head.

DANIEL BRYAN: Last night, Edge made a huge mistake, Ted. If he’d kept me on Team RAW, we’d have won the match.

TED DiBIASE: Are you kidding me? Look at you. You’re a failure, Bryan, you’re an embarrassment to RAW. I intend to prove that to you at Vengeance as well ...

DANIEL BRYAN: Ted, you’re not title material. You’ve won one match ...

TED DiBIASE: I’ve just spoken to HBK and I’ve got the chance to prove that I am title material, Bryan. Next week, it’ll be you and me, one on one. If I win, I will get a title shot at Vengeance. I reckon you should lose on purpose – at least that way, you’ll guarantee yourself a place on a pay-per-view ...

DiBiase smirks at his own remark and then struts away as Bryan looks after him with a look of annoyance on his face ... The cameras switch back to the ring where the new Tag Team Champions, Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov, are in the ring ...

*** LA VITTORIA E MIA ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, accompanied to the ring by Vladimir Kozlov, he is one half of the new Tag Team Champions ... SANTINO MARELLA!

Santino walks around the ring pretending to play the trumpet as Kozlov stares out impassively focused on the arrival of the former champions ...

*** BROKEN DREAMS ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, accompanied to the ring by Cody Rhodes, from Ayr, Scotland ... DREW McINTYRE!

McIntyre and Rhodes make their way down the ramp to the ring where they talk trash to the new champions and signal their intentions to win the titles back soon. Santino laughs at them and holds his title high to the cheers of the crowd. The referee ushers Cody and Kozlov out so that he can ring the bell and start the match ...

DREW McINTYRE (W/Cody Rhodes) vs. SANTINO MARELLA (W/Vladimir Kozlov)

In a slow, methodical match, it is Drew McIntyre that dominates the early stages as he dissects the new Tag champion with his slow nature. As Santino struggles on, the crowd cheer and he offers pockets of resistance but he is usually unable to string moves together and ends up back down on the mat with Drew in charge. Finally, Santino – countering the Future Shock DDT – manages to get a rhythm going as he does the splits before hitting a hip toss to drop Drew down on his back. A diving headbutt follows and then Santino signals for the Cobra ... Cody jumps up on the apron and distracts Santino which allows Drew to roll him up for a pinfall – Santino kicks out at 2. Kozlov attacks Cody at ringside which now distracts Drew and the Scotsman stands at the ropes to object. As Rhodes and Kozlov fight at ringside, Drew turns round and walks straight into the Cobra! Santino goes for the pin but Cody breaks free of Kozlov and lifts Drew’s foot onto the bottom rope to save him. Santino complains about the decision as Cody is attacked again by Kozlov ... As Santino turns though, Drew kicks him in the gut before hitting the Future Shock DDT ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Drew McIntyre (7:19)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... DREW McINTYRE!

Drew pulls Cody away and they escape the incensed Kozlov and back away quickly up the ramp. Kozlov helps Santino to his feet as the referee hands them the Tag Team Titles back. Safe on the stage, Drew and Cody signal that they will soon be the champions again.

The camera switches backstage where Matt Striker is waiting with an interview ...


MATT STRIKER: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... THE MIZ!

Boos and jeers around the arena in Baltimore greet the appearance of the Miz with his protégé, Alex Riley, beside him with the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase. Miz smirks as he turns to Striker ...

MATT STRIKER: Miz, last night at Survivor Series, you were the first man eliminated when Big Show hit you with that knockout punch. How does that make you feel?

Miz looks around in agitation ...

THE MIZ: How does that make me feel? Really? Really? What a stupid question that is! I was cheated last night at Survivor Series. The Big Show cheated when he hit me, he waited until I was distracted. But it doesn’t matter. I will get my revenge this Friday night ...

MATT STRIKER: This Friday? Why?

THE MIZ: You don’t think that Teddy Long, with a free choice of the RAW roster, is going to choose anybody else other than the Miz do you? It looks like I am going to be taking this briefcase and Alex Riley with me to SMACKDOWN where I will be making a point of speaking to the Big Show ... What do you want?

The crowd cheer as we see that John Morrison has walked into the interview area. He takes off his glasses and looks directly at Miz and smiles.

JOHN MORRISON: Oh dear ... Janetty!

Miz looks furious and he has to be held back by Alex Riley as he tries to go for Morrison ...

JOHN MORRISON: I’ll be fair to you, Miz, it was a cracking punch from Show. But you were the first man eliminated. The FIRST man eliminated. The next WWE Champion ... eliminated first?

Riley is still struggling to hold Miz back as Morrison taunts him further ...

JOHN MORRISON: You’ll be going nowhere, Miz, SMACKDOWN don’t need you. Why would they want you when they can have the successful half of Miz and Morrison? I’ve got the looks, the ability and I’ve definitely got the star quality that you are lacking ... All you have ... is Alex Riley!

Miz walks away enraged and leaves Morrison laughing. Riley steps forward and looks at Morrison.

ALEX RILEY: Are you insulting me now as well?

JOHN MORRISON: It appears that I am, yeah. What are you going to do about it?

ALEX RILEY: I’ll see you out there later tonight. I’ll show you what happens to people who insult my mentor and me.

JOHN MORRISON: That’s fine, you’re on. Make sure you bring your mentor too.

The camera switches back to the announce table where JR and King discuss John Morrison’s performance last night ...

JIM ROSS: John Morrison against Alex Riley later tonight and despite the claims of Ted DiBiase earlier tonight, there is no doubting that Morrison was the star of the show for RAW last night!

JERRY LAWLER: No doubt, JR ... Take a look at these images from last night ...

Still images of Morrison hitting high risk and high impact moves at Survivor Series are shown whilst King talks over them ...

JERRY LAWLER: There is no doubt about it, JR, this young man is the future of the WWE and I cannot wait to see him take Alex Riley apart tonight.

JIM ROSS: Maybe SMACKDOWN might take John Morrison from RAW then?

JERRY LAWLER: Ssshhh! Don’t go giving Teddy Long any ideas like that!

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***



JIM ROSS: Speaking of huge efforts last night at Survivor Series, this man proved to the world that he is a big time player here in the WWE!

A banged up Sheamus hobbles his way towards the ring with Hornswoggle at his heels to accompanying him with a steel pipe in his hand. Sheamus winces as he walks up the steel steps and then as he steps between the ropes ... His victory over Triple H in the ‘3 Stages of Hell’ contest last night came at a cost!

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... SHEAMUS!

Loud boos echo around the arena after Sheamus’ actions last night in beating Triple H. Hornswoggle and the first ever Irish born WWE Champion look around annoyed before Sheamus raises a microphone ready to speak ...

SHEAMUS: Last night, I proved to all of you that I am the most dominant force in the WWE. I managed to defeat Triple H for the second straight time.

The crowd boo and a audible ‘Triple H’ chant begins ...

SHEAMUS: Go ahead, cheer for him as much as you like. He isn’t here. He’s so beaten up that he couldn’t make it here tonight. Unlike me.

More boos for the Irish superstar as he continues to wince in pain at little movements ...

SHEAMUS: I am out here tonight to show the world that I am the next in line for a shot at the WWE Championship. Whoever wins tonight, it should be me that faces the champion at Vengeance. I have defeated Triple H twice, I have earned the right to challenge for the title.

Sheamus looks around at the Baltimore crowd as they chant ‘Get a tan!’ at him. Sheamus shakes his head ...

SHEAMUS: Oh, very funny. Face it, the truth is that I am the only man capable of destroying your hero, Triple H. I am the man who has put him out of action for a second time. I am the man who is going to be the dominant force in the WWE for a long time. You’d better get used to it immediately.

The ‘Get a tan!’ chant continues ...

SHEAMUS: Chant what you want, I am the Celtic Warrior, I have defeated Triple H in an Ambulance Match, I have defeated him in his speciality ‘3 Stages of Hell’ match and I have put him out of action for a second time. I am the most dominant force in the WWE today ... and I will be for years to come!

’Written in my Face’ sounds out again as Sheamus leaves the ring again, grimacing in pain ... As he leaves, the crowd give him grief but it doesn’t seem to worry the Celtic Warrior ...

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t like him, JR, but he has a point ...

JIM ROSS: What next for Sheamus? Will he get a shot at the WWE Championship?

A shot of John Cena walking down the corridors is shown on the titantron and the crowd cheer as he is preparing for a match ...

JERRY LAWLER: But first of all, JR, what will we see tonight from John Cena after it was him who was pinned last night and cost Randy Orton the WWE Championship?

JIM ROSS: We’ll find out next, King, it’s Cena vs. the Nexus’ Skip Sheffield ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with ‘We Are One’ playing and Skip Sheffield in the ring with Heath Slater and David Otunga with him. He is jumping up and down, preparing to face the man who lost the WWE Title for Randy Orton last night in John Cena ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



The crowd erupt at the arrival of Cena who heads out with a smile on his face despite the bad night he suffered last night ... Cena stands on stage and speaks into the camera saying ‘Sorry Randy, I gave it my best shot!’ before saluting the WWE Universe and rushing down the ramp into the ring scattering the Nexus ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from College Station, Texas ... SKIP SHEFFIELD! And his opponent, from West Newbury, Massachusetts ... JOHN CENA!

The crowd give Cena an almighty cheer as he throws his hat and his shirt into the crowd and then salutes their cheers once more. Skip Sheffield slides into the ring and the referee signals for the bell ...

JOHN CENA vs. SKIP SHEFFIELD

A quick match as Cena looks on fire and desperate for a return to winning ways as he ploughs through the corn-fed colossus in Skip Sheffield. Despite the better efforts of Nexus to distract and cheat Cena, he manages to avoid them and gets into his stride quickly. He slams Sheffield down and hits the ‘You can’t see me!’ dropped fist to Sheffield before a leg drop from the top rope. He stalks after Sheffield waiting for his moment and then lifts Skip into the Attitude Adjustment before locking in the STF submission move ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: John Cena (2:32)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... JOHN CENA!

The crowd cheer wildly as Cena celebrates his return to winning ways in the corner as Nexus and Skip Sheffield make their way out of the arena. Cena calls for a microphone and he stands in the centre of the ring ready to speak ... A loud ‘Cena!’ chant begins and he smiles in the middle of the ring before beginning to speak ...

JOHN CENA: Thank you, Baltimore! What a great crowd we have here tonight!

The crowd cheer loudly at Cena’s comments ...

JOHN CENA: Now, last night was not a good night. Last night, despite my very best efforts, Justin Gabriel of the Nexus caught me off guard and hit the 450 Splash on me before pinning my shoulders to the mat. I offer no excuses, I offer no complaints. Gabriel is an opportunist and he took advantage and he caught me. That finishing move of his hurts like hell and it was enough for him to get the 3 count on me.

The crowd boo a little at that last comment ...

JOHN CENA: But there was a major problem last night. When my shoulders were pinned to the mat, I wasn’t just losing the match for myself. I was losing the match for my good friends, David Hart Smith and Tyson Kidd. I’ve spoken to them backstage and they are cool.

Another ‘Cena!’ chant starts but this time it is quieter ...

JOHN CENA: And I let down Randy Orton. Not only did that mean that Randy lost the match, it also meant that he lost the WWE Championship. I know how Randy must be feeling right now but he has an opportunity to go for the title tonight and I hope that he wins it. Right now though, I would like to invite him out here so I can apologise ...

The crowd respect this and they applaud Cena politely ... Attention turns to the titantron and after a few moments, Cena’s invite is accepted ...

*** VOICES ***



Out comes the former WWE Champion with a look of disappointment in his eyes. He walks to the ring slowly with a calculated look in his eyes as he nears the ring and Cena. He gets into the ring and he stands opposite Cena without a microphone ...

JOHN CENA: Thanks for coming out, Randy. Look, I know you’re preparing for your rematch tonight but I wanted to apologise to you. I know what the WWE Championship means, I know how much it hurts when you lose it. I did everything I could but I never guaranteed that I could win the match for you. Justin Gabriel caught me, I’m sorry.

Cena holds out his hand for Orton to shake ...

JOHN CENA: I’m sorry, Randy.

The crowd fall silent as they wait for Orton to accept Cena’s apology. Orton looks into the eyes of Cena and he delays for a while ... before turning his back and walking away refusing to shake Cena’s hand. As Orton heads out of the arena – to several boos – he looks determined but annoyed. He walks through the exit and out of sight and the camera returns to Cena in the ring who looks flabbergasted ...

JOHN CENA: I give you my word, WWE Universe, I gave it my best shot last night. Clearly, Randy is hurting right now. I understand that.

Cena drops the microphone and heads out of the ring and sets off up the ramp with a stunned silence in the air as RAW heads into another break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. Approaching the ring, from Los Angeles, California ... JOHN MORRISON!

With his shades and his coat on, Morrison heads out in slo-mo looking the epitome of cool as he heads for the ring. He enters the ring and salutes the crowd after handing his shades to a fan at ringside ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, accompanied to the ring by The Miz ... from Washington, DC ... ALEX RILEY!

Riley and the Miz head for the ring, Miz dressed in a smart suit and carrying the briefcase whilst Riley is wearing his ring attire. They enter the ring together and Miz mouths off at Morrison looking to unsettle him ahead of his match with Riley ...

ALEX RILEY (w/The Miz) vs. JOHN MORRISON

With Miz at ringside and causing distractions, Riley is in control of the early part of the match as he takes advantage and hits some big offense that Morrison cannot answer. Every time Morrison threatens a reversal or a fightback, Miz causes another distraction and allows Riley to regain control. Morrison ends up outside the ring confronting the Miz and the former Tag Team Champions get in each other’s faces one more time ... The referee holds Riley back and stops him going after Morrison and whilst the attention of the referee is drawn, Miz hits a sucker punch to Morrison and then hits the Skull Crushing Finale. The referee doesn’t see it but he realises what must have happened and he decides that enough is enough!


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that The Miz has been banned from ringside!

The crowd go wild as the referee orders Miz to leave the ring. Riley objects but the referee refuses to relent and in the end Miz backs away up the ramp looking furious. Morrison waves Miz out of the arena and Riley tries to roll him up for a pin. Morrison kicks out and Riley looks to keep control but he is not quick enough. Morrison hits high knees and kicks and takes control of the contest. A clothesline from Morrison puts Riley down and it is looking like a matter of time now. Morrison hits Starship Pain on Riley to the delight of the fans ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: John Morrison (6:09)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison celebrates in the ring as Riley rolls out of the ring beaten. The crowd cheer for John Morrison who stands in the corner with his arm held high as King and JR continue to lavish praise on him ...

JIM ROSS: For me, King, this man is going to the breakout star of the WWE in 2011. I predict big things coming for John Morrison!

JERRY LAWLER: John Morrison continues to look impressive, JR, that’s for sure but don’t count out the other youngsters here in the WWE!

JIM ROSS: Next up, it will be our main event though, King. The WWE Championship rematch for Randy Orton as he looks to win back the title from the new champion, Wade Barrett!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the camera showing Randy Orton heading down the corridor with a look of determination on his face as he looks to focus on his WWE Title rematch. The camera then switches to the Nexus as they gee up Wade Barrett ahead of his first defence of the title. He turns away from Slater, Gabriel, Otunga and Sheffield and adjusts the WWE Championship around his waist before heading out looking wary ...

The camera switches back to the ring where Justin Roberts is stood with a referee waiting. The bell rings and attention turns to the stage ...


*** VOICES ***



The crowd erupt as the former WWE Champion heads out slowly and deliberately onto the stage taking his time and methodically sauntering towards the ring. Orton’s fans cheer him to the ring desperate for him to recapture the title from Barrett tonight ... He steps through the ropes and salutes the WWE Universe in Baltimore in the corner as his music echoes around the arena ... Can Orton capture the title back tonight?

JIM ROSS: The man that lost the WWE Championship last night, King, in controversial circumstances!

JERRY LAWLER: He wasn’t pinned, JR, it was John Cena that was pinned. In my opinion, Orton shouldn’t have been defending the title in that way but our General Manager made that decision to entertain the fans ... last night, it kind of backfired on HBK ...

JIM ROSS: But tonight, Orton gets his chance to regain the title one on one. Can he do it?

JERRY LAWLER: Are you kidding me, JR? Of course!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Out strides Wade Barrett looking a little worried without his Nexus comrades by his side. He heads for the ring with his hand on his WWE Championship and stands outside the ring looking up at the cold, snake-like eyes of the challenger. He slowly makes his way up into the ring and holds the title high for all to see whilst Orton follows it and smirks ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall ... and it is for the WWE Championship! By the orders of the General Manager, all members of Nexus have been barred from ringside.

The crowd cheer and scream for the big match of the night ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Introducing first, the challenger ... from St. Louis, Missouri, weighing 245 pounds ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd cheer loudly but Orton retains his focus, his steely glare stuck on Wade Barrett and the WWE Championship ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: And his opponent, from Manchester, England, weighing 260 pounds ... he is the NEW WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

Barrett holds the title aloft again but still looks concerned as he hands it over to the referee. The referee holds the title up high before handing it over to the timekeeper and then he signals for the bell and the match begins ...

WWE CHAMPIONSHIP: WADE BARRETT (c) vs. RANDY ORTON

Both men lock up immediately and try to get the upper hand. It is Orton who manages it as he forces Barrett back into the corner and starts to hit thundering right hands and stiff kicks to Barrett who tries to cover up. With his opponent dropping down in the corner, Orton is restrained by the referee – allowing Barrett time to recover a little. A cheap shot from Barrett sends Orton down to the mat and he then hits a Big Boot to send Orton crashing down and to take control. Barrett delivers a standing headbutt to Orton next before a neckbreaker and this is followed up by the first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Barrett locks in the Abdominal Stretch to Orton as he gets to his feet and the referee goes round to check on the former champion. Barrett takes his chance to hold the rope for additional leverage to the annoyance of the crowd but he releases the rope whenever the referee looks. The crowd are willing Orton to make a comeback and he manages to force a break from Barrett. However, as he comes off the ropes, Orton is lifted up by Barrett into a huge Sidewalk Slam. The match could be over here ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Shoulder up from Randy Orton *


Barrett wedges his knee into the back of Orton and stretches back his arms as he locks in another submission hold. Orton is sat with his back in discomfort as Barrett drives his knee into him looking to make him submit and tap out. Orton tries to edge over towards the ropes and he stretches his foot out to try and make the rope-break. However, Barrett denies him and drags him up to his feet where he hits a vicious clothesline. Orton is really struggling and Barrett knows it as he whips him over to the opposite corner and hits a second clothesline. Orton is down and Barrett looks to make the fall again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out from Orton *


Barrett looks a little frustrated and he drags Orton into place to go for a Powerbomb now. Orton manages to reverse the move into a Back Body Drop and buys himself a little time to recover as Barrett slides under the rope. With both men down, it is Barrett who is recovered first and he rushes back over to Orton but is met with a Belly to Belly suplex and Orton goes for his first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Barrett kicks out *


As they get up, the Viper hits a standing drop kick to Barrett and immediately goes for another pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Barrett kicks out *


Barrett rushes at Orton but he hits a snap scoop slam which makes the Baltimore crowd cheer loudly. The Viper follows this with his trademark stomps to the exposed limbs of the WWE Champion making him squirm in pain on the mat. Eventually, Orton steps back and signals for Barrett to get to his feet ... the excitement in the arena rises as the crowd anticipate an RKO but instead Orton goes for the Olympic Slam. However, Barrett is wise to hit and escapes the move and counters with an attempt at Wastelands as he tries to get Orton on his shoulders. Orton wriggles clear and goes for an RKO but Barrett pushes him away as the crowd scream in excitement. A Big Boot from Barrett sends Orton down and he makes the pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* The crowd cheer as Orton kicks out *


Barrett is annoyed now and he goes again for the Wastelands as he gets Randy up onto his shoulders for a second time. This time, Barrett is stronger and he holds on before delivering his trademark finishing manoeuvre slamming Orton down onto his back. WASTELAND! Barrett smirks as he nonchalantly makes the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out again! *


Barrett looks furious and he berates the referee over it. The referee escapes through the ropes and Barrett follows him out of the ring. He decides to get his belt from the timekeeper and carries the WWE Championship back into the ring. The referee is waving at Barrett to stop, that he would have to disqualify him but Barrett seems intent – he can’t lose the title on a DQ! As Orton gets to his feet, Barrett swings the WWE Title at him but Orton ducks and then catches Barrett with the Olympic Slam that leaves Barrett down under the bottom rope. Orton heads over and drags Barrett up and through the ropes setting up his trademark DDT which he hits to great cheers from the crowd. Is this Orton’s moment? He begins to stalk the new WWE Champion, waiting, concentrating ... RKO! Randy Orton hits the RKO to Wade Barrett! Orton with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* The pinfall is broken up *


The crowd boo loudly as Ezekiel Jackson is revealed as the man who prevented Randy Orton winning the WWE Championship. As Orton gets to his feet, confused, Jackson hits the Book of Ezekiel to the Viper and leaves him flat on his back ...

* The referee signals for the bell to disqualify Wade Barrett *


WINNER: Randy Orton (DQ – 11:32)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner as a result of a disqualification ... RANDY ORTON! However, still the WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

JERRY LAWLER: What?! HBK said that Nexus were banned from ringside ... it is clear that Ezekiel Jackson has joined the Nexus isn’t it?

JIM ROSS: Look at Barrett, King, he looks as surprised as we are!

Barrett does indeed look surprised that Jackson has interfered in the match and saved the WWE Championship for him. However, he looks content to have the title belt in his grasp. He looks over to Ezekiel and smiles and they then look down on Randy Orton ...

JIM ROSS: Wait a minute ...

JERRY LAWLER: This is not called for, somebody needs to stop this ...

Jackson and Barrett look down on Randy Orton and then back to each other. Reading each other’s thoughts, they both reach down and drag Orton to his knees in front of them. It looks as if they are going to beat Orton to a pulp but then ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



John Cena rushes out from the back and sprints towards the ring to the delight of the Baltimore fans ...

JERRY LAWLER: Here comes Cena, thank goodness!

Barrett and Jackson leave Orton alone and they slide out of the ring on opposite sides as Cena slides under the ropes and into the ring to save Orton. Barrett reaches in and grabs the WWE Championship belt and then heads for the ramp where Ezekiel Jackson is waiting for him. They back away up the ramp whilst Cena looks down at them from the ring ...

JIM ROSS: John Cena saves Randy Orton from a beating ... what a way to apologise King!

Barrett and Jackson disappear from view and the cameras focus on Cena as he helps Orton up in the ring. Orton gets back to his feet and Cena holds his hand out for a handshake as he did earlier in the night ... this time, Orton goes to reciprocate and shake hands ... suddenly, Cena withdraws his hand. Looking confused, Orton looks up at Cena whose face is contorted with rage! Cena quickly lifts Orton up onto his shoulders as the crowd scream and yell ... ATTITUDE ADJUSTMENT TO RANDY ORTON!

JIM ROSS: What the hell ... ?!!

JERRY LAWLER: What is Cena doing?

Cena stands over Orton and yells down at him. Pointing to himself, Cena is clearly telling Orton off over the earlier handshake incident and then he raises his head to look round the arena. The Baltimore crowd are shocked but the boos rain down on Cena as he lifts his head. Cena doesn’t react and exits the ring where he stands on the ramp and looks at Orton who is stirring. As Orton gets his head up, he is red faced with anger and he fixes his eyes on John Cena ... Cena stares back at Orton ...

*** MACMILITANT ***


Out strides the SMACKDOWN General Manager Teddy Long and he stands on the stage with a microphone in his hand ...

TEDDY LONG: Last night, Team SMACKDOWN won the right to select any member of the RAW roster, playas, so I am out here right now to solve a problem for Shawn Michaels. Before you two start fighting, allow me to provide the solution ...

The crowd realise what is coming ... But will it be Orton or will it be Cena?

TEDDY LONG: Ladies and Gentlemen, the newest member of the SMACKDOWN roster will be ...

The camera focuses on Orton, then Cena, then back on Teddy Long ...

TEDDY LONG: ........... JOHN CENA! Holla!

As the crowd go wild, Long turns and walks out of the arena whilst John Cena stares after him in disbelief. However, he then smirks and looks back to Orton in the ring and waves. John Cena is leaving RAW for SMACKDOWN ...

********** END OF SHOW **********
GCB is offline  
post #44 of 133 (permalink) Old 07-08-2011, 05:51 PM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Norfolk, Virginia



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


The camera pans around the arena showing the cheering and clapping crowd as they prepare for Friday Night Smackdown ... Before anyone can introduce the show though ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



MICHAEL COLE: Welcome to Friday Night Smackdown where we will begin with SMACKDOWN’s newest arrival!

A mixed reaction greets John Cena as he bounds out onto the stage with a huge smile on his face – more mixed than normal! Cena looks at the camera and declares ‘Back where I belong!’ before saluting the crowd and rushing down to the ring where he slides in and acknowledges the crowd ...



MICHAEL COLE: On Monday Night RAW, Teddy Long made his decision and – thanks to Team Smackdown’s win at Survivor Series – John Cena has been drafted over to Friday Night’s!

MICK FOLEY: An unbelievable coup for SMACKDOWN, Michael, I am so looking forward to hearing Cena speak tonight!

Cena has a microphone and he stands in the middle of the ring with some boos and jeers in the background as usual ...

JOHN CENA: Norfolk, Virginia, I am hyped up tonight!

The crowd cheer at the mention of their hometown, a cheap pop for Cena ...

JOHN CENA: I am so excited to be back home on SMACKDOWN! After Teddy Long came and announced on RAW on Monday night that I was heading his way, I thought about it long and hard and realised something ... this is the best thing that could have happened to me!

Cena removes his hat to be ‘serious’ for a moment ...

JOHN CENA: Recently, on RAW, I’ve gotten myself in a little bit of a problem. I’ve been obsessed with destroying the Nexus, I’ve been trying to get to Wade Barrett and I’ve ended up with a few problems with Randy Orton. While all this has been happening, I’ve taken my eye of the real prize ... the WWE Championship.

Cena pauses for a moment to allow the crowd time to digest his thoughts ...

JOHN CENA: Now that I am here on SMACKDOWN, I can re-focus and set my sights on the big prize. Over here, it is the World Heavyweight Championship. So, Kane ...

Cena focuses on the camera ahead and the camera zooms in close as Cena speaks ...

JOHN CENA: I’ll give you fair warning. Now that John Cena is on SMACKDOWN, there is no Nexus and no Randy Orton for me to be concerned about. I am coming for your title and I will not rest until I have it. And if Big Show wants to take it off you first ... then I guess I’ll be going after the giant instead. All the SMACKDOWN locker room, be warned ... John Cena will not rest, I will not stop, I will fight and fight and fight ... until once more, I can say that ... THE CHAMP ... IS ... HERE!

The crowd cheer as Cena stares intensely into the camera ... However, this stare is broken by the sound of another entrance ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



Punk walks out slowly with a microphone under his arm and sarcastically applauding Cena as he stands in the ring. Punk stands on the stage and looks down to the ring at Cena before sitting down cross legged with something to say ...

CM PUNK: John, John, John ... I couldn’t help but notice that you forgot to mention somebody else just then when you were talking about the World Championship.

Punk waves at Cena in an enthusiastic way ...

CM PUNK: Hey, over here, Cena! Look at me! My name is CM Punk!

Punk’s ‘silly’ expression changes to a more sinister one ...

CM PUNK: And I am the next man to win the World Heavyweight Championship!

The crowd boo at this announcement and Punk has to tell the crowd to quieten down ...

CM PUNK: You see, John, if it wasn’t for me, you wouldn’t even be here. If it wasn’t for me, Big Show wouldn’t have his World Championship match against Kane to think about. If it wasn’t for me ...

Punk looks around at the WWE Universe in Norfolk ...

CM PUNK: ... SMACKDOWN would have lost at Survivor Series and I would more than likely be heading to RAW instead. So, I have an idea ... Why don’t you and the Big Slow show me the respect I deserve by allowing me to go to the head of the line for a shot at the title?

Cena chuckles at Punk’s suggestion before responding to him ...

JOHN CENA: You know what Mr. Punk? I can respect the idea that Big Show earned a World Championship match. But I’m pretty sure that Teddy Long never offered you that chance. If you think you deserve one ahead of me, maybe we should go against each other ... tonight?

The crowd roar their approval but Punk shakes his head before retorting.

CM PUNK: Yeah, you’d like that wouldn’t you Cena? I have nothing to prove to you or Teddy Long. The fact is that on Sunday night, I led SMACKDOWN to victory in the SMACKDOWN vs. RAW Elimination match. Big Show, the so called captain of the team? He didn’t survive long enough to spell World Champion ... W ... O ... L, I mean R ...

JOHN CENA: Punk, I’ve not got time for games, man. The time for silly games and messing around has gone. If you want some, CM Punk ... COME ... GET ... SOME!

The crowd roar their approval again as they get behind Cena but yet again Punk shakes his head and smirks ...

CM PUNK: This is SMACKDOWN, Cena. It’s not RAW where all you do is click a finger and you get whatever you want. You have to earn your title matches here ... and I have earned it!

*** MACMILITANT ***



Teddy Long, the SMACKDOWN General Manager, heads out with a microphone and joins CM Punk on stage. He waves Punk away determined to address the argument that is going on ...

TEDDY LONG: First of all, let me welcome John Cena to Friday Night SMACKDOWN! Holla!

The crowd cheer and applaud Cena who salutes the crowd before turning his attention back to Long. Punk sarcastically applauds the arrival of Cena on SMACKDOWN ...

TEDDY LONG: Now, CM Punk, John Cena is right. I never promised you a World Championship match. I promised the captain of the team, Big Show, a title match if he led SMACKDOWN to victory. Big Show put the team together, playa, he gets the shot at Kane’s title at Vengeance later this month.

Punk throws a mini-tantrum at Teddy Long and demands that he changes his mind. However, the General Manager waves him away once more.

TEDDY LONG: But, CM Punk, you did get one thing right. Here on Friday Night SMACKDOWN, you have to earn your opportunities. Punk, your performance at Survivor Series was impressive. You did survive, you won the match for SMACKDOWN and that is why we were able to draft John Cena over. You are the man top of the list for a future World Championship match ... if you continue to impress me. Tonight, it will be CM Punk and Evan Bourne, one on one. Good luck, Punk, go and get ready!

Punk leaves with a mixed reaction. He looks pleased that Teddy Long is thinking of granting him a title match but continues to demand he gets his opportunity sooner than it is coming ... He leaves the stage and Long walks down the ramp to the ring to speak to Cena ...

TEDDY LONG: Now, John, you also want a shot at the World Heavyweight Championship. Tonight is your first night on SMACKDOWN so you need to begin earning the right to challenge for it. So, tonight, in the main event ...

Long enters the ring and stands opposite Cena ...

TEDDY LONG: ... we’re going to see if you are World Championship material. It will be John Cena ... one on one ... against the World Heavyweight Champion, Kane!

The crowd cheer as Cena nods his head in approval and shakes Long’s hand ...

TEDDY LONG: And, playa ... Welcome back to SMACKDOWN!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with Cody Rhodes heading out to the ring with his Tag Team partner, Drew McIntyre ...

*** SMOKE AND MIRRORS ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall. Approaching the ring, accompanied by Drew McIntyre, from Marietta, Georgia ... ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES!

Mild heat rains down on Cody and Drew as they make their way to the ring looking unhappy about the loss of their Tag Team Championships at Survivor Series. As they enter the ring, they beckon over to the timekeeper to pass them a microphone.

CODY RHODES: Mark Henry. Mark Henry is the man to blame. A man who could not get the job done himself. So he cheats to help others get the job done instead. Instead of being embarrassed at the pathetic job he made of trying to win the Tag Team Championship, he comes out here with his rolls of fat, his sweaty skin with bunged up pores and his haircut that looks like the end of a mop ... he comes out here and thinks he can mess with us?

DREW McINTYRE: Mark Henry has never achieved anything here in the WWE. He never will. Unlike Cody and me, we are the future of the WWE, we are the two men who will dominate SMACKDOWN, RAW and anywhere else they want to send us. And tonight, Cody will follow up my victory over Santino Marella on RAW by destroying Vladimir Kozlov tonight.

CODY RHODES: And then, when we are ready, we will cash in our title rematch and claim the Tag Team Championships back. And Mark Henry ... that’ll be another championship you fail to get even close to!

Drew and Cody laugh and smile in the ring as they prepare for the match tonight ...

*** PAIN ***



TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, representing RAW and accompanied to the ring by Santino Marella ... from Moscow, Russia, he is one half of the Tag Team Champions ... VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Kozlov and Santino head for the ring with a huge smile on their face and the Tag Team Championship belts in their hands. They head down the ramp where Santino begins to poke fun at the Chosen One and the Dashing One in the ring ...

CODY RHODES (w/Drew McIntyre) vs. VLADIMIR KOZLOV (w/Santino)

The match starts off between Rhodes and Kozlov with both men looking to get an early advantage but the power of Kozlov – to the delight of the fans – wins through. Vladimir hits his patented headbutts whilst he has Rhodes trapped up before following this up with a Big Boot to his staggered opponent. Rhodes manages to kick out of the pinfall attempt but he rolls out of the ring and takes a breather with Drew rather than fighting on. Cody returns to the ring on the count of 8 and looks to catch Kozlov with a cheap shot. However, Kozlov manages ducks it and catches Rhodes with a belly-to-belly suplex that squashes the former Tag Champion down to the mat. Another pinfall follows and this time Drew drags his partner’s foot onto the bottom rope to help him escape it. Santino storms round to confront Drew over this and they end up fighting on the outside of the ring as well. Cody takes advantage of a lapse in Kozlov’s attention and hits the Beautiful Disaster to the side of Kozlov’s head that takes the big man down. Cody senses a chance and goes for the pinfall but the referee is now distracted by the events on the outside. The delay gives Kozlov enough time to kick out to the annoyance of Dashing Cody Rhodes. Cody decides to go to help out Drew McIntyre on the outside instead and he helps to take Santino down with a devastating double team. With his partner down, Kozlov could now be in a little trouble as Rhodes re-enters the ring. However, Kozlov manages to hit a Fallaway Slam to the onrushing Rhodes and goes for a pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... Kick out from Cody. Kozlov sets up for the Iron Curtain and he has Cody in place when Drew jumps up on the apron. Distracted, Kozlov swings at Drew instead and allows Cody the time to hit a second Beautiful Disaster ... Santino pulls Drew down off the apron and they begin to brawl again but Cody ignores this and he sets up Kozlov ... CROSS RHODES! Cody goes for the cover as Drew and Santino battle outside ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Cody Rhodes (5:38)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... CODY RHODES!

MICHAEL COLE: A second straight win for Rhodes and McIntyre over the Tag Champions in singles competition. They’re proving who the better men are, Mick ...

MICK FOLEY: But not who the better team are, Michael. That remains the right of Santino and Kozlov ... Wait a minute!

Drew McIntyre’s attempted boot to Santino’s head misses and Santino sets up for the Cobra in the rampway. However, just as he is about to deliver, Cody hits him from behind and they gang up on him again ... Santino is helpless as Rhodes and McIntyre lay the boots to Santino who has no Kozlov to help him at the moment as he is in the ring ... Suddenly ...

*** SOMEBODIES GONNA’ GET IT ***



Mark Henry storms out from the back and drives straight towards the former Tag Team Champions who scarper pretty sharpish. They head back to ringside and jump over the barricades to escape from Henry who stands there watching them as they run up some steps towards the exit ...



TEDDY LONG: Hold it right there, playas ... Cody ... Drew ... You are right, you do have a rematch clause. However, I am not willing to let you play the waiting game if we’re going to get chaos like this every week here on SMACKDOWN.

Drew and Cody gesticulate to Long from the walkways in the crowd claiming that they will cash in their rematch when they are ready ...

TEDDY LONG: So, next week here on SMACKDOWN, it will be Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes ... against Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov ... for the Tag Team Championships!

The crowd cheer but Drew and Cody don’t seem happy with the timing of the match ...

TEDDY LONG: But, playa, I gotta’ warn you ...

Long turns his attention to the World’s Strongest Man Mark Henry now instead ...

TEDDY LONG: ... I am going to have to ban you from ringside. If you want a piece of Cody and Drew, you’re gonna’ have to wait until after next week’s SMACKDOWN. You hearing me?

Mark Henry looks a little disappointed but nods his head at Teddy Long as SMACKDOWN heads into a commercial with the ‘Macmilitant’ theme of the General Manager playing ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with the next match of the evening about to take place ...

*** BOURNE TO WIN ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall ... Introducing first, from St. Louis, Missouri ... weighing 183 pounds ... EVAN ‘AIR’ BOURNE!

An excited looking Evan Bourne heads out onto the stage and salutes the crowd who react to him with a pop. Bourne rushes into the ring and salutes the crowd from there as well before his partner heads out to face him ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, from Chicago, Illinois ... weighing 222 pounds ... C. M. PUNK!

Punk heads out onto the stage where he checks his taped wrists and declares himself ready before heading down to the ring looking confident about the match. He glares at Bourne and gestures to him that he is going to be going to sleep before removing his custom t-shirt and turning to face Bourne ...

C.M. PUNK vs. EVAN BOURNE

Punk makes short work of Evan Bourne tonight as he demolishes the high flier. Despite a quick start from Bourne that involved his usual array of high kicks and quick flying knees, Bourne could not hit ‘Air Bourne’ when he went for it with Punk wisely avoiding the contact. The Shining Wizard from Punk to a dazed Evan Bourne gave him his opening and the ‘Go To Sleep’ was delivered with minimal fuss by Punk. A cover from Punk ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: C.M. PUNK (2:28)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... C. M. PUNK!

MICHAEL COLE: What an impressive performance tonight from C.M. Punk, Mick, he is surely World Championship material isn’t he?

MICK FOLEY: Most definitely, Michael, the only problem is that Teddy Long promised that Big Show would face Kane at Vengeance if SMACKDOWN won the Survivor Series match!

MICHAEL COLE: I agree with Punk, it wasn’t Big Show that led SMACKDOWN to victory, it was C.M. Punk! He won the match, he made the last member of RAW, John Morrison, tap out.

MICK FOLEY: Agreed but Teddy Long can’t go back on his word! Nobody in the locker room would trust him again!

Punk glares at the crowd at ringside and points at himself and is clearly calling for Teddy Long to give him a title shot instead. The crowd boo Punk as he heads out of the ring and up the ramp ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with a jovial looking Big Show wandering the corridor backstage and looking set for his match tonight with Jack Swagger. As he walks with a huge smile on his face, he is spotted by the man who just beat Evan Bourne, the man who won the match for SMACKDOWN at Survivor Series, the man who wants Big Show’s title match ... C.M. Punk!

BIG SHOW: Well, look who it is, it’s C.M. Punk!

C.M. PUNK: You think you’re funny, don’t you, Show? Tell me, who won the match at Survivor Series?

BIG SHOW: That was you, my friend, that was a great job, by the way. I was really impressed. But, Punk, Teddy Long, he promised me ...

C.M. PUNK: He promised that if you led SMACKDOWN to victory, he would give you a title shot.

BIG SHOW: Right. And SMACKDOWN won so ...

C.M. PUNK: Do you think that you really led SMACKDOWN to victory, Show? Do you think that SMACKDOWN’s win was down to you?

BIG SHOW: Remind me, Punk, who was it who assembled the team? Who was it who beat you twice, once to become the captain, then once more to force you to be on the team? If it hadn’t been for me, you wouldn’t have been on the team to win the match for SMACKDOWN ...

C.M. PUNK: I don’t intend to let this drop, Show. The title shot should be mine. Teddy Long had better think again ... Good luck in your match tonight.

Punk walks away with Show glaring after him, a strange expression on his face as he tries to figure out what C.M. Punk means ... The cameras return to ringside where the bell rings ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall. Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome Alberto Del Rio’s personal ring announcer ... RICARDO RODRIGUEZ!



*** DESTINY ***



The car horn of Alberto Del Rio’s metallic blue Audi R8 blares out into the arena as it slowly makes its way down the side of the SMACKDOWN stage. As Alberto gets out, looking set for action tonight, Ricardo Rodriguez begins with his introduction ...

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ: Las damas y caballeros, es mi gran honor de introducir a usted aquí, un hombre de gran realeza, un hombre con una inteligencia superior, él es el Campeón Intercontinental, él es ... ALBERTO DEL RRRRRRRIIIIIIOOOOOO!

Behind Del Rio on the ramp, the gold firedrops fall from above and Del Rio heads towards the ring with his white scarf round his neck and the Intercontinental Championship belt around his waist ...

MICHAEL COLE: A very impressive performance last night from Alberto Del Rio, Mick, as he successfully defended the Intercontinental Title for the first time against Evan Bourne ...

MICK FOLEY: Both men were impressive, Michael, but it was Del Rio who managed to pull it out with that Cross Arm Breaker!

MICHAEL COLE: Bourne gave Del Rio all he could but he just didn’t have what it took to pull out the win and Del Rio succeeds again!

MICK FOLEY: He has only been beaten once in his WWE career so far! And tonight, he faces Kofi Kingston who has been on the fringes of the World Championship in the past month or so. A great opportunity for Del Rio to elevate himself here on Friday Night Smackdown!

Del Rio prepares in the ring as he awaits the arrival of his opponent ...

*** S. O. S. ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall. Introducing, from Ghana, West Africa, weighing 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

As usual, it is an excitable Kofi Kingston that heads out onto the stage and jumps around as the pyrotechnics explode around him. Kofi bounds down the ramp towards the ring and, once inside, he salutes the crowd who chant ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ back at him ...

MICK FOLEY: Kofi Kingston was this close to being the World Heavyweight Champion a few weeks ago but he just didn’t have that last big move to put Kane away for the three. However, Kofi is now a major player here on SMACKDOWN ...

MICHAEL COLE: Are you trying to say that Del Rio isn’t? The Mexican has only been here a couple of months, already he is the Intercontinental Champion ... it wouldn’t surprise me if Del Rio isn’t the World Champion by WrestleMania 27 if I’m honest, Mick!

MICK FOLEY: With the Royal Rumble coming up in just six weeks, both of these men could be headlining WrestleMania 27!

NON TITLE: ALBERTO DEL RIO vs. KOFI KINGSTON

In a competitive match, both men impress again as they go at it for over ten minutes. After a fast start from Kofi, Del Rio manages to ground the high flier and he begins his trademark working of the arm as he looks to set up the Cross Arm Breaker submission for later in the match. Kofi refuses to lie down though and Del Rio is forced into desperate measures as he waits for Ricardo Rodriguez to distract the referee before ramming Kofi shoulder first into the steel ring post in the corner. With his arm now weakened, it is easier for Del Rio to work on the injured limb now and Kingston begins to hold his arm in pain. Suddenly, Del Rio manages to lock in the Cross Arm Breaker and it looks as if the Mexican has got Kofi right where he wants him but the Ghanaian refuses to give up, inches his way towards the ropes and manages to get his feet tied up in the bottom one. The referee forces the break and Del Rio complains loudly thinking that he almost had the match won. Kofi takes control with big-hitting moves as he hits the Boom Drop followed by a leap onto the shoulders of Del Rio in the corner whilst pounding him hard in the face. With Del Rio staggering, Kofi climbs the ropes and launches off to hit a fabulous diving crossbody that falls into a pinfall ... 1 ... 2 ... So close as Del Rio kicks out! Kofi looks determined though and he backs away and starts to clap his hands together ... here comes Trouble in Paradise! Del Rio staggers up, Kofi looks to push off but Ricardo Rodriguez grabs the ankle of the Ghanaian and hangs on tight. Kofi manages to shake him off and goes for Trouble in Paradise again but Del Rio has recovered and he ducks out of the way. An Inzuguri from Del Rio sends Kofi crashing down to the mat and he then locks the Cross Arm Breaker in for a second time ... Kofi again tries to fight back and make the ropes but he falls short this time ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (11:32 - submission)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... ALBERTO DEL RIO!

Kofi complains to the referee with an exasperated look on his face before turning his attention to the ring announcer outside the ring. Kofi jumps out of the ring intent on catching Ricardo Rodriguez but he flees away round the ring and up the ramp with Kofi stalking him. Del Rio watches on in amusement and continues to celebrate in the ring ...

MICHAEL COLE: It turns out that Alberto Del Rio is the better man ... but you already knew that!

MICK FOLEY: I’m not so sure about that, Michael, Kofi had Del Rio beaten in my opinion when Rodriguez interfered. What a shame!

The camera switches backstage where Matt Striker is waiting in the interview pit ...

MATT STRIKER: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

Kane comes into shot with the World Championship gold draped over his shoulder ...

MATT STRIKER: Kane, last night, you managed to defend your World Heavyweight Championship despite the presence, it seems, of your brother, The Undertaker ...

KANE: Let me stop you there. My brother was not at Survivor Series last night, he was where he has been since I destroyed him at Cyber Sunday. He is still in hiding, embarrassed to show his face, ravaged with thoughts of his little brother being the Devil’s new favourite demon. The Undertaker was not at Survivor Series last night, ha ha ha, I know who set off the Undertaker’s gong.

MATT STRIKER: But, Kane, when the gong sounded, you were at the top of the ladder. When the lights returned ...

The demented World Champion grasps Striker hard by the throat and pulls him close ...

KANE: What are you trying to say to me? Do you think that I am afraid of my brother?

Striker shakes his head, his face reddening as Kane’s grip refuses to budge, a desperate look in his eyes. Finally, Kane releases him and shoves him back against a wall ...

KANE: I am the dominant force here on SMACKDOWN now, not my brother, do you understand me? And at Vengeance, I will be facing the Big Show and I will prove why the whole of the WWE should fear me. I am capable of evil, Striker, I am capable of anything you can imagine. And tonight ... John Cena? He is in a lot of trouble.

Kane shoves the microphone hard into the chest of Matt Striker and then walks away with an evil smirk on his face ... The camera switches to the locker room where one of the men who Kane beat last night, Matt Hardy, is stood texting on his mobile phone ... In walks the third man, Christian ...

CHRISTIAN: Listen, Matt, I’m sorry about what has happened between us recently. It’s not personal, it’s all about the World Championship ...

MATT HARDY: Hey man, I completely understand, I know what you mean. In the last few weeks, I would have done anything, anything, to get my hands on that title ...

CHRISTIAN: Yeah ... Look, man, we’ve both been here a long time. We’ve seen a lot in our time. Edge, Jeff, the Dudleys, Lita ... But we’ve always been here, always fighting for our chance, always fighting for that one moment when we can lift the title high ...

MATT HARDY: ... Yeah, a long time. Tables, Ladders, Chairs ... stealing the show at WrestleMania over and over ... One thing is for sure. We’ve both deserved our chance at winning the World Championship.

CHRISTIAN: ... but last night ... well, neither of us won. Neither of us could stretch that extra inch and pull down that World Title belt ...

MATT HARDY: ... we both got close, man. I touched it at least twice ...

CHRISTIAN: You know, I think that the problem was the match we were in. Kane’s attack on us caused Teddy Long to give us an opportunity in a Triple Threat match. I wanted to have that Final last week, I wanted to beat you and get my own ...

MATT HARDY: Wait a minute, you wanted to what? Beat me? Christian, we know each other pretty well ... You wouldn’t have beaten me.

CHRISTIAN: Are you kidding me? Matt, I respect your skills but I would have gotten the three count on you, we both know that!

MATT HARDY: I don’t agree, Christian. I think that a Twist of Fate would have been all I needed.

The tension rises as both men stand up to each other and stare into the other man’s eyes ...

CHRISTIAN: Maybe we need another match? Maybe I need a chance to prove to you that I should have been facing Kane at Survivor Series?

MATT HARDY: Maybe we do need that match. But Christian, I wouldn’t get too far ahead if I were you. If we do meet again, I will prove to you that I am the better man.

With the tension thick, both men stare at each other for a moment longer before smirking and backing away from each other with Christian heading out of the door ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** CRANK IT UP ***



Loud cheers greet the arrival of the SMACKDOWN captain who is still wearing his blue SMACKDOWN t-shirt that he had for the match last night. Waving to the WWE Universe, Big Show signals his intention to become the World Champion by showing a belt around his waist as he steps into the ring ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 458 pounds ... From Tampa, Florida ... THE BIG SHOW!

Show salutes the crowd by raising his huge right hand high before his opponent makes his way out to the ring ...

*** GET DOWN ON YOUR KNEES ***



TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, from Perry, Oklahoma and weighing 263 pounds ... He is the All American American ... JACK SWAGGER!

Swagger drops to his hands and performs three press-up’s in the rampway before jumping to his feet as his fireworks pop off behind him. Swagger cockily makes his way into the ring and talks smack to the Big Show who does not look intimidated in the slightest ...

BIG SHOW vs. JACK SWAGGER

Swagger goes for Big Show from the off and looks determined not to let the Big Show settle for a moment as he tries to grapple and wrestle the big man down to the mat. Unfortunately for Swagger, Big Show is capable of swatting him away like a fly and several times he simply bumps Swagger back onto his backside. A chop block finally allows Swagger to take control and he works on the left leg of Big Show as he looks to set up the Ankle Lock and force the Big Show to tap out. However, Big Show shoves Swagger away once more and is able to get gingerly back to his feet. With Swagger frustrated, Big Show takes the first chance he gets and lands the Knockout Blow to Swagger ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Big Show (5:27)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... THE BIG SHOW!

After the impressive performance of C.M. Punk earlier in the night, an equally impressive win for the Big Show tonight who disposes of Jack Swagger in just over 5 minutes with his devastating knockout punch. Punk appears on the stage as Big Show has his hand raised and looks directly at the behemoth and sarcastically applauds his victory ...

MICHAEL COLE: Punk doesn’t look impressed with the Big Show tonight ...

MICK FOLEY: Aha, that was mightily impressive from Show. If I was Punk, I’d be concentrating on keeping my distance from that big, ham-like, right hand there!

MICHAEL COLE: C.M. Punk clearly believes that he deserves the shot at the title though, Mick ...

MICK FOLEY: If I were Punk, I’d wait until after the Big Show had tried and I’d pray that Big Show failed to win it!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** LONGHORN ***



NXT Legend Mentor, John Bradshaw Layfield, heads for the ring with his usual smug look on his face ... He waves his cowboy hat at the WWE Universe as he heads for the ring with a knowing look on his face ... Once he reaches the ring, he takes a microphone and prepares to address the crowd ...

JBL: In case you are not already aware, the great JBL is returning to WWE screens after Vengeance with the new series of NXT! And who better for the eight rookies to learn from than me, a Wrestling God?

Loud jeers rain down on JBL but he seems oblivious to them as usual ...

JBL: This Monday night on RAW, the second NXT Legend Mentor will be announced ... And I am out here to let you all know that I feel sorry for him. How can this so called ‘legend’ compete with me? I have seen and done everything there is to see here in the WWE, I am a successful businessman as well, there is no legend capable of denying me my NXT victory ... At WrestleMania, in the final NXT match, I will be stood victorious with my conquering rookie!

More boos for JBL ...

JBL: I am out here now to send a message to the other Mentor, wherever he may be ... Quit now. Quit now and save face. Let the great JBL, the Wrestling God, let me mentor all eight of the rookies instead. If you turn up on RAW this Monday, you’ll prove yourself to be one thing ...

JBL pauses whilst he grins and takes off his hat ...

JBL: ... and that’s STUPID!

More jeers for JBL as he hands back the microphone and heads out of the ring with his silly inane grin on his face despite the boos ...

MICK FOLEY: I cannot wait to see who the other Mentor will be, Michael. This next series of NXT is going to be amazing!

*** SLOW CHEMICAL ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, weighing 323 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

A loud red explosion in the corners of the ring shows that Kane is now in the ring with the World Championship belt around his waist ... Kane is looking determined to prove that John Cena is no threat here tonight in his SMACKDOWn second debut ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



Cena comes racing out and turns to the camera to inform us that ‘It’s time to prove who the real champ is!’ before saluting and running down the ramp ...

TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, from West Newbury, Massachusetts, weighing 240 pounds ... JOHN CENA!

Cena slides into the ring and he looks Kane up and down before continuing his usual entrance routine and throwing his hat and shirt out into the audience before handing the referee his chains. Cena then turns to Kane and points at the World Championship in his hand making it very clear what Cena is intending to do ...

NON-TITLE: KANE vs. JOHN CENA

Both men start out looking determined to get the win tonight as they square up to each other and hit their power moves as they look to get control. In the end, Kane’s strength prevails and he begins to beat on Cena which leads to the WWE Universe cheering louder in response. Cena is desperate not to let his fans down but the strength of Kane is proving tough to shake off and Kane hits a number of slams and suplexes as he tries to take Cena out. Despite a number of 2-counts, Cena remains in the contest and is able to hit a belly-to-belly suplex to the World Champion to buy himself a little time as we head into the commercial ...


********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


As we return from the commercial break, the action has spilled to the outside and Kane is using the environment to his advantage and Cena is rammed into ring steps and barricades as well as the SMACKDOWN announce table. Kane grunts “Welcome to SMACKDOWN!” as he slams Cena head first into the table before rolling into the ring to break the ref’s count ... The countout begins as Cena tries to get to his feet ... He manages to roll into the ring on the count of 7 and Kane looks annoyed. As Kane goes after Cena again, he ducks and runs over to the ropes before hitting the patented Cena shoulder block. Two more follow as Cena begins to build momentum, here it comes ... “You can’t see me!’ as Cena drops the fist on Kane’s face – Five Knuckle Shuffle. Cena lifts himself to the middle rope and hits a Bulldog to Kane before getting a 2-count. He heads for the top rope this time and looks for the leg drop to the back of the World Champion’s neck although he is caught by Kane instead. Kane tries to set Cena up for the powerbomb but Cena wriggles clear and he lifts Kane onto his shoulders ... here we go! Attitude Adjustment from Cena to the World Heavyweight Champion! Cena drops down and locks in the STF to Kane ... Will the World Champion tap out to the SMACKDOWN newcomer? Kane is struggling now, can he hold on? Can he reach the ropes? The referee is urging Kane to give it up and he looks as if he is about to oblige when suddenly someone clobbers Cena from behind with the World Championship belt ... The referee signals for the bell, Kane has been disqualified ...

WINNER: John Cena (12:19 – DQ)


The camera focuses on an irate Randy Orton who is stood over Cena who is clutching his back after Orton hit him there with the belt ... Kane picks up the title and decides to leave the ring with a smirk on his face. As he does, Orton doesn’t notice and continues to look down on Cena ... He backs away a little and waits as Cena gets up slowly holding his lower back ... Cena turns towards Orton ... RKO! RANDY ORTON HITS THE RKO TO JOHN CENA!

MICHAEL COLE: New show for Cena but it looks as if Orton is refusing to accept that Cena has moved on!

MICK FOLEY: Orton believes that he is fully justified after the Attitude Adjustment he received last Monday! He looks angry, Cole!

MICHAEL COLE: A clear message from the former WWE Champion ... All is not yet forgotten, John Cena!

MICK FOLEY: Wait a minute, what is Orton planning now?

Orton has backed away to the corner of the ring and is building himself up as Cena gets to his hands and knees, his head exposed ... Orton is planning to punt John Cena in the skull!

MICHAEL COLE: Somebody needs to stop this, SMACKDOWN owns Cena now!

Teddy Long appears on stage as SMACKDOWN referees and officials come pouring out from backstage and racing down the ramp. They make it there in time and they get between Randy Orton and John Cena before Orton can cause serious injury ... Long climbs the steps into the ring and he holds out his hands to Orton and asks him to calm down and think about his actions as Cena is helped out of the ring and up the ramp ... Orton’s steely blue eyes follow Cena as he heads up the ramp and it is clear that Orton’s anger with Cena has not gone yet ... ‘Voices’ echoes around the arena as the camera focuses on the look on Orton’s face ...

MICK FOLEY: Randy Orton is majorly upset with John Cena losing his title on Sunday and costing him the rematch on Monday. I can understand what he is doing here, Michael ...

MICHAEL COLE: But Orton belongs on RAW, not here on SMACKDOWN. Interfering in our matches ... Look at him, look at the anger on his face ... He can’t be trusted, Mick, he can’t be trusted ...

Orton stares at the disappearing Cena and then looks down with a look of anger remaining on his face ... What will happen on Monday Night RAW when the Viper returns to his home brand?

********** END OF SHOW **********

Last edited by GCB; 07-08-2011 at 06:11 PM.
GCB is offline  
post #45 of 133 (permalink) Old 07-16-2011, 01:45 PM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Richmond, Virginia



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


The cameras fly around the arena in Richmond as the WWE Universe cheer excitedly ahead of another Monday Night Raw with just three weeks to go before the final PPV of 2010 – Vengeance. The cameras focus on the announce table where JR and Jerry Lawler are sat waiting to begin their commentary for the evening ...



JIM ROSS: Welcome everyone to Monday Night RAW with myself, Jim Ross, and Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler where it is sure to be another action packed night ...

JERRY LAWLER: And, sure, there is no John Cena tonight but RAW keeps on rolling baby!

JIM ROSS: In a major announcement only moments ago, we discovered that John Cena has been banned from attending RAW tonight after Randy Orton’s invasion of SMACKDOWN on Friday night!

JERRY LAWLER: And our General Manager, Shawn Michaels, is also set to reveal who the next challenger for Wade Barrett’s WWE Championship will be. Will it be Randy Orton, JR?

JIM ROSS: I’m sure Randy Orton would want that but what will HBK decide?

JERRY LAWLER: And we will be finding out the identity of the second legendary mentor for the upcoming season of NXT: Endangered! Who will join JBL on NXT?

*** VOICES ***



The WWE Universe erupt at the sound of Orton’s music and cheer him to the rafters as he slowly appears on the stage and makes his way down towards the ring ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... RANDY ORTON!

Orton steps into the ring and poses in the corner with his penetrating eyes showing a rage burning inside them ... Orton is still majorly unhappy despite his invasion of SMACKDOWN last week ... He takes a microphone and the music is faded out ...

RANDY ORTON: Last week was one of the worst weeks of my life ... On Sunday at the Survivor Series, I lost my WWE Championship ...

Boos echo around the arena ...

RANDY ORTON: ... when I wasn’t even pinned. I didn’t tap out and I wasn’t knocked out. The man that our General Manager picked for my team was pinned by Justin Gabriel ... and Wade Barrett was given my title?

More boos from the crowd who realise how unfair this is ...

RANDY ORTON: Now I’m not the only one, I’m sure, that realises that this is a load of B.S. Wade Barrett now has the WWE Championship around his waist ... and he never won it.

Cheers of agreement for Orton are followed by an ‘RKO’ chant ...

RANDY ORTON: So, last Monday here on RAW, I was handed a title rematch. A chance to regain my WWE Title. Right before it, John Cena wants to distract me with a phony apology ... which I refused to accept. And then? Ezekiel Jackson decides that he wants to get into my business again and costs me the 3 count when I had Wade Barrett beaten.

Orton takes a moment to take a deep breath clearly angry at the treatment he has received ...

RANDY ORTON: And then, after the match, John Cena arrives to hit me with an Attitude Adjustment. He scuttles off the SMACKDOWN and thinks that he has left me in the past. Wrong, Cena, very wrong.

The crowd cheer Orton again as he carries on ...

RANDY ORTON: Friday night, I visited SMACKDOWN and I made sure that John Cena knew that I wasn’t happy with him. I hit him with an RKO ... and it felt good. John Cena, there is more of that whenever you want it. I have not finished with you!

A ‘Cena sucks’ chant begins but it is half-hearted with many of the crowd still not sure that Cena has turned heel after his comments on SMACKDOWN ...

RANDY ORTON: So, tonight, John Cena has been banned from appearing on RAW? I think that decision is utter crap but it does give me chance to address one other person. Ezekiel Jackson.

Boos ring out around the arena ...

RANDY ORTON: A man who feigned injury at Survivor Series and then turned up to try and cost me my title? A man who interfered in my WWE Championship rematch last week and cost me again? You know what I think?

The camera zooms in on Orton who looks incensed ...

RANDY ORTON: I think Ezekiel Jackson needs a punt in the skull!

The crowd roar with approval and Orton turns to the titantron ...

RANDY ORTON: So, Jackson, get yourself out here and be a real man. Let me show you what happens when people make me angry ...

Orton throws the microphone down and waits for Ezekiel Jackson to make his entrance ... Time passes and there is no sign of Ezekiel Jackson. Orton waits a little longer and then smirks in annoyance before picking up the microphone again ...

RANDY ORTON: Just as I though ... Coward!

The crowd cheer as Orton shakes his head before ...

*** SEXY BOY ***



The crowd react positively for the popular RAW General Manager but Orton doesn’t look so impressed to see him as he heads for the ring. HBK’s fireworks hit as he kneels on the ramp and Orton stares into his eyes as he heads into the ring ...

RANDY ORTON: I didn’t ask for you to come out here, Shawn ...

Michaels looks over at Orton with mock disbelief before lifting his microphone and responding ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Hey, Randy, I’m the General Manager of RAW. I can come out here whenever I want to, man!

Orton’s eyes narrow as he looks at the General Manager ...

RANDY ORTON: Don’t forget, Shawn ... It was you who put John Cena on Team Orton at Survivor Series. I am holding you semi-responsible for what happened that night ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Randy, Randy, Randy. It is my job to make RAW as entertaining as possible. I forced you to team with Cena and you couldn’t get the job done ...

A mixed reaction from the WWE Universe ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: But you will get an opportunity to put it right ...

Orton smiles and nods his head in approval ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: You will have the opportunity to earn yourself a shot at Wade Barrett and the WWE Championship at Vengeance ...

RANDY ORTON: Opportunity to earn ... ?

SHAWN MICHAELS: That’s correct. Tonight, Randy Orton, you will face the man you just called out ... Ezekiel Jackson ...

The crowd cheer as Orton again nods in approval ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: And if you win, you will qualify for next week’s Number 1 contender match!

Orton stares into the eyes of HBK who doesn’t blink ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: There will be two more qualifying matches tonight, Randy, and the three winners will face each other next Monday ... along with one other person who I will reveal next week ...

The crowd are interested now ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: The winner of next week’s Fatal Four Way match will go on to face Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship at Vengeance in three weeks time. That seem OK, Randy?

Orton swivels his head around on his neck, squirming, trying to fight an urge ...

RANDY ORTON: It’s only the fact that you are the General Manager, a man that I respect ... that is stopping me from hitting you with an RKO right now. Tonight, I will defeat Ezekiel Jackson ... and then I will beat the other three men ... and go on to regain my WWE Championship at Vengeance ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: I hope you can do it, man ...

HBK offers his hand out to Orton ... but the Viper ignores it and walks past HBK with a shove to the shoulder as ‘Voices’ replays in the arena again ...

JIM ROSS: Tonight’s main event will see Randy Orton face one of his many nemesis’ at the moment in Ezekiel Jackson to earn a place in the Fatal Four Way Number 1 contender match next week!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the first match of the evening ...

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall ... Introducing first, weighing 235 pounds from West Palm Beach, California ... TED DIBIASE!

As DiBiase heads out for the ring, JR and King discuss last week’s victory for Ted over R-Truth that ended with him being given the chance to earn a United States Championship match at Vengeance ... if he can prove himself against the champion, Daniel Bryan, tonight ...

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, weighing 192 pounds, from Aberdeen, Washington ... the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!

Bryan, with the United States Title proudly around his waist, heads for the ring waving to the WWE Universe who cheer him as he makes his way down the ramp. Rolling into the ring, Bryan removes his coat and then his title belt which he holds up in front of his opponent to remind him that he is the champion right now ...

DANIEL BRYAN vs. TED DIBIASE

Bryan starts out quickly and mat-wrestles DiBiase down to the mat.
Bryan almost locks in the Le Bell Lock on several occasions but DiBiase escapes each time.
DiBiase finally escapes and hits a kick to the gut that slows Bryan down.
A standing drop kick gives DiBiase control of the match.
DiBiase hits several big moves – a gutbuster, a spinebuster and a DDT but Bryan kicks out each time.
As DiBiase goes for Dream Street, Bryan counters into a snapmare.
Bryan follows up with a drop kick from the top rope but fails with the pinfall.
Another attempt at the Le Bell Lock from Bryan but DiBiase gets to the ropes.
The match spills out of the ring and this suits DiBiase better as he slams Bryan into the ring post head first.
DiBiase gets Bryan back into the ring and locks in the Cobra Clutch but Bryan fights out.
Bryan hits a dropkick to DiBiase as he heads back into the ring.
Le Bell Lock from Daniel Bryan, this time it is locked in.
DiBiase somehow holds on and reaches the rope with his foot. So close for Daniel Bryan!
Daniel Bryan is frustrated and he misses with a kick towards DiBiase’s head while he is on his knees.
DREAM STREET FROM DIBIASE!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Ted DiBiase (9:29)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... TED DIBIASE!

DiBiase rolls out of the ring looking proud of himself and backs away up the ramp with a satisfied smile on his face. Bryan looks over at him disappointed and DiBiase points over towards the United States Title in the hands of the referee and calls out ‘That’s going to be mine!’ before turning and heading out of the arena ...

JERRY LAWLER: Impressive performance there from Ted DiBiase, JR, he showed he was US Champion material there I think!

JIM ROSS: Daniel Bryan just couldn’t get the Le Bell Lock in place and, in the end, he paid for that. We could well see DiBiase going after Bryan’s United States Championship in the near future now!

The camera switches backstage where Sheamus, in fine form recently, is waiting with Matt Striker in the interview pit ...

MATT STRIKER: Please welcome my guest at this time ... SHEAMUS!

Boos ring out around the arena for Sheamus after his ‘questionable’ tactics that have defeated Triple H on two occasions recently. As the camera zooms out to show Hornswoggle by his side, the crowd boo further ...

MATT STRIKER: Sheamus, we’ve heard that tonight you will be given an opportunity to qualify for next week’s Number 1 contender match as you go one on one with John Morrison ... Are you confident of winning tonight?

SHEAMUS: Am I confident of winning? Hell, you must be dumber than you look, Striker. In the past few weeks, I have beaten the great Triple H not once but twice in matches designed to suit him. I have banished Triple H from this company for a second time. Do you really think that John Morrison stands a chance against me?

Matt Striker mumbles something indistinguishable about Morrison which seems to fire Sheamus up further ...

SHEAMUS: You’re kidding me, Striker? You’re just like every other one of these American morons who thinks that the big, bad Irish man is going to get taught a lesson? I am the most dangerous man in the WWE right now. I have destroyed Triple H in an Ambulance Match, I have beaten him in a ‘3 Stages of Hell’ match and I have driven him out of the business for a second time, this time maybe permanently. John Morrison is a high flying freak show and he has no business in the ring with me. What do you say, little fella?

Hornswoggle screams out and makes random noises that get the message across that he believes Sheamus is going to defeat Morrison tonight ...

SHEAMUS: Hunter’s best friend is the General Manager of RAW, the same General Manager that told me that I would not get another shot at the WWE Championship in 2010. Despite that, Shawn Michaels knows that I deserve my chance and I deserve it now. That is how much I am feared right now, Striker. Tonight, I’ll prove it to you all when I beat Morrison to a bloody pulp ... Come on, little fella. Let’s go ...

Sheamus and Hornswoggle storm away from Striker with Hornswoggle muttering insults at the interviewer as RAW heads into a commercial ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with RAW’s ‘newest’ tag team in the ring, the newly reformed tag team of Zack Ryder and Curt Hawkins ...

*** OH RADIO ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, the following Tag Team contest is set for one fall. In the ring, at a combined weight of 450 pounds ... ZACK RYDER AND CURT HAWKINS!

As they are introduced, both Hawkins and Ryder play up to the crowd to mild heat as they prepare for their match tonight ...

JIM ROSS: I saw these guys, King, a couple of years back when they were running around with Edge of SMACKDOWN. Don’t be fooled by their ‘goofiness’ though, they work well together as a team ...

JERRY LAWLER: What is wrong with Zack Ryder’s trunks though. One leg is covered, one isn’t! And what is with the headband?

JIM ROSS: A massive chance for Ryder and Hawkins to catch the eye of the WWE Universe tonight as they go one on one with the Tag Team Champions!

*** LA VITORIA E MIA ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Their opponents, they are the WWE Tag Team Champions ... SANTINO MARELLA AND VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Out come the Tag Team Champions with their titles held high above their heads as they walk down the ramp, Kozlov focused on the match tonight, Santino is his usual playful mood ...

JERRY LAWLER: Speaking of goofy!

JIM ROSS: The Tag Team Champions have a huge match this Friday on SMACKDOWN as they defend their Tag Team Championships against the former champions of Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes!

CURT HAWKINS & ZACK RYDER vs. SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV

Santino and Curt Hawkins start the match off and Santino gets the upper hand over Hawkins.
A distraction from Zack Ryder allows Hawkins to get the better of Santino and he hits several slams to the Italian.
Hawkins fails to put away Santino and tags in Ryder instead.
Ryder is full of talk but he hits a swinging neckbreaker that seems to have Santino down.
Santino refuses to lose though and he makes a desperately needed tag to Kozlov.
Kozlov enters the ring at 100 miles an hour as he hits his trapped headbutts to Ryder.
Hawkins comes in illegally and Kozlov hits the headbutts to him as well.
Ryder comes off the top rope to try and half Kozlov but another headbutt takes him down.
Hawkins saves Ryder by breaking Kozlov’s pinfall attempt.
Santino returns to the ring and throws Hawkins out of the ring. Kozlov tags him in.
Could it be time for the Cobra?
Santino sets up for the Cobra just as Curt Hawkins pulls Kozlov off the ring apron.
On the outside, Hawkins drives Kozlov into the announce table and then hits a drop kick that sends Kozlov into the barricades.
Santino hits the Cobra to Zack Ryder though and goes for a pin.
Hawkins rescues Ryder again and he hits a DDT to the Italian before the ref forces him out.
Ryder and Santino get to their feet slowly but Santino takes charge again.
Santino goes for the Cobra a second time but this time Ryder ducks it ...
ROUGH RYDER from Zack Ryder to Santino Marella.
Ryder makes the tag to Curt Hawkins who climbs the ropes.
HEAT SEEKING ELBOW from Curt Hawkins to Santino Marella ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Zack Ryder & Curt Hawkins (5:36)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here are your winners ... ZACK RYDER AND CURT HAWKINS!

As Hawkins and Ryder celebrate up the ramp, Drew and Cody stand tall over the fallen Russian giant, Vladimir Kozlov and they signal that they are going to be the new Tag Team Champions again this Friday night ... Santino gets back into the ring and heads over towards his partner but Drew McIntyre lifts his boot and hits Santino hard in the side of the jaw to send him down to the mat beside his partner instead. Cody grabs the title belts from the referee and hands one to Drew before they raise them in the air to the jeers and boos of the crowd ... Finally, Drew and Cody place the titles down over the waists of their opponents this Friday before leaving the ring looking smug ...

The camera switches to a jubilant Zack Ryder and Curt Hawkins backstage who are still pumped after their victory moments ago ...


ZACK RYDER: Did you see that, bro? We just beat the Tag Team Champions on our RAW debuts!

CURT HAWKINS: Man, that ‘Rough Ryder’ was perfect, flattened that Russian freak for me ...

ZACK RYDER: Are you kidding me, bro? Of course it did! And then that ‘Heat Seeking Elbow’ of yours ... BAM! 1 ... 2 ... 3!

CURT HAWKINS: Just a matter of time, Zack, we will be the new Tag Team Champions!

ZACK RYDER: Woo, woo, woo! You know it!

The camera switches to a split screen showing The Miz and Alex Riley on one side and the Great Khali on the other side as they prepare for their match coming up ...

JIM ROSS: Next up, King, it’s going to be the Great Khali and the Miz in the first match to determine the Number 1 contender match next week. Will it be the Miz who wins a place in that match?

JERRY LAWLER: I hope not, JR, I hope Khali splats Miz like a pancake in the ring!

JIM ROSS: Or will it be the Indian Sensation, the Great Khali, who teaches the Awesome One a lesson? That’s next!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the next match of the evening ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



The crowd get to their feet to boo as the Miz heads out looking confident with his sidekick Alex Riley beside him carrying the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase with him ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall and is the first match to determine the Number 1 contenders match for next week on RAW ... Introducing first, accompanied to the ring by Alex Riley, from Cleveland, Ohio ... THE MIZ!

Miz and Riley hit the ring and show off in the ring to the chagrin of the WWE Universe who boo and jeer the pair. However, Miz and Riley shrug it off and Riley tries to demand respect for his buddy. Miz holds the briefcase high for all to see ...

JERRY LAWLER: The ironic thing is, JR, is that Miz is already the Number 1 contender whenever he decides he wants to be!

JIM ROSS: Carrying the briefcase means that Miz can have a title shot whenever and wherever he chooses ... And no man has ever cashed in Money in the Bank and failed to win the title! That is face, King!

JERRY LAWLER: So then, Miz should just go away happy that he is already the Number 1 contender!

JIM ROSS: Unless he wants to prove that he really does deserve it first, King?

JERRY LAWLER: You don’t know the Miz very well, JR, do you?

*** LAND OF FIVE RIVERS ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, from India, weighing 420 pounds ... THE GREAT KHALI!

JIM ROSS: Now here is a man who we haven’t seen on WWE TV for a while!

JERRY LAWLER: Let’s hope he makes a successful comeback and squashes the Miz!

JIM ROSS: Khali has been out since August after he was assaulted by Wade Barrett and the Nexus! The Great Khali would definitely like a chance to compete for Wade Barrett’s WWE Championship if possible!

Khali steps over the top rope and waves at the crowd as the Miz looks on with a look of fear in his eyes as he tries to fathom out how he might be able to stop this man and get the win tonight ...

THE GREAT KHALI vs. THE MIZ

Miz spends the early part of the match trying to stay out of reach of Khali.
As Khali is unable to catch Miz, he lumbers after him outside the ring in a chase.
As Khali re-enters the ring, Miz connects with a kick to the side of the head that staggers Khali.
Miz jumps on Khali’s back and swings punches at the side of his head but Khali tosses him down to the mat.
Khali goes after Miz but a kick to the knee takes Khali down a bit.
Miz again looks to keep the giant down but he cannot hold him.
Khali gets back up to his knees and Miz grabs him from behind to try and set up the Skull Crushing Finale ...
Khali hits elbows to the stomach of Miz and then hits a huge headbutt that sends Miz down to the mat.
Alex Riley jumps up on the apron to distract Khali and is rewarded with a huge chop from the Indian.
With Riley down on the mat, Miz decides to leave the ring in desperation.
Khali follows Miz up the ramp as the referee begins his 10 count ...
Miz taunts Khali until the Indian swings for him, Miz avoids it at the last second.
A dropkick to the knee of Khali takes him down to his knees again.
SKULL CRUSHING FINALE on the ramp!
Miz turns and rushes back to the ring as fast as he can and gets back just in time at 9 ...

* 10 *
GREAT KHALI HAS BEEN COUNTED OUT!


WINNER: The Miz (Countout - 5:32)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner as a result of a countout ... THE MIZ!

Khali attempts to get back into the ring to chase after Miz and Riley but they are too quick for him and they escape up the ramp and onto the stage. Miz looks down towards the Great Khali in the ring who looks annoyed that he has been robbed of a chance to win the WWE Championship at Vengeance ...

JIM ROSS: The Miz books his place in next week’s Number 1 contender match!

JERRY LAWLER: Does that guy ever just win a match fair? Why can’t Riley be banned from ringside for once?

JIM ROSS: Khali fell straight into the Miz’ plan, King, he should have realised what was coming ...

The cameras switch to a determined looking Justin Gabriel who is heading down a corridor backstage ...

JIM ROSS: The man who ‘won’ the WWE Championship for Wade Barrett at Survivor Series is coming out here next to speak to the WWE Universe! Find out what he has to say next!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



RAW returns with Justin Gabriel stood in the ring wearing jeans and a cool t-shirt and with a microphone in his hand. He is completely devoid of any Nexus merchandise ... He raises the microphone and speaks out to the WWE Universe ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: I have an announcement that I would like to make tonight ... For the last few weeks, I have become increasingly disillusioned with my role in the faction known as the Nexus ... I have been feeling for weeks, more and more with every passing moment, that what the Nexus stands for is all wrong.

Gabriel thinks hard before continuing ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: Back in the summer, the Nexus made a huge impact in the WWE as we invaded Monday Night RAW to make an impact. A bunch of guys with an axe to grind ... A bunch of guys with nothing to lose ... We looked to go after the biggest and the best, we wanted to make believers out of the WWE locker room and the WWE Universe ...

Gabriel looks up at the WWE Universe who acknowledge him a little ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: But then the values of Nexus changed, the aim of the group changed. Instead of being a bunch of guys looking to make an impact ... it became a bunch of guys helping one guy make an impact. I get it, Wade Barrett won NXT Season 1, he deserved to be our leader. But we never agreed that we would all help Wade Barrett become WWE Champion. And if the other guys did that, I know that I didn’t ...

Gabriel turns towards the titantron ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: In the past few weeks, I have faced John Cena, one of the best in the WWE, on three occasions. Each week, I felt I was progressing, I felt I was improving. I came so close to defeating John Cena on RAW. And then at Survivor Series, I managed it at last. I pinned John Cena’s shoulders to the mat ... 1 ... 2 ... 3!

Gabriel points at the titantron where the 450 splash that he delivered to Cena at the Survivor Series is being shown ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: That is the moment that it hit me hard. Nobody noticed that I had finally accomplished something that I have been trying to do for the past few weeks. Nobody noticed that Justin Gabriel had just secured the biggest victory of his career. All anybody could talk about was that Wade Barrett was the new WWE Champion ... I’m sick of it so I am out here right now ... to inform Wade Barrett and the Nexus ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Out walk the group known as the Nexus with the WWE Champion Wade Barrett leading them out with his shiny WWE Title positioned over his shoulder ... Behind him are Skip Sheffield, Heath Slater, David Otunga and, wearing a Nexus t-shirt, Ezekiel Jackson ...

WADE BARRETT: Let me stop you now, Gabriel, before you say something that you later regret. Let me remind you that RAW began last week with the Nexus and myself out here thanking you for your efforts at Survivor Series. Let me remind you that we all agreed that the Nexus needed the WWE Championship to be taken seriously and that we all agreed that I should be the man to win it. Gabriel, we are a dominant team and we will dominate the WWE for years to come. So stop ... Think about what you are saying ... We now have a new member of the Nexus team in ‘Big Zeke’ who will defeat Randy Orton tonight ... He may get a shot at the WWE Championship and if that happens, I would be willing to defend it against him ... As long as the Nexus retains the WWE Championship, I will be happy.

Ezekiel Jackson looks surprised by this revelation but Barrett continues ...

WADE BARRETT: Wade Barrett being the WWE Champion is what we should all be proud of right now. We have achieved our goal. We have gone after the biggest and the best ... Cena, Undertaker, Randy Orton, CM Punk ... and we have won the title. So, don’t do anything hasty right now, Gabriel ... don’t do anything that you will later regret ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: Wade, I hear you. Maybe you are right. Maybe the Nexus has achieved its goal. But if it has ... That is not a goal I want to achieve. I want to win championships of my own. So, tonight, I am here to inform you that ...

WADE BARRETT: ... I am warning you one more time, Gabriel. Do not do anything that you will later regret.

JUSTIN GABRIEL: ... that ... that I am quitting the Nexus!

The WWE Universe cheer the decision of Justin Gabriel but Barrett smirks and then raises his hand and beckons the other members of Nexus forward. He points to the ring and says ‘You know what to do, boys!’ and Skip Sheffield, David Otunga, Heath Slater and Ezekiel Jackson head towards the ring. Gabriel looks to defend himself and he knocks down Slater and then Otunga as they head into the ring. However, Jackson is too strong and he ploughs into him and knocks him into the corner where Skip Sheffield hits a devastating clothesline that a certain JBL would be very proud of ...

WADE BARRETT: I did warn you, Gabriel!

Heath Slater gets to his feet and he delivers ‘Sweetness’ – a jumping Russian Leg Sweep – to Gabriel before Otunga drags him back up and hits a thrust spinebuster known as the ‘Verdict’ that leaves the South African sprawled on the mat. Next, Jackson lifts Gabriel up and hits the ‘Book of Ezekiel’ before Barrett follows into the ring. Barrett allows the other members of Nexus to place Gabriel on his shoulders before he slams him down with his ‘Wastelands’ finishing manoeuvre. ‘We are One’ blares out around the arena once more as the Nexus head out of the ring and up the ramp with Gabriel flat on his back in the middle of the ring after the beating he has just taken ...

The cameras switch backstage again where JBL is arriving in his flash limo. As the car slowly pulls into the parking lot, we see WWE’s owner Chip Butty head over to the limo to greet his NXT Season 3 mentor. Butty shakes hands with JBL who is clearly enjoying being back in the WWE judging by the smile on his face ... The pair of them walk off as we head into another commercial break ...


********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** LONGHORN ***



John Bradshaw Layfield – also known as JBL – heads out to the ring waving his cowboy hat around and smiling inanely to show off his perfect white teeth. Dressed in a business suit, JBL shakes hands with members of the WWE Universe as he approaches the ring. Once in the ring, he salutes the crowd who give him a decent reception despite his murky past in the WWE ...

JBL: Richmond, Virginia ... You are truly blessed! You are blessed because you are in the presence of me, John Bradshaw Layfield, a multi-millionaire and a wrestling god! You can, for a few short minutes, forget all about your meaningless lives, your struggles to pay the rent and the grocery bill, you can find time to look up at me in this ring and realise that here is a man who has been successful in every thing he has done. I am here for you to aspire to ... I am here to show you that life can be good ... very good in fact.

The WWE Universe are now booing JBL as he belittles them ...

JBL: And in a few short weeks, four WWE superstars will be looking up to the great JBL as well. It will be NXT Season 3 and four wrestlers will attempt to follow in my footsteps. True, they need to save their jobs first of all ... But when they are safe in the WWE, they can be inspired, they can follow their dreams with the knowledge and the wisdom from the great JBL in their minds ... But there are four more wrestlers who won’t be so lucky. There are four more men who will be mentored in the NXT competition by another so-called legend of the WWE. These four men will not get the advice and the inspiration they so desperately crave ... because they will not be mentored by me, the great JBL, the longest reigning champion in SMACKDOWN history.

More boos and jeers for JBL as the crowd in Richmond begin to grow impatient ... ready to find out who the second mentor is ...

JBL: The week after Vengeance, NXT will begin ... And at WrestleMania 27, one of the chosen few, one of Team JBL will be victorious ... Because I am a mentor who gets results ... and the other mentor ... whoever they may be ... will never ever be in the same league as JBL ...



The crowd explodes as the arena lights flash and the spotlights on the cameras pop and then, striding out as only he can, comes the ‘Great One’ of the WWE, the ‘most electrifying man in sports entertainment,’ the one and the only Rock ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the second ‘WWE Legend’ mentor for NXT Season 3 ... THE ROCK!

Screams and cheers continue around the arena as The Rock heads down the ramp and into the ring. As Rock climbs into the ring, he glances at JBL who looks unhappy to see him, before heading for the corner to raise his arm and sniff the air ... Can you smell it? Eventually, Rock is handed a microphone and he stands in the ring facing JBL ready to talk as only he can ... A loud ‘Rocky! Rocky!’ chant begins in the arena and the smile appears on the face of the Rock as the crowd chant his name. JBL shakes his head and says something to the Rock that shocks him back into focus ... Rock shakes his head with a smile ... He drops the microphone ...

ROCK BOTTOM TO JBL!


Rock stands over JBL as the crowd cheer and raises his hand ... The crowd are willing him on now and Rock seems eager to please as he sets up for the ‘Peoples Elbow’ now instead. He performs his moves, hits both ropes and then drops the elbow into the chest of JBL who doubles up in pain as Rock straightens his sunglasses and picks up his microphone ...

THE ROCK: Finally ... ... The Rock ... has come back ... to the WWE!

The crowd explode once more as Rock drops the microphone and his music hits in the arena again. Rock acknowledges the crowd again before leaving the ring to a standing ovation ... The Rock has returned to the WWE and he will mentor four WWE superstars on NXT Season 3!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***



Sheamus walks confidently out onto the stage with a determined look on his face as he has the opportunity to move closer to securing a WWE Championship opportunity at Vengeance in three weeks time. Besides him, the little Hornswoggle runs to keep up carrying the dreaded steel pipe that he has twice used to clobber Triple H in recent times ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. Approaching the ring, from Dublin, Ireland, accompanied by Hornswoggle ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus enters the ring and beats his chest to the boos of the WWE Universe in attendance tonight but he simply smirks and ignores their taunts. He whispers something into the ear of Hornswoggle who nods in excitement and then slips out of the ring and dives under the ring before the entrance of Sheamus’ opponent ...

JERRY LAWLER: Isn’t it time for somebody to do something about Hornswoggle? He’s not going to remain in hiding underneath the ring during this match is he?

JIM ROSS: One thing is certain, King, John Morrison needs to keep this match inside the ring as much as he can to avoid the little troll hiding under the ring ...

*** AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: And his opponent, from Los Angeles, California ... weighing 224 pounds ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison heads out to the ring in his usual ‘slo-mo’ style with his fur coat and sunglasses glittering in the red lights of the RAW arena. He slows down again as he approaches the ring and checks for Hornswoggle as he makes his way up the ring steps and into the ring ...

JIM ROSS: Both of these men have been seriously impressive in recent weeks, King, both look to have a bright future in the WWE!

JERRY LAWLER: John Morrison, especially, is a future WWE Champion in my opinion!

Morrison jumps out of the ring to hand his sunglasses over to a young man at ringside which delights the kid. As he turns to re-enter the ring though, he crumples in pain on the ring apron ... What has happened?

JIM ROSS: Wait a minute! John Morrison, King, what’s the matter with him?

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t know, JR, but I could hazard a guess!

JIM ROSS: Morrison is clutching his left knee, King.

JERRY LAWLER: Is there a steel pipe nearby?

As the referee tends to the injured Morrison, he angrily looks down at the outside of the ring. Turning to Sheamus, the referee orders him back to his corner whilst demanding to know the whereabouts of Hornswoggle. Sheamus innocently holds his hands up but it is clear that he knows exactly what the plan was for Hornswoggle tonight ...

JIM ROSS: Will John Morrison be able to continue with this match, King?

JERRY LAWLER: He looks as if he is going to give it a go, JR, let’s see how he gets on!

JOHN MORRISON vs. SHEAMUS

Despite a limp, Morrison agrees to start the match. The bell is rung and we are on the way.
Sheamus immediately flies over at Morrison looking for a big clothesline but Morrison ducks.
Morrison hits some offense as he connects with punches and kicks with his stronger leg.
However, eventually, Sheamus manages to catch his leg and shoves him over before working on the injured leg.
With Morrison visibly hurt, Sheamus steps back for the Brogue Kick but misses and allows Morrison back into the match.
Morrison hits a dropkick that causes him as much pain as it does to Sheamus.
He follows this up with a springboard moonsault that gets him a 2-count on Sheamus.
Morrison continues to defy his injury and hits a standing shooting star press.
A running knee strike to Sheamus looks to have the Irish man defeated but he kicks out at the last second.
Sheamus gets in a cheap shot to the knee of Morrison and takes over.
Several high impact moves follow: a backbreaker, a gutbuster and short arm clotheslines.
However, Morrison will not lie down and he manages to kick out at 2 every time.
Sheamus decides that enough is enough and he sets for the High Cross.
However, Morrison counters it superbly into a hurricanrana and gets another 2 count.
With Sheamus down near the ropes, Morrison spots his chance to hit Starship Pain ...
As he sets for it, Hornswoggle appears again and he stands on the ring steps.
Morrison is distracted and he exits the ring to chase Hornswoggle despite the protestations of the referee.
Hornswoggle runs round the ring and then into the ring where Morrison follows ...
BROGUE KICK FROM SHEAMUS!
Hornswoggle slides back under the ring with Morrison down and out.
Sheamus lifts Morrison up again and sets him up for the second time ...
HIGH CROSS FROM SHEAMUS TO JOHN MORRISON!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Sheamus (11:54)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... SHEAMUS!

As the referee holds Sheamus’ hand up high, Hornswoggle re-appears in the ring and he celebrates with his Irish friend. The referee looks down on Hornswoggle and attempts to speak to him but the little troll ignores him and continues to stay close to Sheamus. They leave the ring and the referee before heading up the ramp content that next week, Sheamus will face The Miz, a mystery opponent and the winner of tonight’s main event for a shot at the WWE Champion at Vengeance ...

The camera switches backstage where Matt Striker is chasing after Shawn Michaels as he heads for his office with a frown on his face. Striker catches him up and looks to speak to the RAW General Manager ...


MATT STRIKER: Can I have a quick word, Shawn?

SHAWN MICHAELS: Sure thing, Matt. What can I do for you?

MATT STRIKER: Shawn, I was wondering what the situation is with the superstar you suspended at the Survivor Series, Edge ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Edge is suspended until the night of the Vengeance pay-per-view where he will return to the WWE ...

MATT STRIKER: Have you spoken to him since Survivor Series?

SHAWN MICHAELS: I have nothing to say to Edge right now, Matt. He double crossed his RAW team, he double crossed his brand and cost us one of our biggest and best superstars in John Cena ... He has done nothing but complain about me, whether I have been anonymous or otherwise, and it is time that he learnt his lesson ...

MATT STRIKER: And when he returns at Vengeance?

SHAWN MICHAELS: I have no doubt that when he returns at Vengeance, he will have something to say, he usually does. But there will be further retribution for Edge when he does return, Matt. Not only will he have to face me, he will have to face his RAW team-mates who he let down at Survivor Series. Edge’s return will be far more unpleasant for him than his four week suspension is right now.

MATT STRIKER: Are you planning to further punish Edge when he returns?

HBK thinks carefully for a moment before replying ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Let’s just say ... that I ... won’t be looking on him favourably, shall we?

HBK smiles at Matt Striker, pats him on the shoulder and continues on his way as RAW heads into the final commercial break before the main event ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the Nexus locker room where Wade Barrett is stood with the newest member of the Nexus, Ezekiel Jackson. In the background are Heath Slater, David Otunga and Skip Sheffield but they are staring at the conversation happening before them ...

WADE BARRETT: Zeke, tonight is the most important match in your career so far. I allowed you a place in the Nexus and tonight, I need you to begin repaying my faith in you by defeating Randy Orton. I do not want to defend this ...

Barrett holds up the WWE Championship ...

WADE BARRETT: ... against Orton at Vengeance. Is that clear?

EZEKIEL JACKSON: That is clear, Wade. You can rely on me. Tonight, in my first match as a member of the Nexus, I will damage Randy Orton until he is defeated and beaten. He will be in no fit state to challenge for your title at Vengeance, Wade ...

WADE BARRETT: That’s good, Zeke. Make sure of it. Off you go, guys ...

The camera returns to the arena ...

*** VOICES ***



Out strides an intense looking Randy Orton who seems intent on earning himself another shot at the WWE Championship at Vengeance ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. On his way to the ring, weighing 245 pounds ... from St. Louis, Missouri ... RANDY ORTON!

The WWE Universe cheer loud for Orton who enters the ring and addresses them in the corner with his ‘Destiny’ pose before turning and staring up the ramp again ready for revenge on Ezekiel Jackson ...

JERRY LAWLER: I would not like to be Ezekiel Jackson right now, JR!

JIM ROSS: Orton looks ready to destroy him tonight!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Followed by Otunga, Slater and Sheffield, Ezekiel Jackson heads towards the ring with a Nexus t-shirt pulled tight over his bulging arms and chest ...

JERRY LAWLER: Wait a minute, what are they all out here for?

JIM ROSS: It looks like Randy Orton has more than just Ezekiel Jackson to worry about tonight ...

Jackson steps into the ring and the other three members of Nexus spread out around the ring giving Orton issues to contend with on all sides ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: His opponent, from Guyana, South America ... weighing 309 pounds ... EZEKIEL JACKSON!

EZEKIEL JACKSON vs. RANDY ORTON

Randy Orton starts out fast as he pummels the face of Ezekiel Jackson in the corner.
Orton takes Jackson down with a running power slam before starting to stomp on the limbs of Guyanan.
With Jackson in pain in the ring, the other Nexus members try to distract Orton but he doesn’t get involved.
Orton hits a belly-to-belly suplex to Jackson and then starts to prepare for the RKO ...
As Orton looks to spring, David Otunga manages to catch his foot and prevents Orton getting to Jackson ...
Jackson manages to hit a thunderous clothesline that crashes Orton down to the mat.
Ezekiel Jackson lifts Orton up and delays before hitting a vertical suplex that gets a 2-count.
Orton is struggling now as Jackson has control. A 2-handed Powerbomb from Jackson looks to have him beat.
Orton kicks out at 2 somehow and Jackson is frustrated.
He begins to hit powerslam after powerslam after powerslam to Randy Orton as he sets up for his big finish ...
With Orton limp, Jackson lifts him onto his shoulders for the Torture Rack.
Orton refuses to tap out though and eventually he manages to wriggle free.
Jackson goes back after Orton ... RKO!
RANDY ORTON HITS THE RKO TO EZEKIEL JACKSON!
David Otunga heads into the ring and he is met with an RKO as well.
In comes Heath Slater ... and he is hit with an RKO as well!
Skip Sheffield pauses on the ring apron and thinks better of getting into the ring ...
As he turns to get back down, Orton rushes over and pummels him hard in the skull.
Orton drags Sheffield head first through the ropes for his patented hanging DDT.
With all the outside members of Nexus down, Ezekiel Jackson gets to his feet and hits a ferocious clothesline to Orton.
With Orton down, it seems as if Jackson has regained control as he sets up for the Book of Ezekiel.
However, Orton counters with elbows and as Jackson turns round, Orton lifts him into the Olympic Slam.
Orton drops to his knees waiting for Jackson to get up ...
With the rest of Nexus out of the way, Orton can prepare and wait ...
RKO TO EZEKIEL JACKSON!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Randy Orton (8:36)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd explode with joy as Orton celebrates his victory over Ezekiel Jackson who is on his back in the centre of the ring ...



JIM ROSS: So, next week’s Number 1 contender Fatal Four Way match is set ... It will be The Miz, Randy Orton, Sheamus and a mystery man to battle for the right to face Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship at Vengeance!

JERRY LAWLER: And speaking of Wade Barrett ...

The WWE Champion walks out to the top of the ramp with the WWE Championship over his shoulder. Orton locks eyes on Barrett from the ring and he smirks at him knowingly ... But Barrett shakes his head at Orton and clearly states ‘This title is staying right here, Orton, where it belongs!’ before turning and walking away ... The camera zooms in on Orton as RAW is over for another week ...

********** END OF SHOW **********
GCB is offline  
post #46 of 133 (permalink) Old 07-29-2011, 08:43 AM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

*** TEDDY LONG HAS A HUGE ANNOUNCEMENT ***

SMACKDOWN General Manager Teddy Long has indicated that he will be opening the show with a huge announcement this week on SMACKDOWN. Nothing is know about the announcement although Long himself has informed WWE.com that it is an evening not to be missed and that this will be one of the greatest SMACKDOWN shows in history. What will this huge announcement be and how will it impact on the show tonight? Find out tonight on SMACKDOWN!

*** TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIPS ON THE LINE! ***

After their victory at Survivor Series last month, Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov are the new WWE Tag Team Champions. However, tonight is the night that the former champions, Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes get their rematch. After the interference of Mark Henry in their match at Survivor Series, Rhodes and McIntyre have been lobbying hard for Henry to be barred from ringside during the match. Will they get their wish? And will they be able to regain their Tag Team Championships?

*** CENA BACK ON SMACKDOWN! ***

After his ‘second debut’ on SMACKDOWN was ruined last week by the appearance of the Viper Randy Orton, John Cena is said to be seething over the actions of his former RAW team-mate. Cena’s loss at Survivor Series and subsequent actions on RAW meant that Randy Orton lost his WWE Championship to Wade Barrett and Orton took revenge on Cena’s first night on SMACKDOWN by crashing the World Title belt of Kane into the back of Cena. How will Cena respond tonight and will he have a message for the former WWE Champion?

*** PUNK AND BIG SHOW ARGUE OVER TITLE SHOT ***

Big Show captained Team SMACKDOWN to victory at Survivor Series; CM Punk was the man who actually outlasted the rest and secured the victory for Team SMACKDOWN at Survivor Series. Both men are claiming to be the Number 1 contender for Kane’s World Heavyweight Championship but it was promised to Big Show by Teddy Long before the Survivor Series event. Punk is demanding the chance to face Kane instead of Big Show but how will Teddy Long and the Big Show react tonight? Who will face Kane at Vengeance?

*** CONFIRMED ***

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP:
Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov (C) vs. Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes

*** JOIN US FOR FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN ***


===========================




FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
Live from Chapel Hill, North Carolina



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


The SMACKDOWN theme continues to ring out around the arena as the cameras pan round the arena and the various signs being held up by the WWE Universe. Michael Cole and Mick Foley are on the commentary as usual tonight and they begin to hype up tonight’s SMACKDOWN show ...

MICHAEL COLE: Two weeks away from the final pay-per-view of 2010, Vengence, SMACKDOWN rolls into North Carolina with a huge announcement due from the General Manager, Teddy Long ...

MICK FOLEY: There have been rumours swirling all day long about the GM’s announcement, Michael, but nobody seems to have any idea what it will be!

MICHAEL COLE: There’ve been lots of guesses but Mick Foley is right, nobody really knows ...

*** MACMILITANT ***



MICHAEL COLE: But maybe we’re about to find out?

MICK FOLEY: Oh yeah, SMACKDOWN is rolling, baby!

The smartly dressed General Manager of SMACKDOWN heads for the ring with a smile on his face and greeting the fans at ringside with a handshake or two. He gets into the ring and does a little jig before his music fades and Long is ready to address the WWE Universe with his huge announcement ...

TEDDY LONG: Ladies and Gentlemen, welcome to Friday Night SMACKDOWN, playas!

The crowd cheer for Teddy Long’s first comments before quietening down to hear his announcement ...

TEDDY LONG: Now there have been rumours swirling all day about me having some big news for tonight’s edition of SMACKDOWN ... And that is true. I do have a huge announcement to make.

More cheers from the WWE Universe ...

TEDDY LONG: So, I’ll not keep you in suspense any longer, playas. Tonight’s Friday Night SMACKDOWN is going to be all about the gold! Every major WWE championship currently on SMACKDOWN will be defended tonight!

The crowd go wild for the announcement which guarantees them a number of championship matches tonight and the chance to see title belts changing hands ...

TEDDY LONG: You already knew that the Tag Team Titles of Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov would be defended against SMACKDOWN’s Drew McIntyre and Cody Rhodes tonight ... But what other matches will you see?

Long smiles as the WWE Universe cheer him and urge him to let them know ...

TEDDY LONG: Well, playas, Layla will be defending the Divas Championship tonight ... against the sultry and sexy Alicia Fox ...

Slight pop from the WWE Universe ...

TEDDY LONG: There will be a rematch from Survivor Series as Alberto Del Rio defends the Intercontinental Championship ... against Evan ‘Air’ Bourne!

Loud cheers for the decision to give Evan Bourne another shot at the Intercontinental Title of Del Rio ...

TEDDY LONG: And that brings me on to the World Heavyweight Championship ...

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



CM Punk wanders out onto the stage and heads down towards the ring with a suspicious look in his eyes ...

TEDDY LONG: Great timing, playa ...

CM PUNK: Is it, Teddy? Let me guess, you’re going to give Big Show a shot at Kane’s title, tonight, here live on SMACKDOWN, playas ...

Punk climbs into the ring and stands opposite the SMACKDOWN General Manager with a look of annoyance on his face ...

CM PUNK: At Survivor Series, Teddy, I carried the SMACKDOWN team to victory, it was me who gave you the chance to draft John Cena over here. And what thanks do I get? Nothing. The Big Show, that joke of a SMACKDOWN team captain, gets the title shot whilst I ... CM Punk ... the greatest wrestler in the world ... I get to sit in the back and watch, right?

TEDDY LONG: Now, Punk, patience is a virtue, playa. If you give me a chance, I’ll tell you what is going to go down tonight.

CM PUNK: Go ahead then ...

TEDDY LONG: You’re right, tonight, we will see a World Heavyweight Championship match between the World Champion, Kane ... and the World’s Largest Athlete, the captain of Team SMACKDOWN, the Big Show ...

Cheers from the WWE Universe ... but CM Punk looks unimpressed ...

CM PUNK: What a surprise! Kane and the Big Show ...

TEDDY LONG: Like I said before, Punk, patience is a virtue. Whoever wins that match tonight, be it Kane or the Big Show, will defend it again tonight immediately ...

Punk gets a twisted smile on his face ...

TEDDY LONG: You see, playa, I hear ya. I don’t agree with how you claim it but you’re right, you did win the Survivor Series match for SMACKDOWN. You do deserve a shot at the World Championship ...

CM PUNK: So I get to face the winner?

TEDDY LONG: Not exactly. You might get to face the winner, playa. You see, you will have a match in a minute ... and if you win that match, you will face the World Heavyweight Champion, whether that be Kane or the Big Show, in the final match of tonight’s SMACKDOWN ... for the World Heavyweight Championship!

CM PUNK: Teddy, I don’t see why I should have to earn a shot at the title tonight first ... I won the match at Survivor Series ...

TEDDY LONG: And while that may be true, playa, there is one other man who performed admirably at Survivor Series for Team SMACKDOWN as well. Another man who has been fighting hard for a chance to become the World Heavyweight Champion for months now. Tonight, CM Punk, right now in fact, you will face ... this man!

*** S.O.S. ***



Kofi Kingston comes bounding out onto the stage and hits the ‘Boom! Boom! Boom!’ as the pyro explodes around him ...

MICHAEL COLE: What a huge announcement from Teddy Long! Four championships on the line tonight, five championship matches! And we start with CM Punk and Kofi Kingston fighting just to be in one of those championship matches!

MICK FOLEY: Amazing decision from our General Manager ... Holla!

MICHAEL COLE: And that match is next ... on Friday Night SMACKDOWN!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with CM Punk and Kofi Kingston in the ring with a referee and the ring announcer, Tony Chimel, both men ready for action ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and will determine the Number 1 contender for the World Heavyweight Championship in our final match of the night ... Introducing first, from Chicago, Illinois, weighing 222 pounds ... CM PUNK!

Loud boos around the arena as Punk is introduced but it doesn’t faze the Straight Edge superstar as he concentrates on his opponent across the ring ...

TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, from Ghana, West Africa ... weighing 221 pounds ... KOFI KINGSTON!

Loud cheers for Kofi Kingston as Chimel exits the ring to allow the match to begin ...

CM PUNK vs. KOFI KINGSTON

Punk and Kofi circle each other for a moment before locking up in the centre of the ring, both very well matched strength wise and size wise. Punk breaks the lock up by launching a kick to the thigh of Kofi and he follows this up with several more well placed Muay Thai kicks that push Kofi Kingston back towards the corner of the ring. Punk whips the Ghanaian to the opposite corner and charges over looking for his patented high knee but Kofi catches him coming in and tosses him away to the side. Kofi springboards from the middle corner rope to hit a Tornado DDT to Punk whose head bounces hard off the mat. Kofi goes for the first cover of the evening ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* CM Punk kicks out *


As Punk gets to his feet, Kofi drops back and allows him to get up before hitting a drop kick to the chest of the Straight Edge superstar that sends him staggering back through the middle ropes and down to the outside ... As Punk stumbles back up to his feet outside the ring, Kofi sets off to the ropes and flies back across the ring where he dives through the ropes out towards Punk. The Suicide Dive catches Punk flush and drives him back into the barricades where both men lay in a crumpled heap for a moment before Kofi gets to his feet pumped up and determined to earn the title match later that evening. He slides back into the ring as the referee continues to count out CM Punk ...

* 6 *
* 7 *
* 8 *
* 9 *
* Punk rolls back into the ring just in time *


Punk props himself up in the corner and this allows Kofi to regain control as he jumps onto his shoulders and drives his fist into the head of Punk over and over. However, Punk is clever and he grabs Kofi whilst he is on his shoulders and lifts him up before dropping him down with a powerbomb. Kofi’s back and shoulders hit the mat and Punk follows down to hold on for the pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi kicks out *


Both men take a few seconds to get back to their feet but it is Punk now with the advantage as he lifts Kofi up for a powerslam. He drives Kofi down dangerously onto the back of his shoulders with the Falcon Suplex before covering the African for a second time ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi manages to escape again *


Punk is unperturbed by these kickouts and he shoots Kofi off into the ropes once more before catching him coming back and hitting a beautiful Backbreaker over his own knee that leaves Kofi writhing in pain on the mat. Another cover from CM Punk ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi counters the pin *


Kofi rolls Punk over onto his shoulders and looks to hold him down instead ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Punk kicks out *


Punk looks annoyed as he gets up and he runs over to Kofi and hits a stiff boot to the chest of his opponent that sends him back down to the mat before he can get back up. He drags Kofi up and shoots him off into the corner hard before heading back over to hit a clothesline ... However, Kofi catches him coming in with a big boot to the jaw and Punk is stunned which allows Kofi to hit a second Tornado DDT from the corner. Kofi goes for the pinfall eager to get the match finished and won ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Punk grabs the bottom rope *


Kofi Kingston climbs to the top rope as Punk gets back to his feet and goes for a Diving Crossbody ... Kofi gets really high but fails to hit the target as Punk avoids the contact and Kofi hits the mat with a crash and the crowd groan for their favourite. Punk drags Kofi up by the hair and tosses him through the ropes to the outside before following him outside. Punk looks around dastardly and he decides that the best thing to do would be to whip Kofi back first into the steel ring steps which leaves Kofi sat down and dazed as Punk smirks to himself and the fans at ringside and SMACKDOWN heads into a commercial break ...


********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with CM Punk still on the offensive and in control of the match now. Michael Cole introduces a replay of Punk hitting the double underarm backbreaker over the barricades instead of his knee. Punk is stood in the ring smirking whilst Kofi struggles back towards the ring and the referee counts him out ...

* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* Kofi rolls back in at 8 *


Punk waits for Kofi to start to get to his feet in the corner before hitting the shining wizard kick to the head of Kofi who is flattened on the mat once again. CM Punk, sensing that he has the title shot won, hooks the leg and goes for the pin again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi kicks out again *


CM Punk stands up smirking and he signals that it is time for Kofi to go to sleep by holding his hands beside his head ... The crowd jeer and boo Punk but he isn’t bothered and he drags Kofi up to his feet and lifts him up onto his shoulders ... The crowd yell for Kofi to escape and he realises what is happening just in time as Punk looks to hit the GTS. Kofi manages to escape behind Punk and he hits the ropes looking to catch Punk by surprise but Punk is wise to it and catches Kofi in a powerslam off the ropes. Another pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kofi kicks out again *


As Kofi staggers up into the corner, CM Punk sees another chance and rushes over towards him. This time, Punk hits the high knee to Kofi’s jaw before holding on and delivering a superb bulldog that plants Kofi back down on the mat and in real trouble. Punk thinks about the pinfall again but then appears to have a change of heart as he goes for the Anaconda Vice submission hold ... Kofi tries to fight out of it but Punk manages to lock the submission hold in and it appears that Kofi’s race is run! Will Kofi Kingston tap out? Kofi struggles and scratches and claws his way towards the ropes but appears to be losing the will to fight out ... somehow, he manages to find one last bit of energy and he makes the bottom rope to the delight of the WWE Universe. Punk jumps straight to his feet and releases the hold – suspiciously – and it becomes clear that he intends to hit the GTS this time. He lifts Kofi up but Kofi fights out of it and pushes Punk away before hitting a drop kick that takes him down. Both men are down and Kofi has chance to make a recovery now ...

As both men get to their feet slowly, Kofi manages to grab Punk and he shoots him off towards the ropes. Punk ducks as Kofi looks to hit a clothesline but Kofi readjusts and lifts Punk up high as he comes back. As Punk drops, Kofi twists and hits the Swiss Death ... crashing Punk’s jaw down onto Kofi’s shoulder. The crowd roar for the move and Kofi goes to cover Punk for the win ... but Punk manages to wisely roll out of the ring to the outside instead. Kofi uses the ropes to propel himself over the top and hits a Plancha to Punk on the outside before heading back into the ring and allowing the referee to count Punk out ...

* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* 8 *
* Punk is back in the ring just in time at 9 *


Kofi sets himself in the corner and begins clapping his hands together and the WWE Universe are now on their feet in anticipation. As Punk whirls around to face him, Kofi spins around and goes for the Trouble in Paradise finisher but Punk manages to duck and avoids the contact. Punk tries to counter and lifts Kofi up onto his shoulders for the GTS ... but Kofi again fights out and avoids it. Punk is confused and turns round ... TROUBLE IN PARADISE! Kofi Kingston catches CM Punk perfectly with the Trouble in Paradise ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Punk kicks out! *


The WWE Universe urge Kofi on with a ‘Let’s go, Kofi!’ chant that echoes around the arena. It inspires Kofi to press on and he hits the Boom Drop on CM Punk before heading for the top ropes in the corner of the ring. The crowd cheer him on enthusiastically and Kofi jumps on before hitting a picture perfect missile dropkick from the top rope. Punk is down and maybe out as Kofi goes for the cover once more ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Punk gets the shoulder out and is hanging on *


Kofi steps back and prepares as Punk struggles back up in real trouble. As he does, Kofi grabs Punk once more and sets up for the SOS ... Can he hit it? Yes, SOS! Kofi Kingston hits the SOS on CM Punk, has he done enough?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Punk kicks out again! *


Kofi Kingston cannot believe it but the referee indicates that even though his hand grazed the mat for the three, Punk kicked out just in the nick of time. Kofi nods his head in understanding and looks determined to win the match. He heads for the top rope again and the crowd are encouraging him, right behind him ... Kofi goes for the highest Diving Crossbody you’ll ever see now ... but Punk drops down and avoids it and Kofi crashes down hard onto the mat instead. Punk is quick as a hiccup and he locks in the Anaconda Vice for the second time tonight ... Kofi struggles but Punk has been weakened and his resistance is less this time. Kofi manages to get to the ropes and the referee orders Punk to break the hold but he refuses, holding on for the maximum amount of time allowed. Punk argues with the referee now and allows Kofi time to recover ...

As Punk turns around, Kofi is ready and he goes for the Trouble in Paradise for the second time but again Punk manages to avoid the contact. More Muay Thai kicks from CM Punk send Kofi down to one knee and Punk crashes his foot round into the head of Kofi. Kofi staggers to the corner and uses the ropes to pull himself up. Punk follows but Kofi pushes him away and lifts himself to the middle rope ... Punk is too quick though and he follows Kofi up before hitting the Frankensteiner from the middle rope and leaving Kofi helpless in the centre of the ring. Punk drags Kofi up once more and sets up to hit the GTS ... He lifts Kofi onto his shoulders ... GO TO SLEEP! CM Punk hits the GTS on Kofi Kingston ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: CM Punk (13:39)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... CM PUNK!

As the crowd boo and applaud in equal measures, CM Punk rolls out of the ring leaving Kofi Kingston holding his head in disappointment ... He was so close to kicking out of the GTS there! Punk smirks as he backs away up the ramp ...

MICHAEL COLE: A hard fought battle between two of SMACKDOWN’s young stars, the future of the brand ... But tonight, CM Punk just about wins it and will go on to challenge for the World Heavyweight Championship tonight!

MICK FOLEY: Oh my, Michael Cole, CM Punk vs. Kane or CM Punk vs. Big Show for the title. What an amazing night this is going to be!

The camera switches to Teddy Long’s office where Teddy Long has his back to the camera as he speaks on the telephone. Behind him stands the Big Red Monster, Kane, with the World Heavyweight Championship around his waist but looking majorly unhappy ... Long turns round and sees him before dropping his mobile phone in shock ...

KANE: Teddy Long, you have just made the biggest mistake of your life.

TEDDY LONG: What? Oh ... Kane ... Look ... I’m err ... Kane ... Please ...

KANE: Save it, Teddy, I don’t want to hear your excuses. I am the World Champion and I am not happy with you. First of all, you punish me at Survivor Series by making me defend my World Heavyweight Championship in a Triple Threat Ladder Match ... then you make me face John Cena last week on SMACKDOWN ... and this week, I have to defend my title twice? Against Big Show and then CM Punk?

TEDDY LONG: I’m just ... err trying to ... entertain the erm ... WWE Universe ...

KANE: I don’t care about the WWE Universe, Teddy Long, all I care about is this ...

Kane lifts his World Championship high above Long’s head ...

KANE: ... and if I lose it tonight ... there will be hell to pay for you, Teddy Long. Hell to pay.

Kane turns around and walks out of the office leaving Long looking terrified ...

MICHAEL COLE: Oh my god, what a mistake Teddy Long might have made tonight!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with a replay from last Monday’s RAW ...

Quote:
Originally Posted by MondayNightRaw
*** LONGHORN ***



John Bradshaw Layfield – also known as JBL – heads out to the ring waving his cowboy hat around and smiling inanely to show off his perfect white teeth. Dressed in a business suit, JBL shakes hands with members of the WWE Universe as he approaches the ring. Once in the ring, he salutes the crowd who give him a decent reception despite his murky past in the WWE ...

JBL: Richmond, Virginia ... You are truly blessed! You are blessed because you are in the presence of me, John Bradshaw Layfield, a multi-millionaire and a wrestling god! You can, for a few short minutes, forget all about your meaningless lives, your struggles to pay the rent and the grocery bill, you can find time to look up at me in this ring and realise that here is a man who has been successful in every thing he has done. I am here for you to aspire to ... I am here to show you that life can be good ... very good in fact.

The WWE Universe are now booing JBL as he belittles them ...

JBL: And in a few short weeks, four WWE superstars will be looking up to the great JBL as well. It will be NXT Season 3 and four wrestlers will attempt to follow in my footsteps. True, they need to save their jobs first of all ... But when they are safe in the WWE, they can be inspired, they can follow their dreams with the knowledge and the wisdom from the great JBL in their minds ... But there are four more wrestlers who won’t be so lucky. There are four more men who will be mentored in the NXT competition by another so-called legend of the WWE. These four men will not get the advice and the inspiration they so desperately crave ... because they will not be mentored by me, the great JBL, the longest reigning champion in SMACKDOWN history.

More boos and jeers for JBL as the crowd in Richmond begin to grow impatient ... ready to find out who the second mentor is ...

JBL: The week after Vengeance, NXT will begin ... And at WrestleMania 27, one of the chosen few, one of Team JBL will be victorious ... Because I am a mentor who gets results ... and the other mentor ... whoever they may be ... will never ever be in the same league as JBL ...



The crowd explodes as the arena lights flash and the spotlights on the cameras pop and then, striding out as only he can, comes the ‘Great One’ of the WWE, the ‘most electrifying man in sports entertainment,’ the one and the only Rock ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome the second ‘WWE Legend’ mentor for NXT Season 3 ... THE ROCK!

Screams and cheers continue around the arena as The Rock heads down the ramp and into the ring. As Rock climbs into the ring, he glances at JBL who looks unhappy to see him, before heading for the corner to raise his arm and sniff the air ... Can you smell it? Eventually, Rock is handed a microphone and he stands in the ring facing JBL ready to talk as only he can ... A loud ‘Rocky! Rocky!’ chant begins in the arena and the smile appears on the face of the Rock as the crowd chant his name. JBL shakes his head and says something to the Rock that shocks him back into focus ... Rock shakes his head with a smile ... He drops the microphone ...

ROCK BOTTOM TO JBL!


Rock stands over JBL as the crowd cheer and raises his hand ... The crowd are willing him on now and Rock seems eager to please as he sets up for the ‘Peoples Elbow’ now instead. He performs his moves, hits both ropes and then drops the elbow into the chest of JBL who doubles up in pain as Rock straightens his sunglasses and picks up his microphone ...

THE ROCK: Finally ... ... The Rock ... has come back ... to the WWE!

The crowd explode once more as Rock drops the microphone and his music hits in the arena again. Rock acknowledges the crowd again before leaving the ring to a standing ovation ... The Rock has returned to the WWE and he will mentor four WWE superstars on NXT Season 3!
MICHAEL COLE: NXT Season 3 starts in the first week of 2011, Mick, and with the Wrestling God, JBL and the Most Electrifying Man in Sports Entertainment, The Rock as the mentors ... my, that could be interesting!

MICK FOLEY: It’ll be more than interesting, Michael, eight WWE superstars who have lost their way, their last chance to save their WWE careers ... and after the Rock Bottom and the People’s Elbow on Monday night, I don’t expect JBL will be playing fairly in the coming weeks!

MICHAEL COLE: No doubt about it, JBL will be desperate to win now! And we’ve been told that this Monday on RAW, both JBL and The Rock will be live in Greensborough, North Carolina to be introduced to their first team members.

MICK FOLEY: Guaranteed fireworks on Monday night then, Cole!

MICHAEL COLE: Also on Monday Night RAW this week, Wade Barrett will find out his opponent for Vengeance. Will Randy Orton earn the chance to challenge for the title? Or will Sheamus show he is ready to be champion again? Maybe the mystery superstar that HBK has put in the match can get the win? Or will my pick, the awesome Miz, show that he doesn’t need Money in the Bank to get the WWE Championship around his waist?

*** DESTINY ***



MICHAEL COLE: And speaking of champions, here comes the Intercontinental Champion!

A car horn is heard and at the side of the stage appears a shiny convertible Merecedes with the Intercontinental Champion, Alberto Del Rio, driving ... Sat beside him in the passenger seat is his personal ring announcer, Ricardo Rodriguez, and as Del Rio leaves the car, with the title belt in his hand, Rodriguez begins his introduction ...

RICARDO RODRIGUEZ: Las damas y caballeros, es mi gran honor de introducir a usted aquí, un hombre de gran realeza, un hombre con una inteligencia superior, él es el Campeón Intercontinental, él es ... ALBERTO DEL RRRRRRRIIIIIIOOOOOO!

Gold sparks fall from above as Del Rio poses on the ramp with the Intercontinental Championship around his waist ... He smiles wide and then heads for the ring with his usual confidence where he is handed a microphone ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: My name ... My name is Alberto Del Rio ... but you already know that! You also know that I am the Intercontinental Champion ... and at Survivor Series two weeks ago, I defended my title against that little pendejo, Evan Bourne. I easily beat him but tonight, Teddy Long thinks we need another match so I can show that I am el major hombre once again ...

*** BOURNE TO WIN ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and is for the Intercontinental Championship! Introducing the challenger, from St. Louis, Missouri, weighing 183 pounds ... EVAN ‘AIR’ BOURNE!

Bourne comes out with a huge smile on his face whilst Del Rio looks annoyed about being interrupted by the challenger for his title. Bourne races down to the ring as usual when Del Rio attacks him immediately ... The referee clears the ring and rings the bell to get the match started ...

INTERCONTINENTAL CHAMPIONSHIP: ALBERTO DEL RIO (C) vs. EVAN BOURNE

Del Rio hits forearms viciously over and over into the side of Bourne’s head and then stands up and leaves him crumpled on the mat still wearing his entrance attire. Del Rio smirks at the boos and jeers he is receiving before heading over to Bourne once more and hitting a scoop slam to the small superstar. Another scoop slam follows as Alberto displays his early dominance and then he mocks the WWE Universe by holding his hands out wide and making a money, money, money gesture before laughing out loud. Del Rio mocks Bourne struggling up from the early assault he has received but he is taking far too much time and Bourne suddenly hits a drop kick to the knee of Del Rio. Ripping his shirt off, Bourne looks to hit a series of kicks to the shoulders and chest of Del Rio but he swats him away before hitting a clothesline to Bourne in temper. Del Rio did not appreciate being made to look silly there by Evan Bourne ...

Bourne staggers to the corner and this allows Del Rio to hit his trademark Enzuguri to the side of his temple before he grabs Bourne round the waist and hits a perfect German Suplex. Holding onto Bourne’s waist for the pinfall, Del Rio looks to end the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Bourne kicks out *


Del Rio drags Bourne up to his feet and shoots him off into the ropes before lifting him high and crashing him down into a hard hitting spinebuster. With Bourne down once more, Del Rio goes for the cover but Bourne immediately counter the pinfall into one of his own, rolling Del Rio back onto his shoulders ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Del Rio powers out *


Bourne takes control for a moment with a standing drop kick that staggers Del Rio back into the ropes and then takes him down with a series of kicks and punches. With Del Rio down on his back, Bourne hits a standing moonsault and then covers Del Rio for the pin. Can he win the Intercontinental Championship here?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Del Rio kicks out *


Alberto Del Rio sensibly exits the ring and gets out of the way of Bourne but the little man follows him out of the ring to continue the assault. The referee orders both men to get back into the ring and Bourne obeys but Del Rio refuses and argues with the referee. As Bourne gestures to Del Rio to get back into the ring, the Mexican leaps up onto the ring apron and argues with his challenger as well. Bourne looks to drag him back into the ring but Del Rio is smart and he grabs Bourne’s arm and drops it down over the top rope, snapping it on the rope to leave Bourne writhing in pain on the mat. Del Rio smells blood and he gets back into the ring and drags Bourne up by the arm before hitting a double knee arm breaker. Del Rio is clearly setting Bourne up for his Cross Arm Breaker finisher as he stomps hard on the upper arm and elbow ... Bourne is in pain and Del Rio senses a chance. He tries to lock in the Cross Arm Breaker on the mat but Bourne is quick and dodges the bullet by rolling away quickly. As Del Rio goes after him, Bourne leaps up and hits an Enzuguri of his own to the Mexican and to the delight of the WWE Universe who are urging him on.

With Del Rio down near the corner, there is only one thing now on Evan Bourne’s mind and he begins to climb the ropes ready to go for his big finisher! The crowd are cheering and shouting as Bourne sails off the top rope, up and over ... AIR BOURNE? No, Del Rio gets the knees up and Bourne crash lands over the Mexican’s knees. Del Rio gets to his feet and hits another scoop powerslam but looks a bit frustrated now that Bourne has hit a little offence. Del Rio speaks to Ricardo Rodriguez and allows Bourne, yet again, time to recover ... As Bourne gets up though, Del Rio approaches him from behind and hits a jumping back suplex that crashes Bourne down to the mat. Del Rio goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Bourne kicks out! *


Evan Bourne is showing plenty of heart but Del Rio seems to be inches away from catching him and winning the match. Bourne again escapes the Cross Arm Breaker as Del Rio tries to lock it in and he heads for the ropes looking for a big move to try and win the title. As he does though, Ricardo catches his leg and Bourne is tripped up. Annoyed, Bourne remonstrates with Rodriguez before aiming a kick through the ropes at Del Rio’s sidekick. Catching him on the back of his head, Rodriguez hits the deck to the crowd and Bourne’s delight. Bourne turns round though and Del Rio grabs him. ROLLING CROSS ARM BREAKER! Del Rio has Bourne locked up in the Cross Arm Breaker ... Will Evan Bourne tap out?

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: Alberto Del Rio (Submission – 5:37)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... and still Intercontinental Champion ... ALBERT DEL RIO!

Despite the bell and the announcement, Del Rio refuses to let go of the hold and keeps Evan Bourne locked in the Cross Arm Breaker ... Evan is screaming out in pain and the referee gives Del Rio a 5-count to release Bourne or be disqualified ... At 4 and a half, Del Rio releases Bourne and jumps up all smiles ... He is handed a microphone by Ricardo and he proceeds to address the WWE Universe once again ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: My name is Alberto Del Rio ... and I am still the Intercontinental Champion ... but you already knew that!

The crowd boo and jeer as Del Rio wags his finger at them ...

ALBERTO DEL RIO: Now I am tired of facing el idiota like this. I want un verdadero desafío, a real challenge for my Intercontinental Championship ... So I am challenging the SMACKDOWN locker room ... If anybody thinks that they can beat me, come out here and let the world know ...

Del Rio drops the microphone and goes after Bourne once more ... He locks in the Cross Arm Breaker and Bourne taps out once more in a great deal of pain ... Del Rio refuses to break the hold and seems intent on sending a message out to the locker room that he is to be feared ...

MICK FOLEY: This is ridiculous, Michael, Del Rio isn’t proving anything with this ...

MICHAEL COLE: Are you kidding me, Mick? He is showing everybody in the WWE that they should be wary of getting into the ring with him. Do you see how many people there are out here to challenge him right now?

Del Rio pulls and pulls at Bourne who is now in danger of passing out with the pain when all of a sudden, a challenger is revealed ...

*** SOMEBODIES GONNA’ GET THEIR ASS KICKED ***



The crowd cheer as Mark Henry makes his way towards the ring looking angry with the treatment of his friend, Evan Bourne. He charges into the ring and Alberto Del Rio releases Bourne and slides out of the ring and rushes away up the ramp as the World’s Strongest Man checks in on his friend. With Bourne in a great deal of pain, Henry picks up Del Rio’s microphone and addresses the champion ...

MARK HENRY: If you want a challenger for your title, Del Rio, how about you pick on somebody bigger than you? Somebody like ... the World’s Strongest Man?

The crowd cheer but Del Rio stands on the stage smirking and shaking his head. Ricardo hands him his title back and the Mexican holds it up high as he stares into the ring at Mark Henry and shakes his finger at him. Henry resumes looking after Bourne as the EMT’s arrive at ringside ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with Mark Henry and the EMT’s helping Evan Bourne out of the arena on a stretcher ...

MICHAEL COLE: Mark Henry looks furious, Mick ...

MICK FOLEY: No doubt, I think that Del Rio just made a huge mistake, Cole.

MICHAEL COLE: Will Del Rio accept Mark Henry’s challenge for the Intercontinental Championship?

The cameras switch to Teddy Long’s office where Christian is facing the SMACKDOWN General Manager ...

TEDDY LONG: I’m sorry, playa, but you had your chance at Survivor Series and you didn’t get it done. There are so many top superstars here on SMACKDOWN now that I had to make some decisions that weren’t popular ...

CHRISTIAN: I appreciate that, Teddy, but at Survivor Series, I was this close ...

Christian shows how close he was with his finger and thumb ...

CHRISTIAN: ... to taking the belt and being the new World Champion. I deserve another chance at winning the title, Teddy.

TEDDY LONG: I’ll tell you what, playa, here’s what I’m gonna’ do. If you can prove to me over the next few weeks that you are worthy of a title shot ...

Shouts from off camera are heard to interrupt Teddy Long and Christian looks up annoyed ... Matt Hardy appears in the office alongside Long and Christian ...

MATT HARDY: Teddy, Christian is right. He was so close to winning the World Championship at Survivor Series ... but he seems to be forgetting something. I was closer. If anybody deserves another shot at the title, Teddy, it is me.

CHRISTIAN: Matt, I’m getting fed up of this, man. You were only in the World Championship match at Survivor Series because Kane didn’t let me finish you off on SMACKDOWN. I know that you’ve been here a long time, just like me, but Matt, I’m the one that deserves the title. Not you. You’re just ... you’re just not good enough!

A loud, audible ‘Ooh!’ goes around the arena as Matt stares into Christian’s eyes ...

MATT HARDY: With all due respect, Christian, you’re wrong. I am going to win the World Heavyweight Championship, that is a fact. I came back to the WWE so that I could achieve my life goal and nobody, not even you, is going to stop me.

CHRISTIAN: Is that a fact?

Both men start to square up to each other but Teddy Long gets between them and prevents an incident ...

TEDDY LONG: Gentlemen, no, please, not in my office and not on my show. If you want a shot at the title, you are going to have to prove to me that you deserve it. Starting next week on SMACKDOWN, I am challenging you both to prove to me that you are World Heavyweight Champion material. If you do, I will give you a title shot.

Christian and Matt Hardy look into each other’s eyes once more and then a look of understanding appears between them ...

MATT HARDY: That sounds good to me, Teddy. Christian ...

Hardy holds his hand out to Christian ...

MATT HARDY: May the best man win.

Christian takes Matt’s hand and shakes it ...

CHRISTIAN: May the best man win.

The camera returns to the ringside area ...

*** NASTY GIRL ***



TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and is for the Divas Championship. Introducing first, from London, England ... LAYLA!

Layla, back with her old theme song since her split from Michelle McCool, heads out for the ring with a smile on her face and to a positive reception for once. She waves and smiles at the WWE Universe and then holds her Divas Championship high for all to see ...

*** SHAKE YO’TAIL ***



TONY CHIMEL: Her opponent and challenger, from Ponte Vedra Beach, Florida ... ALICIA FOX!

Alicia Fox heads out shaking her ass so the feathers shake as she heads for the ring with a look of determination on her face. She gets into the ring and stares at Layla before shaking her head in disgust at the change in Layla since leaving Michelle McCool ...

MICHAEL COLE: A great chance for Alicia Fox to take the Divas Title here tonight, Mick ...

MICK FOLEY: It sure is but I’d like to see Layla keep the title for a little while yet, Cole, she did well to retain it at Survivor Series against her former best friend Michelle McCool.

MICHAEL COLE: Michelle McCool, now a member of the RAW roster after that loss, with Layla over here defending the title on SMACKDOWN for now.

DIVAS CHAMPIONSHIP: LAYLA (C) vs. ALICIA FOX

An even contest where both Divas give it their all. Alicia Fox takes charge early in the match as she drives Layla down to the mat with a spear-like move and slams the back of the champion’s head down onto the mat over and over. Fox continues to dominate as she kicks and slaps Layla around before heading for the top rope. A diving crossbody from Alicia gets her a 2 count and a near fall in her pursuit of the title but it appears to be a wake up call for the champion as she catches Alicia coming in and rolls her up for a 2 count. Layla hits a clothesline on the challenger and follows this up with a snapmare before drop kicking a sat up Alicia Fox ... Another 2 count for Layla. Both ladies now get into a cat-fight as they roll around fighting on the mat but Alicia manages to get the upper hand and shoots Layla into the ropes before hitting a tilt-a-whirl backbreaker that looks to have Layla down and beaten. Alicia goes for the cover and gets another 2 count ... She steps back waiting for Layla to get to her feet ... As Layla gets up, Fox goes for the Scissors Kick as she seeks to win the title but Layla sees it coming and dodges. Layla grabs hold of Alicia Fox and sets up for the neckbreaker ... LAYOUT! Layla hits the Layout on Alicia Fox!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Layla (3:54)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... and still Divas Champion ... LAYLA!

Alicia Fox heads out of the ring looking disappointed as the lovely Layla celebrates another successful defence of her Divas Championship by holding it up high for the WWE Universe to see ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with the music of the Tag Team Champions playing ...

*** LA VITORIA E MIA ***



TONY CHIMEL: The following contest is set for one fall and it is for the WWE Tag Team Championship! Introducing first, weighing in at a combined total of 529 pounds ... they are the WWE Tag Team Champions ... SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Santino and Kozlov hold their Tag Team Championship belts up high for the SMACKDOWN crowd to see before the music changes and their challengers head for the ring ...

*** SMOKE AND MIRRORS ***



TONY CHIMEL: The challengers, weighing a combined total of 479 pounds ... DREW McINTYRE & ‘DASHING’ CODY RHODES!

The challengers head for the ring looking confident and ‘Dashing’ Cody Rhodes is carrying an envelope in his hand as they head down the ramp. As they enter the ring, Rhodes hands the envelope to the referee and then prepares for the match. The referee reads the letter and then speaks to Tony Chimel ...

TONY CHIMEL: : Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that – by orders of the RAW General Manager, Shawn Michaels ... and the SMACKDOWN General Manager, Teddy Long – if any other WWE superstar interferes in this match, they will automatically be suspended from the WWE!

MICHAEL COLE: That is a great call from the General Managers ... The only reason that Drew and Cody lost the titles in the first place was due to that idiot, Mark Henry, showing up and distracting them!

MICK FOLEY: After the actions of a certain Mr. Del Rio earlier tonight, I think Mark Henry will be more interested in the health and well being of his friend than this title match ...

MICHAEL COLE: Well, Mick, I am very interested in this match and I fully expect Drew and Cody to regain their titles tonight!

MICK FOLEY: You should never ever underestimate the team of Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov, Cole, they have proven time and time again that they are a great tag team!

TAG TEAM CHAMPIONSHIP: SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV (C) vs. CODY RHODES & DREW McINTYRE

Drew McIntyre and Vladimir Kozlov are in the ring to start the match and the pair of them lock up whilst Cody Rhodes and Santino Marella wait on the apron for the tag from their partners when needed. Kozlov uses the Fireman’s Carry to take Drew down to the mat where he places a knee in the Scotsman’s back and uses a facelock to pull back against it. With Drew struggling against the knee of Kozlov, Santino cheers on his partner but Drew scrambles back to his feet and Kozlov is forced to take some action. A Belly to Belly Suplex is hit on McIntyre and the crowd cheer. Drew is disorientated and Kozlov traps his arms and hits the headbutts over and over to McIntyre’s chest before allowing him to drop to the mat clutching his chest in pain. Kozlov tags in Santino Marella who uses a spin kick to trip McIntyre as he gets back up ... Cover from Santino Marella ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Drew kicks out *


Santino locks McIntyre up for a Side Russian Leg Sweep but decides to hit an STO by dropping the Scot forward onto his face instead. With the momentum on his side, Santino hits the ropes and saluting looks to drop the headbutt on McIntyre. However, he misses as Drew moves out of the way and makes the tag to Cody Rhodes. A Russian Leg Sweep from Cody takes down Santino and he then follows up with a front facelock which is lifted into a suplex to the Italian. Cody goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino kicks out *


Cody Rhodes tags Drew McIntyre back into the match and then holds Santino up so the Scotsman can deliver stinging slaps to the face of the Italian. The referee orders Cody out of the ring as Drew continues to slap Santino until suddenly Marella snaps and slaps Drew back hard. A kick to the gut from Drew stops Santino and he hits a snap suplex to quieten the crowd back down. In control, Drew hits the Scot Drop leg sweep and crashes Santino down face first into the mat before going for the cover and hooking the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino escapes again *


Drew tags in Cody Rhodes once more, quick tags from the challengers as they look to wear down Santino Marella and secure themselves the Tag Team Championships for the second time. Cody hits a Silverspoon DDT, quickly dropping Santino onto the mat, before making a cover of his own ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Santino just manages to kick out *


Cody Rhodes drags Santino back to his feet and glares at the Russian Kozlov on the apron as if daring him to come in and interfere. Rhodes lifts Santino up onto his shoulders ready to hit the Alabama Slam but Rhodes is distracted by Kozlov threatening to come in and Santino wriggles down his back and rolls him up for a surprise pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cody Rhodes kicks out *


Annoyed, Cody springs off the ropes looking for the Beautiful Disaster kick but Santino ducks it and pounces on a stumbling Rhodes with a heavy right hand ... With Rhodes confused, Santino hits a Superkick which has the WWE Universe cheering loud. However, Santino cannot capitalise and he falls down instead of making the cover. The Italian decides to head to his corner instead and he tags in Kozlov who comes in like a ball of fire. A Big Boot to Cody Rhodes sends him crashing down to the floor in the corner where Drew McIntyre tags himself in ... As he rushes over to Kozlov, he is hit with an arm drag and Kozlov locks in the Arm Bar that causes Drew to cry out in pain. Fighting up, Drew manages to get to his feet and breaks the hold but Kozlov shoots him into the ropes ... Fallaway Slam by Vladimir Kozlov! Goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* McIntyre just kicks out in time *


As both men get back up, Drew pushes Santino off the apron and down to the floor in temper but Kozlov is having none of it. He locks Drew in a headlock and then hits the Northern Lights Suplex whilst holding on for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cody rushes over and breaks the pin in time *


The referee orders Cody out of the ring and Kozlov goes after him ... The referee stops Kozlov who turns his focus back on McIntyre in the corner of the ring supporting himself on the ropes. Kozlov rushes over but Drew gets a Big Boot up into the face of the Russian and sends him down to the mat. Drew tags in Cody Rhodes again who waits, ready to strike ... As Kozlov gets to his feet, Rhodes springboards off the middle rope ... BEAUTIFUL DISASTER! Cody Rhodes has laid out the big Russian and goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kozlov gets his foot on the rope! *


Cody Rhodes looks set to tantrum in the ring, he thought he had regained the Tag Titles there! He focuses again and sets up Kozlov for the Cross Rhodes finisher instead, the crowd booing and jeering ... Kozlov refuses to be hit though and he fights out of the move before getting a tag to Santino in the corner. He rushes over and ducks the fist of Cody Rhodes before hitting a clothesline of his own to take down Cody. The tag is made to Drew McIntyre who shoots Santino into the ropes and hits a tilt-a-whirl backbreaker that leaves Santino wincing and groaning on the mat. Drew drags him up and it is time for his big finishing move ... FUTURE SHOCK DDT FROM DREW MCINTYRE! It’s over, surely, it’s over now!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kozlov drags Santino out of the pinfall to the delight of the crowd *


Drew McIntyre goes out of the ring and begins brawling with Vladimir outside the ring but he is trapped for a second time with the big Russian headbutts that leave him gasping for breath and on his knees at ringside. Kozlov rolls him back into the ring as Santino gets to his feet ... Santino looks around and the crowd go wild as they read his mind ... Santino begins to set up for the devastating Cobra ... Can he hit it? Yes! COBRA TO DREW MCINTYRE! Kozlov drags Cody Rhodes off the ring apron before he can interfere and Santino goes for the pinfall

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Santino Marella & Vladimir Kozlov (6:29)


TONY CHIMEL: Here are your winners and still Tag Team Champions ... SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV!

Santino and Kozlov are handed the title belts back and they trumpet celebrate their way around the ring for a moment before heading back up the ramp with huge smiles on their faces ... The WWE Universe cheers them out of the arena before attention is turned back to the ring where an argument has broken out between Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre. It appears to be Cody who is unhappy with the performance of his partner, Drew, and is telling him so whilst Drew tries to defend himself. Both men are staring at each other and in the end it is Cody who pushes Drew in the chest before storming out of the ring and up the ramp clearly angry at his partner ...

MICK FOLEY: I wouldn’t say that Drew was solely to blame for that loss, Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE: Who had his shoulders pinned down to the mat, Mick? Drew McIntyre. Cody Rhodes has been carrying him for weeks now and I think he is dead right to tell Drew that he is at fault here. I hope that it provokes a reaction from McIntyre so they can get back to being the dominant team that they should be!

MICK FOLEY: Cody Rhodes might want to hope he gets a positive reaction because he might get something worse if he isn’t careful!

The camera switches to a shot of John Cena walking with a purpose down a corridor backstage ... He is heading for the ring and looks set to deliver something big to the WWE Universe ...

MICHAEL COLE: Up next, John Cena has an important message for the WWE Universe and for Randy Orton!

MICK FOLEY: This should be very interesting!

MICHAEL COLE: Last week, Orton appeared on SMACKDOWN and attacked Cena on his first night back on the blue brand. Find out what is on Cena’s mind ... NEXT!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



TONY CHIMEL: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... JOHN CEEEEENA!

Cena walks out from the backstage area in his usual bright red t-shirt and performs the salute on the stage. He heads down for the ring looking annoyed and not his usual jovial self – this is backed up when he fails to salute the fans in the ring and simply grabs a microphone to speak ...

JOHN CENA: Last week on SMACKDOWN, I was making my second debut on the show that I like to call home.

A cheer from the crowd greets this comment ...

JOHN CENA: I was in a match with the World Heavyweight Champion, Kane, a chance to prove that I deserved a shot at the World Championship ... And I won the match, I did. But take a look at how I won it ...

Quote:
Originally Posted by FridayNightSMACKDOWN
... Kane tries to set Cena up for the powerbomb but Cena wriggles clear and he lifts Kane onto his shoulders ... here we go! Attitude Adjustment from Cena to the World Heavyweight Champion! Cena drops down and locks in the STF to Kane ... Will the World Champion tap out to the SMACKDOWN newcomer? Kane is struggling now, can he hold on? Can he reach the ropes? The referee is urging Kane to give it up and he looks as if he is about to oblige when suddenly someone clobbers Cena from behind with the World Championship belt ... The referee signals for the bell, Kane has been disqualified ...

WINNER: John Cena (12:19 – DQ)


The camera focuses on an irate Randy Orton who is stood over Cena who is clutching his back after Orton hit him there with the belt ... Kane picks up the title and decides to leave the ring with a smirk on his face. As he does, Orton doesn’t notice and continues to look down on Cena ... He backs away a little and waits as Cena gets up slowly holding his lower back ... Cena turns towards Orton ... RKO! RANDY ORTON HITS THE RKO TO JOHN CENA!
The crowd are mixed over this replay from last week and there are boos and cheers audible in the arena tonight ... Cena looks thoroughly annoyed at what he has just seen.

JOHN CENA: Moving back to SMACKDOWN was supposed to be a clean slate, a fresh start. I was leaving behind all the issues I had with Randy Orton to return to SMACKDOWN to become World Champion and take my first steps on the road to WrestleMania 27. But what happened? Randy Orton couldn’t let it end there, he had to listen to the ‘Voices’ in his head ...

Cena is getting visibly irate over the situation ...

JOHN CENA: Well, if Randy Orton wants to come to my show and attack me ... then I guess I’ll have to return to RAW to see him, won’t I?

The crowd gasp in anticipation of Cena returning to RAW ...

JOHN CENA: Tonight, I was supposed to be the fourth man in the World Championship matches. I was meant to face Punk and then go on to face Big Show or Kane for the title. But I couldn’t ... The doctor refused to allow me to wrestle here tonight after the shot I took in the back from Orton last week. The RKO made things worse and I have been forced to sit and watch tonight, unable to compete ... Randy Orton, you have cost me a shot at the World Championship tonight and I am not happy about it.

The crowd remain split over the issue ...

JOHN CENA: Now I know that this Monday night on RAW, there is a four man Number 1 contenders match. The winner of it will go on to face Wade Barrett for the WWE Championship ... and it seems to me that if Randy Orton can cost me a shot at the World Championship, then I should cost Randy Orton a shot at the WWE Championship ...

Boos echo around the arena at this announcement ...

JOHN CENA: You don’t like that? I’m afraid that a man has to do what a man has to do, North Carolina ... So, Randy Orton, I will see you at RAW on Monday night ... You’d better be ready because I ain’t messing around. And that is a fact.

Cena throws the microphone down and storms out of the ring as his music plays once more and the WWE Universe don’t seem to know what to think. Is their hero heading for RAW to pick a fight with their other hero?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and it is for the World Heavyweight Championship!

*** MAN ON FIRE ***



Kane heads out into the arena with the World Heavyweight Championship around his waist ... He looks unhappy about having to defend the title not just once, but twice if he wishes to walk out of North Carolina as the champion tonight ... The crowd are jeering him as he stands in the ring and slams his hands down to ignite the ringposts and send red fire spearing into the air ...

MICHAEL COLE: Teddy Long has forced Kane to defend his title tonight against first the Big Show and then, if he wins that one, against CM Punk later tonight!

MICK FOLEY: And Kane is not happy about it, Michael Cole, he promised retribution against Long if he loses his title tonight!

MICHAEL COLE: Can Kane pull off a miracle tonight and retain his title against two of the most formidable men in the WWE right now?

*** CRANK IT UP ***



The crowd cheer as Big Show makes his way to the ring looking confident of victory tonight ... He is waving and smiling as he approaches the ring but a stare from an unimpressed Kane wipes the smile from Show’s face and he locks eyes with the Big Red Monster. Into the ring steps Big Show and Kane immediately hits him with a Big Boot to the side of the temple to take him down to the boos and jeers of the crowd ...

MICHAEL COLE: What a clever move from the World Champion, Mick!

MICK FOLEY: Clever? Making the Big Show mad? If you say so, Michael ...

The referee manages to persuade Big Show to wait in the corner until the bell rings despite the maniacal laugh of Kane from the opposite corner ... Tony Chimel nervously stands in between the two of them and makes his announcements ...

TONY CHIMEL: This match is set for one fall and is for the World Heavyweight Championship. Introducing first, the challenger ... from Tampa, Florida ... weighing 485 pounds ... THE BIG SHOW!

Big Show raises a hand in acknowledgement of the cheers but he is focused on the World Champion across the ring ...

TONY CHIMEL: His opponent, weighing 323 pounds ... he is the World Heavyweight Champion ... KANE!

The ring announcers heads out of the ring quickly as the referee speaks to both men and then signals for the bell ...

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP: KANE (C) vs. BIG SHOW

With Big Show a little dazed from the boot to the head moments ago, Kane goes straight on the offensive as he hits his trademark uppercut choke thrusts, forcing Big Show back into the corner with each thrust ... Big Show tries to push Kane away but Kane is not to be deterred and he continues to hit Show in the throat before wheeling away and rushing in for a clubbing clothesline. Multiple clotheslines in the corner follow as Kane looks to put Big Show away quickly here ... He allows Show to come out of the corner, staggering, while he waits to strike. Kane rushes in for another clothesline to take Show down ... but Show catches him and counters into a Sidewalk Slam. Great move from the World’s Largest Athlete! Cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kane powers out *


As they get to their feet, Kane reacts quickest with a drop kick to Big Show that sends him crashing back down to the mat. Kane heads for the top turnbuckle and when Show gets up, the Big Red Machine hits a powerful diving clothesline that takes down Show once again. Kane with his first cover of the match ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show tosses Kane off him with ease *


Kane stands in the corner as Big Show gets to his feet wearily. It has been a tough few minutes for Big Show who has taken almost constant pounding from Kane ... He turns to face Kane just in time to see a black boot which hits him square on the jaw. Kane has hit Show with a huge boot to the face ... Is that enough?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show powers out again *


Kane calculates and decides to exit the ring where he taunts Big Show to follow him. Angrily, Show does exactly what the World Champion wants him to do and he follows. Charging at Kane, the champion moves suddenly and Show runs straight into the steel ring steps crashing his knee hard into them. Clutching his knee in pain, Big Show rolls on the floor whilst Kane smirks in delight. An injury, a bullseye, a weak point ... Kane stomps away on Show’s injured knee for a moment before heading back into the ring and allowing the referee to count out the Big Show ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *
* 4 *
* 5 *
* 6 *
* 7 *
* 8 *
* Show rolls in at 9 *


Kane looks exasperated but he retains focus and stalks Big Show in the corner of the ring. Rolling outside, Kane drags the injured knee and leg to the steel ring post and despite the protestations of the referee, he proceeds to smash the side of the knee of Big Show into the post. The referee threatens to disqualify Kane but he just laughs it off ... he is the champion, a DQ loss would suit him fine ... Kane re-enters the ring and the referee tries to tell him off but Kane ignores him and drags Big Show’s leg up and rests it on the ropes. Stomping the knee over and over and over again, Kane is trying to severely injure Show’s knee and he follows this up with a chop block as Show hobbles up. Cover from Kane ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show kicks out *


Kane laughs at Show’s resilience and prepares to cause more pain and suffering to the challenger. However, as he tries to target the knee again, Show shoves him hard and Kane ends up outside the ring looking angry. He storms back into the ring after Big Show but he is met with a brutal Bearhug and Show tries to squeeze the life out of the champion to the delight of the WWE Universe. When Kane is weakened, Big Show lifts him up before hitting the Fallaway Slam to Kane and sending him flying out of the ring behind him. This allows Big Show time to recover as the crowd urge him on ...

* 6 *
* 7 *
* Kane is back in the ring at 8 *


Big Show is ready for Kane now though and he hits the slaps to the chest of Kane that reverberate around the arena ... He grabs Kane and lifts his leg up, driving it down onto the chest of the champion as he hits the Showstopper move. With his leg trapping Kane on the mat, the referee makes the count ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kane escapes at the last second! *


With Kane near the corner, Big Show spots an opportunity for huge move. Positioning Kane in the corner, he climbs to the second rope ready to hit a springboard splash down on the World Champion! Nearly 500 pounds of Big Show about to drop on Kane! Show slowly climbs to the middle rope and prepares before going for the Big Splash ... Kane moves at the last moment and Show’s knee drives onto the mat once more. Rolling around in pain, Show is unaware of Kane standing behind him ... As Show gets slowly to his feet, Kane is hiding and waiting for Show to turn ... Kane grabs Show by the throat and prepares ... a superhuman strength from Kane ... CHOKESLAM! CHOKESLAM TO THE BIG SHOW!

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show kicks out! *


Kane is furious and the referee has to jump through the ropes and out of the ring in fear of Kane’s reaction ... Kane cannot believe that Big Show kicked out of the Choke Slam and he looks out of his mind with rage now. Big Show gets up and Kane goes to hit a scoop slam ... but he can’t lift Big Show again. Kane settles for a drop kick to Big Show instead which staggers him back into the ropes; another Big Boot takes him down to the mat. Kane goes for the pinfall again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Big Show will not give up! *


Kane is losing his mind here as he seeks to retain the title and he heads for the top rope again ... He looks to hit the diving clothesline from the top rope once more but this time, Big Show catches Kane by the throat ... CHOKESLAM BY BIG SHOW TO KANE! New champion, new champion ... Big Show’s knee is giving him so much pain, he hobbles over slowly to make the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Noooooooooooooooooo! *


Kane has kicked out of the chokeslam as well! Big Show hits a shoulder block to Kane and sends him flying out of the ring while he has time to think. Show knows that he must pin Kane or make him tap out so he follows him outside and stalks him. However, Kane is ready and he grabs Show by the head and slams him head first into the announce table ... then head first into the steel steps instead. With Show down on the floor, Kane drags his foot onto the steel steps and hits an elbow drop to the injured knee ... A vicious move from the World Champion! Big Show screams in pain and gets to his feet quickly but he is clutching at the knee as he rolls into the ring quickly ... Kane follows him and beckons for him to get to his feet as he prepares to hit a second, surely fatal this time, choke slam ... As Show gets up, Kane locks in the choke hold ready to hit the big move ... BIG SHOW SWINGS HIS FIST AND KNOCKS KANE COLD! Big Show with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Big Show (8:05)


TONY CHIMEL: Here is your winner ... and the new World Heavyweight Champion ... THE BIG SHOW!

The referee hands the World Heavyweight Championship belt to the Big Show who holds it aloft from his knees after an exhausting match ... Big Show tries to get to his feet but his knee is weakened and he falls back down ... he tries again and this time he manages to get to his feet hobbling with the World Title in his grasp ... Kane rushes over and drop kicks his knee again. Big Show crashes down and Kane grabs a steel chair from the outside and enters the ring. Show looks up and tries to block Kane’s first shot but it smashes him on the back and he falls to the mat. With his knee exposed, Kane smashes the chair onto it over and over and over before throwing the chair down angrily ... The boos and jeers ring out around the arena as Kane steps over the top rope and begins to head out of the arena no longer the World Heavyweight Champion ...

MICHAEL COLE: If I were Teddy Long, I would be getting in my car and getting the hell out of here right now ...

MICK FOLEY: But Big Show has another match to take part in!

Kane disappears backstage and a hush falls over the arena. Big Show is down and clutching his knee in pain with the World Championship belt on the mat beside him ... The referee and an EMT is tending to him but Big Show is clearly in pain despite becoming the new World Heavyweight Champion.

*** THIS FIRE BURNS ***



MICHAEL COLE: Big Show’s second opponent is here and ready to take the title by the looks of it ...

CM Punk approaches the ring with a smirk on his face ... He jumps into the ring and the Big Show, wincing in pain, turns to face him. Punk smiles at him and signals a belt around his waist before pointing to the World Championship on the floor. Show forces himself to his feet with the aid of the ropes and the referee before hobbling towards Punk looking furious ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


SMACKDOWN returns with a smiling CM Punk ready for action and a worse for wear Big Show assuring a referee that he is ready for action ... However, just as the referee is about to signal for the bell, a disturbance is shown on the titantron ...

Kane is dragging Teddy Long along the backstage corridors with his tie with Long struggling but unable to escape. Kane drags him across a parking lot and throws him into the side of a rental car. Kane looks furious and he grabs Long by the throat before speaking to him ...


KANE: I warned you, Teddy Long, I warned you. You are going to regret your actions tonight, just like that brainless oath, the Big Show.

Kane throws open the back door of the car and throws Long roughly into the back. Kane is maniacal as he gets into the front of the car and turns on the ignition ...

KANE: Enjoy the ride, Teddy ...

Kane laughs as he closes the door and then the car speeds off out of the parking lot before the cameras return to the ring ... The referee looks confused for a moment but then CM Punk reminds him that he needs to ring the bell ...

MICK FOLEY: This match can’t continue, Cole, there isn’t a General Manager here!

MICHAEL COLE: What? Teddy Long made this match, CM Punk against the new World Champion, the Big Show. It’s got to go ahead whatever is happening backstage!

The referee signals for the bell and the second World Championship match of the night is on the way ...

WORLD HEAVYWEIGHT CHAMPIONSHIP: BIG SHOW (C) vs. CM PUNK

Big Show is hobbling around on one leg virtually and CM Punk is openly mocking him. Show has a boxing stance and swings his huge right hand at Punk who is just too quick for him. One near miss reminds Punk that he is one wrong move away from blowing this golden opportunity so he hits the Muay Thai kicks to the legs and waist of Show who crumbles as soon as his knee is touched ... With Big Show down on the mat, Punk signals immediately that it is time for him to Go To Sleep ... Surely CM Punk cannot get Big Show up on his shoulders for the GTS?! Big Show shoves Punk away and then catches the challenger for his newly won World Championship and hits the Alley Oop! Punk hits the mat face first and Big Show has bought himself a little time although the move took a lot out of him too!

Show hobbles over and drags Punk to the corner and positions him for the Big Splash in the corner. With Punk in the perfect spot, Big Show slowly climbs to the middle rope as the WWE Universe cheer him and urge him on. However, Punk is playing possum, he jumps up with Show on the middle rope and drives his forearm into the injured knee of the new World Champion ... With Show in pain on the middle rope, Punk continues to pound at the knee and Big Show turns round and sits on the top turnbuckle ... He tries to push Punk away but Punk returns with a High Knee to the jaw ... Show is in ga-ga land on the top turnbuckle and Punk looks set to hit something big. He grabs Show by the head and drags him forward ... Suddenly Punk pulls Big Show off the ropes and drives his knee hard into the face of the Big Show! GO TO SLEEP OFF THE ROPES! CM Punk goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: CM Punk (1:48)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... and the new World Heavyweight Champion ... CM PUNK!

EMTs enter the ring once more to tend to the injured Big Show who is laying motionless on the floor now but the referee hands the World Title belt, once belonging to Kane and the Big Show already tonight, to the new owner, CM Punk. Punk climbs up the ropes in the corner and holds the title high for all to see to jeers and boos and intense heat from the WWE Universe ...

MICHAEL COLE: New champion, new champion, new champion, Mick!

MICK FOLEY: There was no way Big Show could defend himself, Cole.

MICHAEL COLE: What a night here on SMACKDOWN, two new World Champions crowned, one former World Champion on a rampage against the SMACKDOWN General Manager, John Cena threatening revenge on Randy Orton on Monday Night RAW ...

MICK FOLEY: One of the most incident packed Friday Night SMACKDOWN’s of all time, Cole ...

MICHAEL COLE: And a new World Heavyweight Champion ... CM PUNK! Good night all ...

SMACKDOWN fades out with CM Punk stood in the ring with the World Heavyweight Championship belt held high whilst Big Show is helped onto a stretcher behind him ...

********** END OF SHOW **********
GCB is offline  
post #47 of 133 (permalink) Old 08-01-2011, 06:26 PM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
PREVIEW

*** FOUR MAN ELIMINATION MATCH TO DETERMINE #1 CONTENDER ***



After ‘winning’ the WWE Championship at Survivor Series, Wade Barrett is anticipating who will be his next challenger for the title at Vengeance in two weeks. With former WWE Champion, Randy Orton, in the 4-man elimination match this week, he could be forced to defend against the Viper who is desperate to regain the gold after the dubious circumstances surrounding his loss in the first place. However, Orton will have to defeat three other men if he is to earn that title shot. First up is the man who currently holds the Money in the Bank contract, The Miz. The ‘Awesome’ one would love to be the man holding the briefcase and the title belt. Also in the match is the Celtic Warrior, Sheamus, who has been unstoppable recently with Triple H sidelined as a result. Can he earn a title shot? Or will it be the mystery man that was given a place in the match by the General Manager, HBK? Find out on Monday Night RAW this week!

*** JOHN CENA THREATENS TO BE AT RAW THIS WEEK ***



Former RAW superstar John Cena threatened to appear on Monday Night RAW this week as well when he spoke on Friday Night SMACKDOWN. With Randy Orton scheduled to face Sheamus, Miz and the Mystery Opponent for a shot at the WWE Championship, will Cena make an appearance and will he distract Orton on this huge night for the Viper? Tension between Cena and Orton has been building in recent weeks after Cena was pinned at Survivor Series which resulted in Wade Barrett winning the WWE Championship. After the pair traded Attitude Adjustments and RKO’s to deny each other their respective titles, Cena claims that he owes Randy Orton. What will Cena do if he appears on RAW this week?

*** THE ROCK TO SPEAK LIVE ON RAW! ***



After his big return last week, NXT Legend Mentor The Rock will be live on RAW this week with some words for the WWE Universe. With NXT now just three weeks away, The Rock and his fellow mentor, JBL, are due to begin finding out which eight WWE superstars will be battling for their WWE careers on the show. Who will be the first two superstars announced for NXT this week? And will JBL have any retribution in store for the Great One after his Rock Bottom last week?

*** US TITLE MATCH TO BE CONFIRMED ***

General Manager Shawn Michaels has confirmed that the United States Champion Daniel Bryan will be defending the title at Vengeance and that he will formally announce the challenger for Bryan’s title this week on RAW. Most people expect that man to be Ted DiBiase after his non-title win over Daniel Bryan last week on RAW. DiBiase faces former Nexus member Justin Gabriel on RAW this week as he looks to build momentum ahead of Vengeance.

*** CONFIRMED ***

Justin Gabriel vs. Ted DiBiase

John Morrison vs. William Regal

WWE TITLE #1 CONTENDER ELIMINATION MATCH
The Miz vs. Randy Orton vs. Sheamus vs. ??????

*** JOIN US FOR MONDAY NIGHT RAW! ***


WWE 2010 SLAMMY AWARDS: NEXT MONDAY LIVE ON RAW!
GCB is offline  
post #48 of 133 (permalink) Old 08-10-2011, 08:32 PM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



MONDAY NIGHT RAW!
Live from Greensborough, North Carolina



*** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO *** PYRO ***


The crowd in Greensborough are going wild for the start of tonight’s Monday Night RAW where there is a degree of anticipation in the air ...



JIM ROSS: Greensborough, North Carolina is the next destination of Monday Night RAW as we head towards Vengeance in just two weeks time. We welcome you, my broadcast colleague Jerry ‘The King’ Lawler and myself, Jim Ross, and King, what a show we have in store tonight!

JERRY LAWLER: Too right, JR, tonight we find out who Wade Barrett will defend the WWE Championship against at Vengeance, John Cena has promised to be here to confront the Viper, Randy Orton, and finally ... The Rock is back on Monday Night RAW as he prepares for NXT Season 3!

JIM ROSS: It promises to be an action packed night here on Monday Night RAW!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Boos ring out around the arena as the WWE Champion Wade Barrett heads out on stage backed by his Nexus army of Skip Sheffield, Ezekiel Jackson, Heath Slater and David Otunga. Barrett cockily heads towards the ring with the WWE Championship belt fastened around his waist and the black and yellow Nexus logo emblazoned across his chest and the rest of Nexus follow like sheep as the crowd boo and jeer ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome to the ring, accompanied by members of the Nexus, from Manchester, England ... He is the WWE Champion ... WADE BARRETT!

Barrett slides under the bottom rope and into the ring where he hits a knockout punch before raising the WWE Title high in the sky as the jeers rain down ... Barrett smirks and collects a microphone whilst the Nexus line up behind him in support ...

WADE BARRETT: Now, if I can have some order please, Greensborough, your WWE Champion has a few things he wants to get off his chest ...

This does the exact opposite of quietening down the crowd as the ring is barraged with heat and jeers for the WWE Champion ...

WADE BARRETT: Settle yourselves down, I have important things to speak about unlike all of you sat here tonight ...

More boos and jeers for the WWE Champion ...

WADE BARRETT: Now, for the past two weeks, I have had this WWE Championship around my waist. And boy, have a lot of things changed since then! Your hero, John Cena, has been forced out of RAW at the very idea of Wade Barrett as the WWE Champion ...

Intense heat now and a chant of ‘You Suck!’ from the Greensborough crowd ...

WADE BARRETT: Calm yourselves down, this, right here, this says that if there is one thing I don’t do, it is suck.

Barrett holds the title belt aloft once more to the annoyance of the crowd ...

WADE BARRETT: I have defended my WWE Championship against Randy Orton for the last time ... He is too preoccupied with getting some kind of revenge against Cena to get himself another chance at winning this ...

The watching Nexus members smile and nod their heads at Barrett’s words ...

WADE BARRETT: And tonight, I will find out which other superstar I will be facing at Vengeance. And do you know what? I don’t care who that man is. If Randy Orton wins tonight, I don’t care. I have beaten Randy Orton on four occasions in the last two months ...

Loud boos at the idea that Orton lost the title to Barrett because he beat him ...

WADE BARRETT: And if I have to beat him again, that is exactly what I will do. The Miz might win a chance to challenge me for the title tonight. I don’t care. He is a fluke, a nobody who managed to win Money in the Bank and now thinks he is a superstar. Well, Miz, superstars don’t hide behind Alex Riley, I can tell you that much.

The irony of Barrett criticising Miz over Riley when he has four Nexus guys stood behind him right now is not lost on the WWE Universe at ringside ...

WADE BARRETT: Then, there is Sheamus. And guess what? I don’t care. Sheamus, the Celtic Warrior, the first ever Irish born WWE Champion. And the key word there is?

Barrett looks around for an answer ...

WADE BARRETT: Irish! Ireland. The place where people instantly think of a potato famine. There was no potato famine in Ireland, the idiots simply forgot where they’d planted them. There is no way that an English WWE Champion could ever lose his title to an Irishman. England has never played second fiddle to Ireland in the past and it won’t happen at Vengeance either.

A loud ‘a**hole’ chant begins as Barrett continues to make insults ...

WADE BARRETT: And if there are two things Wade Barrett hates more than the Irish, then here they are: Texans ... and cowards. The RAW General Manager is from Texas and I am continually astounded by his ineptitude when running RAW. He has qualifying matches for the right to face me at Vengeance ... and then allows one of his friends to get a free pass? Laughable, Shawn, laughable. Which brings me to the mystery man in the WWE Championship Number 1 contenders match later tonight ...

The crowd are excited to find out who HBK has handed a place in the match to ...

WADE BARRETT: What a coward he must be! Hiding behind Shawn Michaels, refusing to allow his opponents to know who he is ... Coward. Whoever the mystery man is, I dare him to come to the ring right now and get in my face ...

Barrett turns to the titantron and stage and waits for a response ... nothing happens ...

... still nothing ...

... Barrett smiles and turns to the rest of Nexus. He nods his head to them ...


WADE BARRETT: Like I said ... Coward. So that is what I have to face at Vengeance? Randy Orton the loser? Miz the fluke? Sheamus the Irishman? Or the mystery coward? Forgive me if I don’t lose sleep over it, Mr. General Manager.

A chant of ‘HBK!’ begins as the crowd urge the General Manager to come out and shut Barrett up but nothing happens ...

WADE BARRETT: So tonight I will find out who I will be facing at Vengeance. But before that I have a match. So, Greensborough, settle back and enjoy a wrestling clinic from Wade Barrett. Sit down and watch your WWE Champion doing what he does best ... Because tonight, and at Vengeance, I will win. And as 2011 starts, I will be the WWE Champion ... whether you like it or not.

*** LAND OF FIVE RIVERS ***



The crowd cheer as Wade Barrett’s opponent tonight, the Great Khali, heads out from backstage with his younger brother, Runjin Singh, dancing around him. Khali and Singh dance and wave as they head towards the ring but Khali stops looking jovial as they reach the ring. Seeing Nexus stood in the ring staring at him, he stops Runjin and orders him to head back to the locker room ... clearly worried over his safety with Nexus nearby.

JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. Introducing, from India, weighing 420 pounds ... THE GREAT KHALI!

Khali steps over the ropes into the ring and the referee orders the Nexus members out of the ring as Barrett stands staring at him. Khali is distracted by the presence of Skip Sheffield as he is ushered out of the ring but Barrett is focused and hands the WWE Championship over to the referee ready for action ...

NON TITLE MATCH: WADE BARRETT vs. GREAT KHALI

Khali and Barrett stare at each other in the middle of the ring, Barrett looking up which doesn’t happen that often. Barrett is talking trash as usual but Khali just smiles – he probably can’t understand it anyway – until he is distracted all of a sudden by Skip Sheffield jumping on the ring apron. The referee ushers Skip down but the distraction is enough and Barrett hits a stiff kick to the gut of Khali and follows this with a number of heavy right hands that he brought to the WWE from his bare-knuckle fighting days. Khali is staggering but he doesn’t fall and then he violently shoves Barrett down in temper to the cheers of the crowd. Barrett looks worried as Khali advances on him but a quick boot to the gut again gives him chance to take control. Grabbing Khali’s huge head and dragging it down a little, Barrett hits a headbutt that Khali hardly appears to feel ... Barrett gets a very worried look in his eyes as Khali raises his hand to chop him down and wisely Barrett slides out of the ring to the outside. As the referee counts, Barrett orders his Nexus men to position themselves on each of the four sides of the ring. With Khali again distracted by Slater who he grabs hold of and starts to squeeze in a Vice Grip over the top rope, Barrett slides into the ring and rushes over to Khali to catch him with a huge big boot that staggers the Indian. Clutching the rope to hold himself up, Barrett hits a second big boot to the head of Khali and this time he falls through the ropes and to the outside. Barrett drags the referee’s attention away and Nexus go to work on Khali ... Khali chops Otunga in the head and sends him crashing down but Skip Sheffield and Ezekiel Jackson manage to hit their powerful clotheslines to him and send him down to his knees on the mat outside as RAW heads into a commercial break ...


********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


As RAW returns, Khali is laid on the mat clutching the side of his head. Replays show that after the referee was finished being distracted by Barrett, Nexus had allowed Khali to get back into the ring where Wade Barrett hit a third big boot to the side of the head as he got back into the ring. Barrett is smirking and talking down to the Indian megastar as he stands over him. Stomping Khali in the face as he talks trash, the crowd boo in disgust at Barrett’s dirty tactics. He summons for Otunga to pass him the WWE Championship belt and it seems as if Barrett is not interested in picking up the win here ... until he simply stands over Khali and holds the title up high. The crowd boo Barrett like crazy and he tosses the belt back out of the ring and goes for another stomp to the head. However, Khali catches his foot and he uses it to throw Barrett down to the mat. As they get to their feet, Barrett tries to connect with his knees to the head of Khali but he swots him away again and then suddenly ... CHOP TO THE HEAD OF THE WWE CHAMPION! Khali has flattened Barrett, this looks over! Khali drops to his knees to make the cover but Skip Sheffield and Ezekiel Jackson are dragging the WWE Champion under the ropes and out of the ring. The referee is not happy and he demands that Wade gets back into the ring. However, Wade is more than happy to take his time and the referee begins to count him out ... Wade ignores the count as it goes up ...

* 7 *
* 8 *
* Barrett slides back into the ring at 9! *


Barrett ushers to Khali to come at him and Khali obliges in his own clumsy way. A kick to the gut stops him and a punch to the face slows him further ... Barrett hits the rope behind Khali and hits a chop block to the back of Khali’s knee. With Khali on his knee, Barrett grabs him and hits a devastating DDT to the big man. He goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Khali kicks out! *


The WWE Champion looks shocked and annoyed now and he wants to get the match finished and over with. He stands back and allows Khali to his feet – is that wise? As Khali comes lumbering over, Barrett half lifts him up and hits a flapjack that leaves Khali choking himself on the top rope. Khali struggles a little as he gets back to his feet uneasy and Barrett hits another kick to the gut that leaves him gasping for breath. Barrett takes a deep breath of his own and with all his might he manages to lift Khali up onto his shoulders (with a little help from Khali’s hand being on the rope) ... Can he do it? Yes! WASTELANDS TO THE GREAT KHALI! Barrett with the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Wade Barrett (6:29)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... WADE BARRETT!

JIM ROSS: King, you might not like the way he goes about his business but that Wastelands move there from Wade Barrett took super-human strength!

JERRY LAWLER: JR, nobody disputes the talent of Wade Barrett! That was impressive!

Wade Barrett stands over Great Khali with a smirk on his face as the referee raises his hand and then hands back his WWE Championship belt. Barrett looks down at Khali and holds his belt high before leaving the ring on his own ... That is because the other members of Nexus have slid into the ring and are advancing on Khali as he begins to get back to his feet ... The referee tries to intervene but Ezekiel Jackson threatens him and he gets out of the ring as well ... As Khali gets to his feet, Heath Slater suddenly attacks and hits the ‘E-Minor’, the inverted DDT that crashes Khali down on his back. Laughing, Nexus prepare for their next assault as Skip Sheffield and Ezekiel Jackson back away into opposite corners of the ring. As Khali gets up a second time, both big men hit him with a clothesline from different directions to take him down once more ... David Otunga has a microphone and he stands over Khali as well ...

DAVID OTUNGA: You see, Khali, you and the rest of the RAW locker room need to understand that there isn’t nobody that can stop the Nexus. You’re either Nexus ... or you’re against us!

The crowd boo as Nexus’ music hits and the four remaining members of the team follow their leader out of the arena as well leaving Khali on the mat and dazed ...

JIM ROSS: Whether you like them or not, King, you can’t deny that Wade Barrett was impressive tonight and the Nexus are ... well, intimidating!

JERRY LAWLER: Somewhere down the line, JR, the Nexus will meet its match. Problem is ... it might be a long line!

JIM ROSS: Over to our broadcast colleague, Matt Striker ...

The camera switches backstage where we see Matt Striker stood in the interview pit ...

MATT STRIKER: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome my guest at this time ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd roar as the Viper comes into shot with an intense look on his face as usual.

MATT STRIKER: Randy, tonight you have a chance to earn a shot at Wade Barrett and the WWE Championship at Vengeance in two weeks time. The problem is that you have to face Miz, Sheamus and a mystery opponent in order to earn that chance. Can you win the match and go on to face Barrett at Vengeance?

RANDY ORTON: You know what, Striker, you’re right. It’s going to be tough tonight. I’ve got to face three other men, one of whom I don’t even know. Yet again, our General Manager has put me in an unfair situation. And I don’t agree with Wade Barrett on many things but I agree with him on one. This mystery man ... is a coward. I don’t know who he is and when he is going to reveal himself but I want it on record that I don’t respect his way of working. But I am confident in myself, I can hit the RKO on anybody at any given moment ... and tonight, I will get a shot at the WWE Championship of Wade Barrett.

The crowd cheer this statement as Orton sets his goal to face Barrett at Vengeance ...

MATT STRIKER: And Randy, what about the comments of John Cena last Friday night, he told the world that ...

RANDY ORTON: I know what he told the world, Striker, I heard him. He says he is going to be here tonight, well, I want to remind John Cena of something. Hustle, loyalty, respect. The code that John Cena lives by. If John Cena has an issue with me – and let’s face it, I have an issue with him right now – then be a man, Cena. Prove that those words are not hollow. Prove that hustle, loyalty and respect still mean something to you. Tell me the time and the place and I’ll be there. But don’t sneak attack me, Cena. Don’t dare try and cost me a place in that match later tonight ... It might be the biggest mistake of your life.

A mixed reaction to the strong words of Orton as he turns and leaves Matt Striker behind ...

JERRY LAWLER: Wow!

JIM ROSS: Well, there has been no sign of either John Cena or our mystery man so far where we have people on the entrances ready to let us know the moment they hear or see anything. As soon as we know, you’ll find out!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** RADIO ***



RAW returns with Zack Ryder and his partner Curt Hawkins in the ring. Ryder is holding a microphone in his hand and is waiting to speak ...

ZACK RYDER: We just wanted to come out here tonight and introduce ourselves to the WWE Universe ... in case you have forgotten who we are. I am the ‘Long Island Iced Z’ Zack Ryder and this here is my partner, my good buddy, Curt Hawkins. Last week on RAW, we returned to RAW as a tag team and proved that we are still a formidable tag team ... even more so than on SMACKDOWN two years ago when we were protecting the World Champion, Edge.

Mild jeers for the pair at the mention of their time with Edge ...

ZACK RYDER: Last week, we beat the WWE Tag Team Champions on our first appearance on RAW for like forever. Yet do we get a title match? No, we don’t. Thanks a lot, H – B – K ... Are you serious bro? So, this week we are here to prove that that win was no fluke. We are the Major Broskis ...

The crowd groan at the goofy name but Hawkins is impressed with Ryder’s claim ...

ZACK RYDER: ... and we are going to win the Tag Team Championships very soon. Woo woo woo ... You know it!

*** NEW FOUNDATION ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Their opponents, accompanied to the ring by Natalya ... weighing a combined weight of 449 pounds ... Tyson Kidd ... David Hart-Smith ... THE HART DYNASTY!

Accompanied by Natalya, the Hart Dynasty head for the ring in their usual upbeat fashion with the pink lights in the arena flashing as they head for the ring. Both men are looking confident and ready to put the newcomers in their places and further their own claims for the Tag Team Championship as they do ...

HART DYNASTY vs. MAJOR BROSKIS

An even, well paced match between the two tag teams who are both now seeking the path to Tag Team Championship glory. The Hart Dynasty have the edge as we near the end of the match and they attempt to hit the ‘Hart Attack’ double team move on Zack Ryder to the delight of the fans. David Hart Smith holds Ryder in place as Tyson Kidd hits the ropes to go for the clothesline. However, Curt Hawkins trips Kidd’s foot as he hits the ropes and he stumbles down face first causing Hart-Smith to turn and look round for his partner. Ryder takes his chance and begins to fight back against the other legal man in David Hart Smith before hitting the big boot after making the L.I. sign to his opponent. Hawkins has dragged Kidd out of the ring and thrown him back first into the barricade as Ryder stands back and prepares ... As Hart gets to his feet, Ryder runs over and hits the ROUGH RYDER! A tag is made by Ryder to Curt Hawkins despite the boos of the crowd. Hawkins climbs the ropes and he measures before flying off the top rope. HEAT SEEKING ELBOW TO DAVID HART SMITH FROM CURT HAWKINS! Hawkins hooks the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: Major Broskis (5:38)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here are your winners ... THE MAJOR BROSKIS!

Natalya slides into the ring to check on David Hart Smith and they are joined by a groggy Tyson Kidd as the three of them look out of the ring shocked at the Major Broskis. Ryder and Hawkins are high fiving and jumping in the aisle as they make their way back up the ramp and out of the arena ...

JIM ROSS: Huge victory there! Another impressive win for Ryder and Hawkins, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: They remind me of a team from a few years back, JR, you might remember them ... Too Cool!

JIM ROSS: And I wonder why you’ve remembered them?!

JERRY LAWLER: When they arrived in the WWE, everybody thought they were two fools, two idiots but they kept at it, kept going, kept picking up the wins and eventually, the fans accepted them ... I see a lot of promise in Ryder and Hawkins!

JIM ROSS: Whereas all I see are two idiots trying to act cool, King! But I will admit that that was an impressive win there for the Major Broskis!

The camera switches backstage where the General Manager, HBK, is waiting with Matt Striker ... As soon as the WWE Universe catch sight of him, they pop and HBK grins as Striker proceeds ...

MATT STRIKER: HBK, the WWE Universe are desperate to know ... Who is the mystery man in the Four Man Elimination Match later tonight?

SHAWN MICHAELS: I’m sure they do, Matt, but I’m gonna’ keep ‘em all waiting ... at least for a little while longer anyway! You see, this man is definitely not a coward – whatever Randy Orton and Wade Barrett claim. He hasn’t shown himself yet under my orders ...

MATT STRIKER: And why is that?

SHAWN MICHAELS: Come on, Matt, you know how it works. Suspense and wonder, excitement and enjoyment. I’m the General Manager here on RAW and it is my job to keep everybody entertained. When this guys heads out later tonight, there is going to be entertainment, that’s for sure ...

MATT STRIKER: And speaking of big moments in the WWE, next week’s RAW is a special one?

SHAWN MICHAELS: It sure is, Matt, next Monday night is the annual Slammy Awards here on RAW and it will be a special 3-hour show featuring the best of RAW and SMACKDOWN! It’s going to be grrreat!

HBK turns and walks away as Matt Striker smiles and RAW heads into another break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the United States Champion making his way to ringside ...

*** RIDE OF THE VALKYRIES ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, please welcome ... the United States Champion ... DANIEL BRYAN!

Bryan is not dressed for action but is carrying the United States Title over his shoulder as he makes his way around the ring, high fiving members of the WWE Universe at ringside and heading for the announce table where he joins King and JR ...

JIM ROSS: What a pleasure this is, Daniel Bryan joining us here on commentary!

JERRY LAWLER: Hi there, Daniel Bryan! What are you doing here at ringside?

DANIEL BRYAN: Hi King! Hi, JR, pleasure as always. I’m here to take a look at the man who – hands up – beat me last week, Ted DiBiase. I’m likely to face him for the US Championship soon and he beat me so I’d better find a weakness or two hadn’t I?

*** I COME FROM MONEY ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: This match is set for one fall. Introducing first, from West Palm Beach, Florida, weighing 235 pounds ... TED DIBIASE!

DiBiase heads confidently down to the ring and enters the ring to look over at the US Champion who is sat at the announce table. DiBiase points to Bryan’s US Championship belt which is perched on top of the table and then signals that he is going to be wearing it very soon ...

DANIEL BRYAN: Sure, DiBiase is confident but you know, I don’t know if he is taking me seriously enough. One win doesn’t mean he has the better of Daniel Bryan!

*** POWER ***





JUSTIN ROBERTS: And his opponent, from Cape Town, South Africa, weighing 220 pounds ... JUSTIN GABRIEL!

The man who quit the Nexus last week live on RAW comes out to a good reception from the WWE Universe. It seems that the commentating team are equally happy about Gabriel’s recent change of attitude ...

JIM ROSS: Well, King, tonight Ted DiBiase better have his mind on this young man, Justin Gabriel ... He has shown us recently what a talent he can be!

JERRY LAWLER: Definitely, JR, even as a member of Nexus, I was impressed with this young man but he last week announced that he was leaving the group and now he is moving onwards and maybe upwards ...

DANIEL BRYAN: I wrestled Justin a lot during NXT Season 1 guys and he is a risk taker, someone you can never count out of a match ... JR, you’re dead right, Ted needs to focus on Gabriel tonight!

JIM ROSS: True, in recent weeks, Justin Gabriel has come close to a clean one on one victory over John Cena and then he was the man that pinned Cena and won the title for Wade Barrett!

JERRY LAWLER: I’m sure he regrets that now but it is time for Gabriel to focus on his own career and winning his own titles now!

JUSTIN GABRIEL vs. TED DIBIASE

A high quality match between two young stars of the WWE, very even with both men on top at various points. As the match enters the closing stages, Gabriel has DiBiase down on the mat near the corner and the crowd are coming alive for the prospect of the 450 splash as Gabriel climbs the ropes. However, DiBiase is playing possum and as Gabriel rotates in the air, he moves and Gabriel crashes down hard on the mat to groans from the WWE Universe. DiBiase immediately goes in the attack with hard stomps to the injured gut area before pummelling Gabriel hard in the face at the risk of a DQ. Ted goes to the top rope himself before jumping off and hitting Gabriel hard in the chest with a dropkick ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Gabriel kicks out just in time! *


The crowd are loving the fight being shown by Justin Gabriel and they cheer him on. However, DiBiase is in no mood to relinquish control as he shoots Gabriel off into the ropes before catching him with a sit out spinebuster on his return ... DiBiase holds the pinfall with Gabriel flat on his back ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* No! Gabriel kicks out! *


As Gabriel gets to his knees, DiBiase locks in a reverse headlock and milks the moment for a second or two as he looks directly at the US Champion, Daniel Bryan. Eventually, DiBiase drops back and hits the DDT to Gabriel, driving the South African’s face into the mat hard ... Another pinfall attempt from Ted DiBiase ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Gabriel rolls the shoulder! *


DiBiase looks a tiny bit frustrated now and he steps back, glancing over to Bryan who is watching intently before stalking Justin Gabriel as he gets back to his feet. What is DiBiase planning to do here? He acts and locks in the Million Dollar Dream that forces Gabriel to come to his senses quicker and fight back. However, DiBiase has the hold locked in and Gabriel begins to fade a little. He reaches for the ropes but can’t quite get there as DiBiase tries to take it down to the floor ... Gabriel manages to roll the pair of them straight to the ropes though and the referee demands a break to the annoyance of DiBiase. He argues with the referee over the break and then stares into the eyes of Daniel Bryan at ringside.


DANIEL BRYAN: Why don’t you concentrate on the match, you fool?

DiBiase dares Daniel Bryan to come and say it to his face to which Bryan stands up and removes his headset slowly. DiBiase steps back and dares him to get in the ring whilst Bryan stands and stares at his potential challenger ... Suddenly, DiBiase is rolled up quickly by Justin Gabriel who catches him by surprise ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* DiBiase just recovers in time to kick out *


The crowd thought they were going to see a quick Gabriel victory there and they groan in disappointment. However, Gabriel ducks a vicious clothesline from DiBiase and then kicks him in the gut to slow him down. A high spin kick sends DiBiase crashing down to the mat and Gabriel goes for the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Kick out by DiBiase! *


DiBiase gets to his feet quickly and hits a dropkick to stun Gabriel again. Again, DiBiase wastes time talking trash to Bryan and underestimating his opponent ... he sets up for his finishing move, Dream Street, but Gabriel counters once more and hits a jaw shattering Superkick to the son of the Million Dollar Man. With DiBiase down and out, Gabriel climbs the ropes once more ... Can he hit it this time? The crowd go wild, Gabriel dives forward and rotates 450 degrees ... THE 450 SPLASH CONNECTS WITH TED DIBIASE! Gabriel thinks about covering DiBiase but then holds back and drags him to the centre of the ring ... FIGURE FOUR LEG LOCK FROM JUSTIN GABRIEL! We saw this a few weeks back from Gabriel ... Will DiBiase tap out? Bryan laughs to himself as DiBiase struggles and tries to escape but he can’t do it ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: Justin Gabriel (7:27)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... JUSTIN GABRIEL!

Gabriel stands in the corner of the ring on the middle ropes and holds his hand high to salute the support and cheers he is now receiving from the WWE Universe ...

JIM ROSS: A fantastic win for the South African Justin Gabriel, King!

JERRY LAWLER: We said that DiBiase’s mind needed to be on Gabriel and there was the proof! A great ... Hang on, wait a minute!

In the ring, DiBiase has attacked Justin Gabriel from behind as he got down from the ropes. DiBiase is looking frustrated and he begins to hit clubbing forearms to the back and shoulders of Gabriel as he takes out that frustration on the man who beat him. As Gabriel covers up, Daniel Bryan throws his headset down and slides into the ring where he rushes over at DiBiase. Bryan connects with a forearm of his own and then a kick to the ribs of DiBiase who drops to the mat and rolls out of the ring ... Daniel Bryan helps Justin Gabriel to his feet and the pair of them stand there glaring at DiBiase who now has a microphone in his hand as he backs away to the stage area ...

TED DIBIASE: There you go again, Daniel Bryan, sticking your nose in where it wasn’t needed and making huge mistakes. That was nothing to do with you!

Bryan also has a microphone now as well ...

DANIEL BRYAN: Attacking somebody from behind, Ted? You think that I’m just going to stand there and watch you do that to someone just because they beat you?

DiBiase looks angry at Bryan commenting on his loss ...

DANIEL BRYAN: You need to take a look at yourself, Ted, you lost that match because you weren’t focused. You lost that match because you couldn’t keep your eyes away from the US Title. You ... tapped ... out! Maybe you need to get your priorities in order?

TED DIBIASE: Daniel Bryan, I beat you last week. I beat you and now I am entitled to a shot at the United States Championship. Whether you like it or not, I will be the next United States Champion.

DANIEL BRYAN: Like I said, Teddy, you need to get your priorities in order. United States Champions don’t lose focus in their matches, they win matches. They don’t tap out to rookies! Tonight, your focus was on me and you lost ...

Gabriel shoots Bryan a look of annoyance and grabs the microphone from him ...

JUSTIN GABRIEL: Daniel, thank you for your help just then but let me get something straight here. Ted DiBiase just lost to me, not because he wasn’t focused ... He lost to me, not because I am a rookie, but because I am the better man!

Daniel Bryan holds his hands up to Gabriel and shows that he meant no offence before Gabriel accepts this and the pair shake hands ...

TED DIBIASE: Look at that, isn’t that nice? Well, I don’t play fair, I take what I am entitled to and that is what I am going to do tonight. I’m going to see our General Manager and I am going to demand my United States Title shot at Vengeance ...

Ted drops the microphone and he heads up the last few steps of the ramp and through the exit backstage ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with an intense Ted DiBiase storming around backstage calling out for the General Manager Shawn Michaels. He tries several areas but is unable to find HBK until he spots him speaking with the man who just beat DiBiase – Justin Gabriel – and the US Champion, Daniel Bryan ... DiBiase storms over towards them ...

TED DIBIASE: Hey, Michaels, I need a word with you.

SHAWN MICHAELS: Do you now? Well, first of all, you would do well to remember that I am the General Manager around here and I expect a little bit of respect, Teddy. Less of the ... Michaels!

TED DIBIASE: Yeah, yeah, sorry. I was wondering, Shawn, when am I facing Daniel Bryan for the US Championship? I beat him last week, I am owed a shot at the US Title.

SHAWN MICHAELS: You know, I have been thinking about that. I think he is right, Daniel, he did beat you last week and that means that he deserves a shot at your title ...

DANIEL BRYAN: That works for me, Shawn. I’m ready to face him anytime ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: So, at Vengeance, Daniel Bryan will defend the US Championship against Ted DiBiase ... But there is something else that is puzzling me a little, Ted. You want a title shot because you beat the champion, yes?

TED DIBIASE: That’s how it works, isn’t it? Beat the champion, get a shot at the title? That’s how it has always been, Shawn, right back to when you and my father were wrestling back in the 1980’s ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Well, maybe, yeah. For a start, your father was a hell of a better wrestler than you are but that’s beside the point. You think that a win over the champion gives you the right to go for the title ... and I agree with you. But I also think that beating the Number 1 contender is quite an achievement too.

DiBiase looks over at Justin Gabriel who has been stood watching in amusement for the past few moments ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Now, if Justin Gabriel can beat you, Ted, does that mean he deserves to take your title shot? Surely that is the way it works?

DiBiase looks agitated and angry at the comments of the General Manager but he composes himself ...

TED DIBIASE: Gabriel’s victory tonight was a fluke, I wasn’t focused. I’d beat him 99 times out of 100 usually ... At Vengeance, I deserve to face Daniel Bryan for the US Championship.

SHAWN MICHAELS: I’m just kidding ya, Teddy, you’ll get a shot at the title at Vengeance ... US Champion Daniel Bryan ... against Ted DiBiase ...

A smile creeps across DiBiase’s face as he turns to face Bryan ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: ... against Justin Gabriel ... in a Triple Threat!

Michaels smiles at all three men and then walks away chuckling to himself as DiBiase and Bryan both turn to look at the South African, Gabriel. He is looking shocked but pleased with the way things have turned out as DiBiase decides to storm after HBK to continue the argument ... The cameras return to ringside ...

JERRY LAWLER: What a great idea from our General Manager, JR, Daniel Bryan, Ted DiBiase and Justin Gabriel, Triple Threat for the US Championship at Vengeance in two weeks!

JIM ROSS: What an opportunity for Justin Gabriel, King, he can’t have been expecting a title shot that quickly after leaving Nexus!

JERRY LAWLER: Maybe not, JR, but Gabriel has been mightily impressive of late, even as a member of Nexus. Clearly, he has made a positive impact on our General Manager!

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Nexus – without the WWE Champion, Wade Barrett amongst them – head for the ring with all except Skip Sheffield looking set for action ...

JIM ROSS: Speaking of Justin Gabriel, here come his former team-mates, the Nexus, with his replacement Ezekiel Jackson in their ranks ...

JERRY LAWLER: As if they weren’t already intimidating enough, JR, they go out and bring in a 300 plus pounds muscle machine in to join them!

Skip Sheffield waits outside the ring but David Otunga, Heath Slater and Ezekiel Jackson slide into the ring and hit the Nexus fist salute as they prepare for action tonight ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: The following contest is set for one fall and is a six-man tag team match ... In the ring, representing the Nexus, at a combined weight of 821 pounds ... DAVID OTUNGA ... HEATH SLATER ... and EZEKIEL JACKSON!

*** LA VITTORIA E MIA ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: Their opponents ... Introducing first, at a combined weight of 529 pounds, the WWE Tag Team Champions ... VLADIMIR KOZLOV ... and SANTINO MARELLA!

With the Tag Team Championship belts, fresh from a successful defence on SMACKDOWN last Friday, around their waists, Santino and Kozlov make their way down towards the ring looking happy and smiling ... They pause at the bottom of the ramp and stare at the Nexus before turning back to the titantron ...

*** WHAT’S UP? ***



There is a small pop for the arrival of R-Truth as he dances and raps his way down to the ring ... He holds the microphone to Santino Marella who joins in with a tuneless ‘Whats uppa?’ before heading into the ring with his team ...

R-TRUTH: Greensborough, North Carolina ... What’s up?!!

As the crowd roar back at R-Truth, Skip Sheffield suddenly clotheslines him hard and unexpectedly and sends Truth crashing through the ropes to the outside. Cue serious jeers and boos from the WWE Universe and anger on the part of Santino and Kozlov who have to be held back by the official who orders Skip to leave the ring and the arena ...

JIM ROSS: There was no need for that, King, what was Skip Sheffield thinking of?

JERRY LAWLER: Typical Nexus tactics, JR ...

NEXUS (DAVID OTUNGA, EZEKIEL JACKSON & HEATH SLATER) vs. R-TRUTH, SANTINO MARELLA & VLADIMIR KOZLOV

The match starts off with Santino Marella and Heath Slater in the ring and – to his annoyance – Heath Slater cannot get the better of Santino who thwarts him comically at every turn early. In the end, Slater demands that Santino makes a tag to Truth who then comes in counters several of Slater’s moves which leads to the ‘One Man Rock Band’ tagging in Otunga. The ‘A-List’ isn’t happy about Heath getting shown up and he beats on Truth for a while before Truth manages to hit a corkscrew lariat to take him down as well. A tag to Kozlov allows the big Russian to come in and administer some pain to David Otunga with some trapping headbutts that cause Slater to be tagged back in. More trapping headbutts from Kozlov to Heath Slater follow before the tag is made to Santino Marella who comes in and signals for the Cobra. The crowd love it and they cheer as Santino sets the move up; however, Heath Slater spots it coming at the last second and he falls down to escape. He backs away from Santino and manages to reach back and tag in Ezekiel Jackson. The mood of Santino changes as the big man enters the ring and he looks to get the advantage with some kicks to the legs of the muscled Jackson. However, this does not affect him and Jackson catches Santino and starts to pummel him over and over in the corner. A tag from Santino to Truth allows the rapper to try and get the better of Jackson instead but he fails as Jackson starts to hit his big clotheslines and heavy hitting offense. Slater and Otunga take their chance to pull Kozlov off the mat behind the referee’s back and they slam him hard and back first into the steel ring steps as Jackson starts to hit the big, heavy powerslams on R-Truth in the centre of the ring. Eventually, Truth is lifted in the Torture Rack after four big powerslams ... Santino tries to rescue Truth but Jackson manages to hit a big boot to Santino whilst he continues to ‘torture’ Truth on his shoulders until ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP! *


WINNER: Otunga, Jackson and Slater (3:48)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here are your winners ... NEXUS!

JIM ROSS: The Nexus show their dominance again, King, but how different would it have been if Skip Sheffield hadn’t attacked Truth before the first bell?

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t know, JR, Ezekiel Jackson looked mightily impressive there to me. I’m not sure even a fully fit R-Truth could have stopped him.

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********

*** IF YA’ SMELL WHAT THE ROCK IS COOKIN’ ***



The crowd come unstuck as the legend that is The Rock heads out onto the stage and smells the air ... With the crowd on their feet and cheering, Rock heads for the ring with a look of determination on his face, his eyes shielded by his sunglasses ... Rock looks delighted to be back on WWE TV ... He strides up the ring steps and into the ring where thousands of flashlights pop as he performs his pose in the corner, his arm held high, his eyebrow arched ... He repeats this in the opposite corner of the ring whilst the crowd go wild with delight to see Rock live in Greensborough and back in the WWE where he belongs ...

JERRY LAWLER: JR ... The Rock ... He’s back!

JIM ROSS: What an ovation for the 9 time WWE Champion!

A loud ‘Rocky!’ chant begins as the music fades and Rock stands centre of the ring with a microphone in his hand ... Rock milks the ovation for a while, listening to the people chant his name and facing each side of the ring to take in the atmosphere ... Finally, Rock seems ready to speak ...

THE ROCK: Can you feel it?

The WWE Universe greet these words as if Rock has just won the WWE Championship for a tenth time! It takes an age for the crowd to settle ...

THE ROCK: Can you smell it?

Again, the reaction of the crowd is crazy as Rock gets into his stride again ...

THE ROCK: Can you see it?

Another ‘Rocky!’ chant goes up and that familiar smile spreads over the face of Rock ...

THE ROCK: For seven years ... seven long years ... Seven years of movies, talk shows, Hollywood ... seven years of ‘Be Cool’ ... ‘Gridiron Gang’ ... ‘The Game Plan’ ... ‘Planet 51’ ... ‘Fast Five’ ...

Dramatic pause from the Rock as he looks around the arena ...

THE ROCK: ... ‘The Tooth Fairy’ ...

Rock chuckles as some of the crowd give fake boos for this role ...

THE ROCK: ... Seven years of film sets, co-stars, fast cars and fairy costumes ... Seven years ...

The anticipation is building in the arena ...

THE ROCK: ... but ... finally ... No, Finally ... No, no, no ... FINALLY ... The Rock ... has come back ... to Greensborough!

The crowd go wild for Rock who continues ...

THE ROCK: ... And Finally, The Rock has come back ... to the WWE!

Another ‘Rocky’ chant goes up and the crowd are ecstatic to see their hero back in the WWE ring ...

THE ROCK: I have been out of the ring for too long, for too long ... I’ve been all around the world, I have become ... the most electrifying man in ALL of entertainment ...

Another loud pop for the Rock ...

THE ROCK: ... but I never forgot ... I never forgot where my home was ... I never forgot the place where it all started for The Rock ... and I made myself a promise ... that I would be back, that I would return to the WWE, that I would be back in this ring to whip some candy ass ... all the way down ‘Know Your Role Boulevard’ ... right down ‘Jabroni Drive’ ... and check in at the ‘SMACKDOWN Hotel’ ...

The crowd continue to cheer and chant for The Rock ... (How many ways can I repeat that sentence?!!!)

THE ROCK: So The Rock says this ... The WWE needs a legend ... the WWE needs somebody to mentor on NXT ... Chip Butty asks the Rock to come back, mentor the WWE superstars who have lost their way as only The Rock can ... whippin’ ass, laying the smack down on their candy asses and showing them the way ... The Rock is going to drag four monkey asses and make them believers ... Make them believe that they can bring it ...

More cheers and chants from the WWE Universe ...

THE ROCK: The Rock is going to show them how he became ...

Deep breath from the Rock ...

THE ROCK: ... the ‘Jabroni beating, pie eating, trail blazing, eyebrow raising, the best in the present, the future and the past’ ... and if they don’t like it, they can kiss the people’s ass!

’Rocky! Rocky! Rocky!’ ...

THE ROCK: Because, even if I have been gone for seven years ... The Rock is still the People’s Champion! The Rock is still the most electrifying man in Sports Entertainment! The Rock will forever be the Great One! And the Rock will ensure that one of his stars becomes a man and brings it to the WWE ... The Rock will teach his men all he knows, he will lead by example ... If ya smelllllllllllllllllllll-la-la-la-allllll ... WHAT THE ROCK ... IS ...

Rock straightens himself up, removes his sunglasses, raises his eyebrow ready to deliver his famous last words ...

*** LONGHORN ***



Boos ring out around the arena and Rock turns to look at the stage in disbelief where a limosine is pulling into the arena ... Out steps the other NXT Season 3 mentor, JBL, who Rock hit the ‘Rock Bottom’ to last week on his return ... JBL waves his hat around as he approaches the ring with a self satisfied smirk on his face ... He walks up the ring steps and locks eyes with the Rock who is eying him with a sense of amazement ...

JBL: Rock, hold it there. You come out here with all your fancy catchphrases, all your fancy names and monikers ... But there is only one ‘Wrestling God’ out here isn’t there?

The crowd boo as Rock sizes JBL up ...

JBL: You see, for too long, these people have cheered for the wrong people ... They cheer for people like Randy Orton ... John Cena ... John Morrison ... and they cheer for people like you, Rock. People who have walked out on them for seven years. You walk out on them for seven years and then you come back and repeat a few catchphrases ... and like the seals that they are, they all clap along and everything is good with the world again.

JBL is making quite a valid point ...

JBL: What they should be doing is listening to the people who know best, people like the great JBL, the Wrestling God! I am a success in everything that I do, I am a successful businessman as well as a great wrestler. Now I’ll give you credit, Rock, you were good in the ring – ten years ago – but your movies have been ... well, they have been awful, Rock.

Rock looks annoyed with JBL’s comments ...

JBL: Unlike me, you left the WWE and your success it finished. And now, you’re back here for NXT Season 3 and unlike me, you’re back here as a failure with something to prove. There is a problem though ... you won’t beat me. One of my WWE superstars will win NXT Season 3, I’ll do whatever it takes.

Boos and jeers as Rock looks to respond ...

THE ROCK: Bradshaw? Is that you? Where’s Faarooq?

JBL: I got rid of ...

THE ROCK: IT DOESN’T MATTER WHERE FAAROOQ IS!

The crowd roar as Rock puts JBL down ...

THE ROCK: It goes like this, JBL, you are just a jabroni that never got near the level of The Rock. So you held a World Title once, well woopy-doo ... I held nine WWE Championships during my time here. I headlined WrestleMania after WrestleMania after WrestleMania and at WrestleMania 27 in April, Team Bring It will be victorious in NXT Season 3. So you just turn around and don’t you ever ... and the Rock means ever ... interrupt the Great One ... again!

Another put-down from the Rock and more cheers from the WWE Universe ...

JBL: Rock ... Don’t you go thinking that you can make threats to me. You can’t. I won’t forget that Rock Bottom from last week. In fact, I ought to come over there right now ...

THE ROCK: Oh, JBL, trust me, I wish you would come here right now ... so I can take that cowboy hat, polish it up real nice, turn that sombitch sideways and stick it straight up your candy ...

JBL suddenly takes a cheap shot at Rock and knocks him off his feet with a vicious and unexpected right hand ... Rock is livid as JBL makes a quick exit from the ring and is backing away up the ramp as Rock recovers ... JBL reaches the top of the ramp when the NXT theme song begins ...

*** WILD AND YOUNG ***



MATT STRIKER: Guys, guys, calm down please. Ladies and Gentlemen, I am Matt Striker and, along with Josh Matthews, I will be the host and announcer of NXT Season 3!

JBL stares at Striker as he leaves the Rock in the ring ...

MATT STRIKER: Hold up, JBL, hold up, I have an announcement. I have to inform you both of the first superstar that will be joining you on NXT. Both of these men have something to prove and they need to step it up on NXT or run the risk of being fired ...

JBL demands to know who his first WWE superstar will be ...

MATT STRIKER: Calm down, JBL, here he is. The first man to be joining Team JBL for the third season of NXT will be ...

*** EXPLODING HELMETS ***



MATT STRIKER: ... the winner of NXT Season 2 ... KAVAL!

Kaval gets a nice pop from the crowd as he walks out and acknowledges the cheers of the WWE Universe. However, he is met with a less than welcoming look from his new mentor, JBL, who looks at Kaval as if he is disgusted by him ...

MATT STRIKER: So Team JBL has Kaval, who will Team Rock have as their first member? The first member of Team Rock on NXT Season 3 will be ...

*** I AM PERFECTION ***



MATT STRIKER: ... DOLPH ZIGGLER!

Ziggler comes out looking annoyed at the fact he is being forced to fight for his WWE career and walks straight past Striker and straight for the ring ... His new mentor, The Rock, is looking over at him curiously ... Ziggler gets into the ring and points his finger at Rock and then to himself and it is clear that Ziggler believes he is too good for NXT Season 3 ... He talks trash to Rock and suddenly he says something that makes Rock’s eyes bulge ... Rock grabs him and hits the Rock Bottom on Dolph Ziggler this week! The Rock’s music begins and he leaves the ring with Ziggler laid out on the mat ...

JIM ROSS: Oh my god, King, what a bad start to that relationship!

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t think that either of the two legendary mentors are that happy with their first superstars! JBL clearly doesn’t think much of Kaval and Rock just hit the Rock Bottom to Dolph Ziggler!

JIM ROSS: It looks as if NXT Season 3 is going to be very interesting, King!

The Rock leaves the arena to massive cheers from the WWE Universe as RAW fades into another commercial break ...

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



After being driven away by former World Champion Kane last week, Teddy Long returns to SMACKDOWN this Friday with big decisions to make!

Who will be challenging for the World Heavyweight Championship of CM Punk at Vengeance?

JOIN US ON FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN THIS FRIDAY!


********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with the theme music of William Regal playing ...

*** VILLAIN ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: The following contest is set for one fall. Introducing first, from Blackpool, England, weighing 240 pounds ... WILLIAM REGAL!

Regal is in the ring and looking round the arena with a menacing look on his face to mild heat from the crowd ... This turns to loud cheers though when his opponent appears ...

*** THIS AIN’T NO MAKE BELIEVE ***



x: His opponent, from Los Angeles, California, weighing 224 pounds ... JOHN MORRISON!

Morrison, who has been in red hot form recently, heads out for the ring in ‘slo-mo’ on the TV with his long coat on and his shades shielding his eyes. The WWE Universe cheer him as he heads down towards the ring and hands his sunglasses over to a lucky fan at ringside before heading into the ring ...

JIM ROSS: This man is John Morrison, King, he is the ‘Monday Night Delight’ and he has been in great form recently ...

JERRY LAWLER: John Morrison almost won the Survivor Series elimination match for RAW despite all the problems that Edge and Miz created. He is the future of this business in my opinion, JR, and I see him winning the WWE Championship very soon!

JIM ROSS: I wouldn’t disagree with you, King, he is that good!

JOHN MORRISON vs. WILLIAM REGAL

A series of European uppercuts and stiff kicks allow William Regal to take the early advantage as he looks use all his experience to gain a win for the veterans here. With Regal on the offensive, Morrison is hit with a half nelson suplex that leaves him down and struggling. A bow and arrow submission hold is locked in and Regal drives his knee into the back of Morrison as he looks to force the youngster to tap out. Morrison resists and begins to fight out of it, getting back to his feet as Regal continues to hold his arms out. Morrison looks to springboard off the ropes with a big kick to the head but Regal ducks it and catches Morrison, locks him up and strikes his knees into the chest of Morrison driving the air out of him. With Morrison down, Regal goes for a cover ... 1 ... 2 ... Morrison kicks out! Regal drops a knee on Morrison’s throat area before continuing to choke him with his knee. The referee protests but Regal looks at him innocently until the 4 count and then he gets up. Regal tries to lock Morrison into the German suplex but Morrison counters and refuses to budge. A second attempt is also countered by Morrison before he escapes Regal’s waist hold. Catching Regal off guard, Morrison springboards off the ropes for a second time and this time connects with a flying Chuck Kick that crashes Regal down to the mat. Regal rolls out of the ring and gathers himself but suddenly Morrison flies through the air with a corkscrew plancha that crashes Regal down and into the barricades. Morrison takes in the adulation of the crowd and climbs back onto the apron before hitting an Asai Moonsault onto Regal again and sending the ringside crowd wild. Morrison tosses Regal back into the ring and hits him with a standing shooting star press in the middle of the ring. Cover from Morrison ... 1 ... 2 ... Regal kicks out! However, Morrison is on a roll now and he hits the ropes before catching Regal perfectly with a calf kick to the side of the head. Regal is down near the corner of the ring and is in perfect position here ... STARSHIP PAIN FROM MORRISON! Morrison goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


WINNER: John Morrison (4:57)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner ... JOHN MORRISON!

JIM ROSS: Another impressive performance from Morrison, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: Hang on a minute, JR, let me go and speak to him in the ring!

King grabs a microphone and heads into the ring where he beckons John Morrison over to him for a quick interview. Morrison is happy to oblige and he meets King with a handshake before King begins ...

JERRY LAWLER: Another impressive performance, John, you are on fire right now. You got your eye on that WWE Championship?

JOHN MORRISON: Thanks, King, that’s kind of you to say so. I can’t deny it either, man, that WWE Championship is what I want. I’ve got a couple of things I want to sort out first but in just a few weeks time, it’ll be time for the Royal Rumble in Cleveland, Ohio and that is where I am intending on making my move.

JERRY LAWLER: So we’re going to see you main event WrestleMania 27?

JOHN MORRISON: That’s the plan, King. You people haven’t seen nothing yet, I am going to win the Royal Rumble, face the WWE Champion at WrestleMania and win the WWE Championship. And when I do, I will defend that championship against all comers. Just wait and see!

Morrison and King shake hands but then ...

*** AWESOME – I CAME TO PLAY ***



The crowd jeer as Alex Riley leads out his mentor, The Miz, who is carrying both a microphone and the ‘Money in the Bank’ briefcase as he walks out with a puzzled look on his face ... The music fades as Miz stands on the stage ready for action in the main event ...

THE MIZ: Really?

The crowd jeer Miz as he looks directly at Morrison in the ring ...

THE MIZ: Really? Really? REALLY?

Miz shakes his head and then smirks to himself ...

THE MIZ: John, John, let me let you into a little secret shall I? You won’t be winning the Royal Rumble. You won’t be going to WrestleMania to be in the RAW main event. And you won’t be winning the WWE Championship. Shall I tell you why?

Morrison stares out at Miz as he advances on the ring ...

THE MIZ: One word ... Janetty!

Morrison shakes his head at Miz and challenges him to get in the ring ... Miz stands on the ring steps ...

THE MIZ: All these people know it, they can see it each and every week. Miz and Morrison, the new Michaels and Janetty. One star, one failure. Me ... and you.

Riley slides into the ring first and is then followed by Miz – strength in numbers ...

THE MIZ: You’re just not good enough, John. And besides, do you really think that I would just stand back and let you win the Royal Rumble ... in my home town ... in Cleveland, Ohio? I think not.

Miz is stood in front of Morrison who is looking angry at Miz’ comments ...

THE MIZ: There is only one person who will be WWE Champion at WrestleMania 27 and that man is ... ME! I have this ...

Miz holds the briefcase up in the air ...

THE MIZ: ... but John, this is now my insurance policy. Because in the main event match tonight ... not some filler match against William Regal by the way ... in tonight’s main event, I will defeat three other men and earn a shot at the WWE Championship at Vengeance. I will be the WWE Champion, John, not you. Because you ... are ... Janetty ...

Morrison is set to explode but Miz steps back and officials enter the ring to prevent anything happening ...

THE MIZ: You are Janetty, Morrison ... and I am the Miz ... and I’m ... AWWWWWWWEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSSOOOOMMMMMMMME!

Loud boos for Miz as Morrison is shepherded away looking angry ... The officials continue to usher him away as Miz prepares for the main event ...

JIM ROSS: Unflattering words from the Miz to John Morrison there, King ...

JERRY LAWLER: More hot air more like ...

JIM ROSS: ... but the Miz is right about one thing, he is the main event to determine the challenger for the WWE Championship of Wade Barrett at Vengeance ... and that match is next!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********



********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


RAW returns with Miz and Alex Riley in the ring ahead of the main event ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: The following contest is a four man Elimination Match ... the winner will receive a WWE Championship match at Vengeance against the WWE Champion. Introducing first, accompanied to the ring by Alex Riley, from Cleveland, Ohio, weighing 231 pounds ... THE MIZ!

Miz holds his hands up and looks confident as he discusses something with Alex Riley despite the boos he is receiving from the crowd in North Carolina ...

*** WRITTEN IN MY FACE ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: From Dublin, Ireland, weighing 272 pounds ... SHEAMUS!

Sheamus beats his chest and yells as Hornswoggle accompanies him down the ramp towards the ring. As they approach the ring, Sheamus points underneath the ring to Hornswoggle and the little Irishman slides under the ring apron and out of view.

JIM ROSS: Well, at least we know he is there tonight, King!

JERRY LAWLER: I don’t trust Sheamus and Hornswoggle one little bit, JR, Sheamus has two straight wins over Triple H because of that little troll ...

*** VOICES ***



JUSTIN ROBERTS: From St. Louis, Missouri, weighing 245 pounds ... The ‘Viper’ ... RANDY ORTON!

The crowd are going crazy for the arrival of the former WWE Champion, Randy Orton. He saunters out and down the ramp slowly and deliberately whilst Sheamus and The Miz begin to argue and point in the ring. Orton smirks and rolls his eyes before heading into the ring and climbing the ropes. He poses for the WWE Universe and the flashlights pop in their thousands ... Orton drops down and begins to respond to the verbal jibes heading his way from Miz and Sheamus ...

JIM ROSS: And the fourth man, King, we don’t yet know!

JERRY LAWLER: Who is it? Come on, get him out here!

JIM ROSS: Who will it be? Who has the General Manager chosen to be in this match without a qualifying match?

The arena waits with baited breath as the music of Randy Orton fades away ... Everybody turns their eyes to the titantron and looks up expectantly ...

*** SEXY BOY ***



Loud cheers greet the arrival of the General Manager with many appearing to think that HBK is the final man in the match ... including King!

JERRY LAWLER: HBK?!!!

Shawn Michaels heads out onto the stage dressed in a suit and tie and it becomes clear that he is not here to wrestle, he is here to introduce ... He holds his hand up and his music fades out ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: For a second, you thought it was me didn’t ya?

Chuckles of laughter in the arena ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Now let me explain myself. Last week, Miz, Sheamus and Randy Orton were forced to earn their spot in this evening’s main event Number 1 contender match. Some of you may have been wondering why the final man in the main event didn’t have to qualify. Well, I promised him a spot in this match in order to sign him to Monday Night RAW. A few weeks ago, myself and Teddy Long became aware of a major name who wanted to join WWE and we have been offering this man deals left, right and centre. This man is a huge name and I have an enormous amount of respect for him. I have wrestled him on occasions, great matches that stole the shows. I decided that I could offer him a WWE return on RAW and put him straight into the title picture ...

The anticipation in the arena is bubbling ... People are clearly speculating over which man is a new WWE superstar and is in with a shot at earning a WWE Championship match ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: Now, let me assure you all, I wouldn’t offer just anybody this chance. This man is deserving of this chance and he will ...

*** WE ARE ONE ***



Dressed in smart trousers and an open collared shirt, the WWE Champion struts out with the title belt over his shoulder. He stops beside the Showstopper, HBK, fixes him a look before continuing towards the ring and then to the announce table ... He pulls up a seat beside Jerry ‘King’ Lawler and puts on a headset ...

JIM ROSS: Welcome to the announce table, Mr. Barrett. Good to have you here with us for this big match.

WADE BARRETT: Keep quiet, JR, the WWE Champion is here to run his eye over the potential opponents for the WWE Championship at Vengeance. I don’t need you interrupting my thoughts ... Come on, Michaels, get the fourth loser out here ... What are you looking at, Orton?

Randy Orton is staring over the ropes and down at the WWE Champion with his eyes clearly on the gold shimmering WWE Title belt that is now placed on the announce table by Barrett ... Shawn Michaels decides to continue ...

SHAWN MICHAELS: As I was saying, I am sure that you will agree with me that this man deserves a shot at the WWE Championship – if he can win tonight. So without further ado, here he is!

Shawn waves to the crowd and then heads off the stage and backstage as the crowd, the announcers and the wrestlers in the ring await the final man in the match tonight ...

...

...

...

...


WADE BARRETT: Oh, come on, get him out here!



*** MEDAL ***



The crowd roar in excitement as the one and only Kurt Angle comes out onto the stage with his arms held out beside him and his gold medal around his neck, his red, white and blue singlet already pulled down to the waist to show he means business ...

JUSTIN ROBERTS: From Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania ... KURT ANGLE!

Angle begins to walk down the ramp towards the ring as Miz, Orton and Sheamus all look on in astonishment. Neither one of them look happy to see the 1996 Olympic gold medallist as he jogs up the steel ring steps, slides through the ropes and twirls around in the ring as the cheers rain down on the returning American hero ...

JIM ROSS: Oh my word, King! This man definitely needs no introduction and definitely does deserve a shot at the WWE Championship on his first night back in the company!

JERRY LAWLER: Kurt Angle is back, JR!

Angle’s music fades out as he removes his gold medals and hands them over to the referee for safe keeping. He begins to jump up and down, clearly excited to be back in the WWE ring!

WADE BARRETT: Who exactly is this chump? An American hero?

JERRY LAWLER: Come off it, Wade, you know who this man is!

WADE BARRETT: Yeah, I do know who he is. He is a washed up has-been, that is what he is. Just look at him. A coward of a man who wouldn’t reveal himself and he turns out to be a man fifteen years past his sell by date!

JIM ROSS: Well, that’s not quite true but we’ll see I guess!

NUMBER 1 CONTENDER ELIMINATION MATCH: KURT ANGLE vs. THE MIZ vs. RANDY ORTON vs. SHEAMUS

A loud chant of ‘USA! USA!’ welcomes Kurt Angle back as the referee rings the bell and the four men – one in each corner of the ring – begin to eye each other, sensing each other out, ready for action. It is Miz who breaks first and he rushes across at Kurt Angle and starts landing forearms to the head of the Olympian. With Randy Orton distracted by Miz and Angle, Sheamus hits a well placed clothesline to him and the four have split into two groups in opposite corners of the ring. Miz continues to pummel away at Kurt Angle in one corner as Sheamus puts the boots to the mid section of Randy Orton in the other. Miz takes a few steps back and allows Angle to get back to his feet before running at him and trying to hit a clothesline with his legs through the ropes ... however, Angle avoids the contact and Miz collides with the ropes and buckles in the corner. At the same time, Orton ducks an attempted Brogue Kick from Sheamus and then catches the Irish wrestler with a backbreaker across his own back that leaves Sheamus rolling around and out of the ring. With Miz disorientated, Angle pounces with a belly to belly suplex and Miz is tossed across the ring. He too rolls out of the ring and Angle and Orton turn to face each other ... The crowd cheer as two of their favourites square up to each other, eyes locked, intensity clear ...

Both men are waiting for the other one to make a move and waiting for the perfect moment to strike. Some words are passing between Angle and Orton but they are holding back for now ... Suddenly, Miz and Sheamus are back in the ring and they try to rush them but both Angle and Orton duck. Coming off the ropes, Angle hits a belly to belly suplex again to Miz on the run whilst Orton hits a standing drop kick to Sheamus. The crowd cheer and shout for Orton and Angle ... but then Orton takes out Angle with a clothesline as well as the match really gets going. Another clothesline to Angle is followed by stomps to the knee as Orton looks to get rid of the newcomer quickly. However, Sheamus isn’t happy with him and he attacks Orton from behind and sends him shoulder first into the steel ring post through the ropes. With Orton draped over the middle rope, Sheamus drags his upper body up through the ropes and then hits chest thumps to Orton with the rope holding him in place. Sheamus allows Orton time to get back to his feet and hits the War Sword double axehandle to send Orton crashing down to the mat before he turns on Kurt Angle as well. A powerslam to the returning Angle leaves him wincing in pain on the mat whilst Miz re-enters the ring and goes after the fallen Orton. Both Miz and Sheamus now have control over their two opponents and they are making them hurt as they hit a barrage of punishment to try and take them out of the match. Sheamus is really going to town on Angle but he is suddenly countered with a sleeper hold by Kurt who locks it in and takes Sheamus down to the mat. Unfortunately, Miz hits a stiff kick to the side of Angle’s head and he falls down to the mat again with just Miz now on his feet.

Sheamus rolls to the outside leaving Miz to go after Kurt Angle in the ring. Miz hits the knee in the back of Angle before hitting a neckbreaker and goes for the first cover of the match.

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Angle kicks out *


Miz is not to be put off though and he continues to work on Angle as he catches him as he gets up. With Angle on his knees, Miz hits a DDT and then milks the reaction of the crowd whilst disrespectfully kicking at Angle and declaring him to not be fit for the WWE anymore. Miz begins to stalk Angle and sets himself for the Skull Crushing Finale as Angle struggles to his feet ... With Riley applauding like a trained seal at ringside, Miz locks Angle up and then hits it, driving Angle’s face down into the mat. SKULL CRUSHING FINALE! It looks like Kurt Angle’s dream return is to turn into a bitter nightmare as Miz goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Angle kicks out again! *


Miz cannot believe it and he complains long and hard to the referee before he realises that Randy Orton is back in the ring. Orton goes after Miz who tries to hit a discus punch but Orton ducks and catches Miz with a belly to belly suplex of his own proving that Angle is not the only one capable of a high impact suplex in this match. Orton is building himself up and he grabs Miz as he tries to escape and drags him through the ropes for Orton’s trademark hanging DDT. Bam! Miz is driven face first into the mat and Orton goes for the pinfall ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Miz just kicks out *


Orton gets to his feet with that look in his eye and it looks like it is RKO time for Miz. However, no sooner is he on his feet than he is suddenly laid out by Sheamus who hits a devastating Brogue Kick to the former champion. Orton’s eyes are glazed as Sheamus makes the cover, is this the end for Randy Orton?

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Sheamus takes a step back into the corner once more and he is planning another Brogue Kick for Orton by the looks of it. As Orton staggers up, Sheamus rushes over, foot high ... Orton ducks and the referee takes the full force of Sheamus’ foot in his face. With the referee down, there is real concern that this could take a turn for the worse and Sheamus immediately realises that this could be his chance. After hitting a clothesline to Orton, Sheamus drops down from the ring and goes under the ring where he is beckoning for something. Obviously speaking to Hornswoggle, Sheamus comes back up with a steel pipe in his hand and smiles a knowing smile. He awaits Orton getting back to his feet with the steel pipe in his hand as Miz sits back against the barricades looking on but wisely deciding to stay out of the ring at this moment. Riley is beside Miz and urges him to stay where he is as well but Orton unknowingly gets to his feet with help from the ropes as Sheamus waits ... and waits ... BAM! SHEAMUS SMASHES ORTON HARD WITH THE STEEL PIPE! The crowd are booing and jeering but Sheamus doesn’t care as he tries to revive the referee in the corner of the ring. Randy Orton is spark out and Sheamus, with the referee wearily looking, covers the Viper ... The referee is struggling to keep his head up as he starts to wriggle towards Sheamus and Randy Orton. Sheamus has had the pin on Orton for at least ten seconds but the referee is still dazed from the Brogue Kick ...


*** TIME TO PLAY THE GAME ***



The crowd go wild as Triple H appears on stage ready to fight and looking incensed at Sheamus’ recent actions. Hunter heads for the ring with the referee still down and a shocked Sheamus gets to his feet and watches Triple H heading towards him ... Sheamus backs away as Triple H approaches the ring and then – when Hunter slides into the ring – Sheamus exits and rushes round the ring looking for the escape route. Hunter picks up the steel pipe that Sheamus left in the ring and he smiles before going back out of the ring after the Irish man. Sheamus backs away up the ramp as Triple H advances towards him with the steel pipe in his hand ... whilst this is happening, the opportunistic Miz slides into the ring and makes a cover on Randy Orton and the referee has enough about him to make the count ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out! *


Miz holds his head in his hands as the referee gets to his feet and shakes himself clear. Once he is up, the referee calls over the ring announcer Justin Roberts and whispers in his ear ...


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Ladies and Gentlemen, I have just been informed by the referee that Sheamus has been disqualified for the use of the steel pipe!

Sheamus looks incensed on the stage and he dares to come forward a few steps but soon changes his mind when he sees Triple H raise the steel pipe. With Triple H stalking him, Sheamus decides to run for it instead and he exits the arena as Triple H follows ...

JIM ROSS: Sheamus is gone, just Miz, Orton and Angle remain. Who will challenge Wade Barrett at Vengeance?

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


NEXT MONDAY LIVE ON RAW!

********** COMMERCIAL BREAK **********


JIM ROSS: Welcome back to Monday Night RAW, Sheamus has been disqualified for use of the steel pipe and now we are down to the Miz, Randy Orton and Kurt Angle as we look to determine the Number 1 contender for Wade Barrett’s title.

WADE BARRETT: I’ve got to say that I’m a little sad that Sheamus has gone, we come from the same part of the world, it would have been nice to show that the British Isles produces the best in the world at Venageance.

JERRY LAWLER: Are you saying you would have wanted to face Sheamus?

WADE BARRETT: Sheamus is probably the best of a pretty sorry bunch of contenders. I’ll happily face any of these three and I will retain my title easily ...

The Miz is now in charge as he stomps away at Kurt Angle in the middle of the ring, Randy Orton in the corner after the brutal beating he took from Sheamus before. Miz shoots Angle into the ropes and then hits a spinning side slam to the Olympian before hooking the leg and going for a cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Angle kicks out *


Miz is still looking confident however and he kicks away at the lower back of Angle now before using his feet to push Angle out of the ring. He turns his attentions towards Orton again and hits a big boot to the side of Orton’s head as he is getting to his feet. Great move by Miz, goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Miz springboards off the middle rope and drops his leg across the throat and chest of Orton before locking in the Camel Clutch. He sits on Orton’s lower back and pulls him back by the chin causing tension in the back of the Viper who is groaning in pain. Miz demands that Orton taps out and demands that the referee rings the bell but Orton doesn’t tap out and refuses to give in. Orton starts to wriggle towards the ropes, dragging Miz with him, and he just makes it with his fingertips and the referee orders Miz to let go. Angle is getting back into the ring behind him but Miz notices and hits another boot to the head of Angle and sends him crashing back out of the ring. Riley continues to applaud and he then grabs Angle and slams him back first into the barricades. The referee notices this though and he demands that Riley leave the ringside area ... Riley is incensed at the decision of the referee and Miz complains bitterly too but there is no changing the referee’s mind. Riley is forced to leave the ring and has to leave Miz to fight one on one ... on one. Miz is not happy but he manages to run at Orton and hits a swinging neckbreaker that leaves Orton down on the mat again ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton manages to kick out *


Frustration building a little in him, Miz composes and retreats to the corner and prepares to go for another Skull Crushing Finale, this time to Randy Orton. Miz waits and waits as Orton gets up but then locks in the Half Nelson before crashing Orton down face first to the canvas. Orton is rolled over, Miz hooks the leg ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* 3 *


Miz jumps up in celebration as the crowd are shocked until the referee notices that Orton had his hand on the ropes. He waves off the pinfall and explains to Miz what happened but he gets no understanding. Miz is furious and kicks the ropes in temper before pushing the referee and arguing in his face ... The referee refuses to budge and Miz is forced to accept that complaining is not going to change the referee’s mind. He turns to go back after Orton ... RKO! RANDY ORTON HITS THE RKO TO THE MIZ! Orton is going to go for the cover when suddenly, Angle lifts him up and hits a belly to belly suplex throw that sends Orton flying under the rope to the outside. Angle grabs the Miz’ leg and locks in the Ankle Lock submission move! The move that Angle made famous, he twists and pulls at the lower leg and foot of the Miz until he has no choice ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


JUSTIN ROBERTS: The Miz has been eliminated!

JERRY LAWLER: And we’re down to Orton and Angle, who would you want to face at Vengeance, Wade?

WADE BARRETT: Like I said earlier, I’ll face either of them. One of them has had his chance and I’ve beaten him over and over, the other is a coward who should have given it up five years ago. I don’t care which one wins.

Kurt Angle holds his arm up in celebration as Miz is forced to retreat up the ramp, hobbling on his leg and cursing the referee. Angle is met in the centre of the ring by an irate Randy Orton who isn’t happy that Angle suplexed him before he could pin the Miz moments ago. The two stare down each other and there is a buzz in the air now as these two will have to battle to determine the Number 1 contender ... However, just as they are about to start fighting ...

*** MY TIME IS NOW ***



JIM ROSS: What the hell is he doing out here?

JERRY LAWLER: He did promise to show up, JR!

JIM ROSS: But not now, dammit King, not now!

Orton and Angle turn to face John Cena as he walks down to the ring with a purpose. There is no saluting the fans, no handshakes for the WWE Universe in the aisle, just a clear focus on Randy Orton ... Cena doesn’t even acknowledge the presence of Kurt Angle in the ring, a man he had a storied rivalry with in the past on SMACKDOWN. Cena doesn’t enter the ring, he stands at the end of the ramp and watches as Orton’s attention is back on Kurt Angle although not fully now. Angle and Orton lock up and Angle manages to take down Orton with a double leg takedown before going for the ankle of the Viper. Orton escapes and locks a headlock into Angle before dragging him down across his back for a Backbreaker. A glance at Cena shows that Orton is not completely focused as he begins to stomp on the arms and legs of Angle before lifting Angle back to his feet. Orton locks Angle in and looks for a belly to belly suplex but Angle counters by locking his foot around Orton’s leg and denying him. Angle reverses and hits the suplex himself before taking a second to breathe. Whilst he does, Angle looks quizzically at John Cena and asks him why he is out here but Cena just ignores Angle ...

As Orton gets up, Angle locks his hands around his waist and hits a German Suplex to Orton that crashes him down on his back and shoulders. Rolling through, Angle hits a second German Suplex this time holding on for the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Angle lifts Orton up and hits a back suplex before climbing the corner buckles and going to the top rope. With the crowd gasping, they realise what is coming and Angle jumps backwards for a picture perfect moonsault ... at least, it would have been had Orton not moved at the last second. Angle crashes into the mat beside Orton and both men are now struggling. Orton casts a glance over at Cena again but then goes for the Olympic Slam ... Angle jumps out of it to counter it and then looks over at Orton furiously. ‘How dare you use MY move against me?’ he shouts and Orton simply smirks. Angle hits a European uppercut and goes to work determined to give Orton a lesson now and he hits another suplex to take Orton down once more. Angle begins to stalk Orton and it is clear that he is setting up for the Angle Slam ... the crowd are mixed and divided as they wait ... Orton gets to his feet, Angle grabs him ... ANGLE SLAM TO RANDY ORTON! Kurt Angle goes for the cover ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Orton kicks out *


Somehow, Randy Orton has managed to kick out on instinct alone, such is his desire for the WWE Championship. The camera focuses on Wade Barrett who is looking worried – so he should be regardless of who wins this match – and then on Cena who remains passive but focused at ringside. Angle is looking frustrated but knows what to do and he locks in the Ankle Lock once again, this time to Orton. Orton is writhing in pain as Angle twists his foot with everything he has and Orton’s hand is stretching out for the rope right in front of John Cena. Cena stares into the eyes of Orton as he tries to escape and somehow the sight of Cena seems to spur Orton on. Randy manages to make the bottom rope to the dismay of Kurt Angle and the delight of half the crowd. Angle drags Orton up and slams his forehead into the top turnbuckle before hitting another German suplex and holding on for the pin ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Noo! Orton kicks out! *


Angle gets to his feet and stares down at Orton who he cannot seem to put away here. Angle goes to the top rope once more and goes for a Diving Headbutt from the top but suddenly Orton jumps up quickly and catches Kurt with a perfect RKO! MY WORD, WHAT AN RKO FROM RANDY ORTON! Orton struggles over to make the pinfall, here we go ...

* 1 *
* 2 *
* Cena pulls Orton out of the ring as Kurt Angle attempts a kick out *


It is unclear if Kurt was going to kick out in time but Cena certainly did his best to cost Orton the title there. Cena backs away down the ramp as Orton is down on his knees unbelieving what his former team-mate from Survivor Series just did. The crowd are booing and jeering John Cena as he backs onto the stage ... Orton is in danger of being counted out now as the referee reaches 7 ...

* 8 *
* 9 *
* Orton just gets back into the ring in time *


Orton complains to the referee about the actions of Cena but the referee justifies his decision not to disqualify Angle ... Orton turns towards Angle but the Olympian is ready now and he hits the perfect Angle Slam on Randy Orton! ANGLE SLAM! What will Kurt do now? He grabs the leg of Randy Orton and locks in the Ankle Lock once more ... Orton tries desperately to fight out but he is in the middle of the ring with nowhere to go. Angle, knowing that Orton has made it to the ropes twice to escape already, grapevines the hold and makes it desperately difficult for Orton to escape now ...

* TAP *
* TAP *
* TAP *


WINNER: Kurt Angle (13:38)


JUSTIN ROBERTS: Here is your winner and the Number 1 contender for the WWE Championship ... KURT ANGLE!

‘Medal’ blasts out around the arena and the returning Kurt Angle is now the Number 1 contender which most people are happy about in some way ... Orton rolls out of the ring and staggers up the ramp, staring back at the stage where Cena is stood and waving his hand in front of his face ... ‘You can’t see me!’ Cena mouths at Orton and then turns and walks out of the arena to leave Orton on his knees on the ramp looking furious. He gets up and hobbles after Cena but is unlikely to catch him now ...

Meanwhile, back in the ring, Angle is celebrating with the fans and it seems like the perfect return as the crowd cheer him and chant ‘USA! USA!’ for him. However, suddenly, Wade Barrett crashes the WWE Championship belt into his back as he is stood on the middle ropes. Angle drops down in pain as his music stops and he slowly turns round ... WHACK! Barrett smashes him in the face with the title belt now instead. With the new Number 1 contender down and out in the ring, Barrett stands over him and holds the title belt up high as the jeers rain down on him and RAW fades away ...


********** END OF SHOW **********

Last edited by GCB; 08-10-2011 at 08:34 PM.
GCB is offline  
post #49 of 133 (permalink) Old 08-12-2011, 10:57 AM Thread Starter
GCB
Learning to break kayfabe
 
Join Date: Aug 2010
Location: South Yorkshire, UK
Posts: 173
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
   
Re: GCB's WWE



FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN!
PREVIEW

*** THE NEW WORLD CHAMPION SPEAKS OUT! ***

On last week’s blockbuster SMACKDOWN, every SMACKDOWN championship was on the line including the World Heavyweight Championship of Kane. After he defeated Kofi Kingston early in the evening, CM Punk was the man who earned the right to challenge for the World Championship after Kane and Big Show had clashed in the first World Title match. Big Show managed to defeat Kane and was the World Champion for a short while but he could not overcome injury when he faced CM Punk moments later and the Straight Edge Superstar was able to pin Big Show and secure his third World Heavyweight Championship reign. Tonight on SMACKDOWN, we will hear from the new World Heavyweight Champion as he comments on his victory and speculates on the future of Big Show and Kane who both now have a right to a rematch for the title. What will we hear from the new champion?

*** BIG DECISIONS FOR TEDDY LONG ***

After Kane was defeated by Big Show last week, the former World Heavyweight Champion dragged the SMACKDOWN General Manager into his car and drove off with him for a ride. Kane had earlier in the night promised retribution against Long if he lost his World Championship but Long returned to the arena within half an hour of being driven off by the demonic Kane. Since then, Teddy Long has refused to speak to anybody and is keeping tight lipped over his experience with the Big Red Monster, Kane. With no sign of Kane in the past few days either, what will Teddy Long do this Friday on SMACKDOWN? Will he order CM Punk to defend his title sooner rather than later?

*** CENA TO EXPLAIN HIS ACTIONS! ***

Yet again on Monday Night RAW, John Cena decided to interfere in the business of Randy Orton and cost him the chance of a shot at the WWE Championship. Tonight, John Cena has promised to explain his actions on Monday before his match against Kofi Kingston. Cena has not been himself recently and, with many of the Cenation turning their backs on their hero, this explanation will be eagerly anticipated. RAW General Manager Shawn Michaels has ordered Randy Orton not to go to SMACKDOWN seeking revenge this week but will the Viper be able to stay away?

*** CHRISTIAN AND MATT HARDY OUT TO IMPRESS! ***

Last week, before his experiences with Kane, Teddy Long challenged both Matt Hardy and Christian to go out over the next few weeks and impress him in order to prove which one of them most deserves a shot at the World Heavyweight Championship down the line. Hardy and Christian, the two men who featured in the final of the SMACKDOWN Breakout Star tournament last month and were given a shot at the World Championship in a Triple Threat Ladder Match with Kane at Survivor Series, have been arguing with each other recently about who deserves to chase their dream of becoming the World Champion. How will Hardy and Christian go about impressing the General Manager this week?

*** WHAT NEXT FOR RHODES AND McINTYRE? ***

After Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre failed to defeat the Tag Team Champions Santino Marella and Vladimir Kozlov last week on SMACKDOWN, they appear to be out of the title hunt now that they have used their rematch. There appeared to be some tension between Cody Rhodes and Drew McIntyre at the end of their defeat with Rhodes pushing McIntyre in the chest and clearly blaming the Scotsman for their defeat. Will these two be able to get back on track this week? Or is the end approaching for the former Tag Team Champions?

*** CONFIRMED ***

John Cena vs. Kofi Kingston

Jack Swagger vs. Kaval

MVP vs. Alberto Del Rio

*** JOIN US FOR FRIDAY NIGHT SMACKDOWN ***
GCB is offline  
post #50 of 133 (permalink) Old 08-12-2011, 12:36 PM
Getting ignored by SCOTT STEINER
 
The Storm's Avatar
 
Join Date: Mar 2010
Location: Canada
Posts: 862
Mentioned: 0 Post(s)
Tagged: 0 Thread(s)
Quoted: 0 Post(s)
         
Re: GCB's WWE

I've been reading this from the beginning and it's really good! Smackdown looks good. Can't wait for it and can't wait for the Slammies!

http://www.wrestlingforum.com/signaturepics/sigpic195125_16.gif
Knees 2 Faces
24/7
365
The Storm is offline  
Sponsored Links
Advertisement
 
Reply

User Tag List

Thread Tools
Show Printable Version Show Printable Version
Email this Page Email this Page



Posting Rules  
You may not post new threads
You may not post replies
You may not post attachments
You may not edit your posts

BB code is On
Smilies are On
[IMG] code is On
HTML code is Off
Trackbacks are Off
Pingbacks are Off
Refbacks are On

 
For the best viewing experience please update your browser to Google Chrome